m 



3t 



" No better books, introductory to Hebrew, exist." — Prof. 
T. K. CuEYNE, Oxford University. 

HEBREW AND SEMITIC TEXT-BOOKS, 

By W. R. HARPER, Ph.D., 

Professor of Semitic Languages in Yale College ; Frineipal of 
Schools of the American Institute of Hebrew. 

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW. 
Net ^'S.OO. 

INTRODUCTORY 

HEBRENA^ METHOD AND MANUAL. 

Net $2.00. 

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW^ SYNTAX. 

Net $2.00. 

HEBREW VOCABULARIES. 

Net $1.00. 



INTRODUCTORY 

NEW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD. 

By harper and WEIDNER. 

Net $2.50. 



INTRODUCTORY 



Hebrew Method and Manua 



WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph. D. 

PROI'ESSOR OF SEMITIC LANGUAGES IN YALE UNIVERSITY; PRINCIPAL OF 
THE SCHOOLS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HEnREW 



TWELFTH EDITION 



NEW YORK 

CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 

1896. 



n\ 






COPYRIGHT 1886 BY 

The American PusiiiCATiON Society op Hebrew 
Chicago 







4b 



'r\ 



TO THOSE 
WHO MAY DESIRE TO LEARN OR TO TEACH 

HEBREW 

BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD 

THIS VOLUME 

IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 



INTRODUCTORY METHOD. 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION, 



The student of a language must acquire three things: (1) a 
working vocabulary of the language, (2) a knowledge of the gram- 
matical principles of the language, (8) an ability to use this vocab- 
ulary and to apply these principles, so as to gain the best results, 
whether for a literary or an exegetical purpose. 

While all agree as to the end desired, the method of attaining 
this end is a question in dispute. According to one view, the 
student is first to learn the principles as they are laid down in the 
grammars, and then apply them to selected words, or short senten- 
ces. And after a short preliminary training of this sort, he is 
plunged headlong into a text without notes of any kind, and 
expected to make progress, and to enjoy the study. His vocabu- 
lary is to be learned by looking up the words in the Lexicon, until 
they become familiar. Different phases of this method are in use 
among teachers of Hebrew; but all follow practically the same 
order, (1) study of grammar, (2) application of grammar. 

It is the purpose of this volume to furnish a text-book, which 
shall assist in acquiring the Hebrew language by a different meth- 
od. The method employed may be called an inductive one. The 
order of work which it advocates is, first, to gain an accurate and 
thorough knowledge of some of the "facts" of the language; sec- 
ondly, to learn from these facts the principles which they illustrate, 
and by which they are regulated; thirdly, to apply these principles 
in the further progress of the work. A few words of explanation 
are needed at this point : — 

(1) The method is an inductive, not the inductive method ; and 
while, upon the whole, it is rigidly employed throughout the 
course, a slight departure is made at times, in order to make more 
complete the treatment of a subject, for some detail of which an 
example has not occurred. 

(2) The term "facts," as used, includes data from whatever 
source gathered; not merely the grammatical forms foui^d in the 



8 Preface. 

passages studied, but also the paradigms which contain these and 
other forms systematically arranged. 

(3) It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse before 
the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. On the contrary, 
he is taught important principles, and that, too, inductively, dur- 
ing the first hour's work. The three processes are all the while 
going on together. He is increasing the store of "facts" at his 
command, and, at the same time, learning from the facts thus 
acquired new principles, and applying these principles to the new 
forms continually coming to his notice. Great care must be exer- 
cised, however, that the correct order be followed. Let him at- 
tempt to learn no principle of which he has not had several illus- 
trations. Let him be required to apply no principle the application 
of which he has not already learned from familiar cases. 

(4) The memorizing of the "facts" of a language, before a 
knowledge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece 
of drudgery; yet not so great as is the memorizing of grammar 
without a knowledge of the "facts." Nor will it long remain 
drudgery ; for very soon, the student will begin to see analogies, to 
compare this word with that, and, in short, to make his own 
grammar. From this time, there will be developed such an inter- 
est in the work, that all thought of drudgery will pass away. 

The question is frequently asked. How is the first lesson given? 
A brief statement must suflice : — 

The first word of Genesis I. 1 is written on the board, and the 
English equivalent of each consonant and vowel-sound indicated 
to the student. The word, as a whole, is then pronounced, and its 
meaning given. The student is called upon to pronounce it, and 
to give its meaning. The second word is taken up and treated in 
the same manner. Then the two words are pronounced together, 
and their meaning given. After this, each remaining word is 
considered ; and with each new word a review of all the preceding 
words is made. When he has learned thus to pronounce the entire 
verse, and to give a Hebrew word when its English equivalent is 
named, the student is shown the "Notes" on pages 13, 14 of the 
" Method," where, for his private study, he will find, for sub- 
stance, the aid already given orally. His attention is also directed 
to the "Observations," with most of which he has been made 
familiar by the previous work. He is now informed that at the 
following recitation he will be expected (1) to pronounce the 



Pkeface. 9 

verse without hesitation from the pointed Hebrew {Manual, p. 7) ; 
(2) to pronounce it, and write it on the board, from the English 
translation [Manual^ p. 18); (3) to pronounce it, and write it on 
the board from the unpointed text [Manual, p. 29) ; (4) to write 
the transliteration of it, as given in the " Notes " or in the Manual, 
p. 39. The absolute mastery of the verse is, therefore, the 
first thing. There will remain to be taken up, (1) the "Notes," 
for all of which the student is held responsible; (2) the "Obser- 
vations," which he is expected to recall, at the suggestion of the 
word on which the observation is based; (3) the "Word-Lesson," 
which, at first, includes few v\^ords not contained in the verse or 
verses of the Lesson, and which is to be learned in such a manner 
that when the English word is pronounced, the Hebrew equiv- 
alent will be given; (4) the " Exercises," which are to be written 
on paper beforehand, copied on the board in the class-room, 
criticised by instructor and class, and corrected by each student on 
his paper. 

The "Topics for Study" are intended to furnish a resume of 
the more important points touched upon in the Lesson. By 
their use, a rapid and helpful review of the hour's work is accom- 
plished. 

In subsequent " Lessons," a "Grammar-Lesson" is assigned. 
In every case, however, the instructor should read and explain 
each reference to the class before asking them to prepare it. 

The "Lessons" cover chapters I- VIII. of Genesis, and include 
a formal study of almost every important portion of the grammar, 
except the Accents, the Euphony of Vowels, the Euphony of Con- 
sonants, the Verb with Sufiixes, the Irregular Nouns, and the 
Inflection of Feminine Nouns, to all of which, hovv^ever, numer- 
ous allusions and references are made in the "Notes." 

All the help possible is given the student in the first fifteen 
"Lessons." But from this point lie is led gradually to rely more 
and more upon himself. The " Lessons" will be found to contain 
more, perhaps, than some classes can prepare for a single recita- 
tion, although this v,ill depend largely upon the character of the 
class and the number of recitations during a week. It was deemed 
best, however, to make them thus, since it is an easy matter for 
the instructor to indicate that a certain portion of the exercises 
may be omitted. The author himself will feel inclined to require 
everything in the " Lessons." 



10 Preface. 

Special attention is invited to the " Keview-Lessons," in the 
study of each of which two or more recitations may profitably be 
spent. 

The " Method " is understood to include also the " Maitttal," 
although the latter, for a sufiicient reason, is paged separately, and 
given a title-page and preface of its own. 

For the material contained in these Lessons, and for its 
arrangement, the author is indebted to no one. The book, as it 
now appears, presents the results of five years' experience, during 
which it has been his privilege to teach not less than five hundred 
men their first lesson in Hebrew. 

Many valuable hints have been received from Mr. Frederic J. 
Gurney, by whom great assistance has been received in the work 
of the Correspondence School of Hebrew. He has also kindly 
helped in the preparation of manuscript for the printer, and in 
revising the proof-sheets. For similar service the author is in- 
debted to Mr. C. E. Crandall, and to Kev. John W. Payne. To the 
latter credit is also due for his painstaking care in the typograph- 
ical work of the book. 

With a faith in the Inductive Method, which grows stronger 
every year, and with the hope that the time may soon come when 
many others shall have an equally strong faith in it, the author 
commits the "Method " to its friends. 

^Y. E. H. 
Morgan Park, September 1, 1885. 



NOTE TO FOURTH EDITION. 

Several corrections have been made, but no changes of any 
consequence. The author cannot but feel gratified that the 
"Method" has so well stood the practical test of the class- 
room. For suggestions and criticisms, to be used in the prepa- 
ration of future editions, he will be under obligations. 
Kew Haven, Conn., July 1st, 1887. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Page 

Lesson I Genesis I. 1 13-15 

Lesson II Genesis I. 2a 

Lesson III Genesis I. 2&, 3 

Lesson IV Genesis I. 4 

Lesson V Genesis I. 5. . 

Lesson VI Genesis I. 6 

Lesson VII Genesis I. 7, 8 

Lesson VIII Genesis I. 9, 10 

Lesson IX Genesis I. 11-13 

Lesson X Genesis I. 14, 15 

Lesson XI Genesis I. 16-19. 46-49 

Lesson XII Genesis I. 30, 21 

Lesson Xin Genesis I. 23-25 

Lesson XIV Genesis I. 20-28 

Lesson XV Genesis I. 29-31 

Lesson XVI Review 

Lesson XVII Genesis II. 1-3 

Lesson XVIII Genesis II. 4-6 

Lesson XIX Genesis II. T-9 76- 79 

Lesson XX Genesis II. 10-14 80- 84 

Lesson XXI Genesis II. 15-18 84-88 

Lesson XXII Genesis II. 19-21 88-92 

Lesson XXIII Genesis IL 33,33 92- 95 

Lesson XXIV Genesis II. 34,35 96-99 

Lesson XXV Review 99-103 

Lesson XXVI Genesis III. 1-3 103-105 

Lesson XXVII Genesis III. 4-6 106-109 

Lesson XXVITI Genesis in. 7-10 110-113 

Lesson XXIX Genesis III. 11-14 113-117 

Lesson XXX Genesis IIL 15-17 117-121 

Lesson XXXI Genesis HI. 18-21 121-124 



16- 19 


19- 23 


33- 


35 


36- 29 


39- 


33 


33- 


35 


35-39 


39-43 


43- 


45 


46- 49 


49- 


53 


53- 


57 


57- 


61 


61- 


64 


64-67 


67- 


71 


71- 


75 



12 Table of Contents. 

Lesson XXXII Genesis III. 23-24 124-137 

Lesson XXXIII Genesis IV. 1-4 128-130 

Lesson XXXIV.... Genesis IV. 5-8 130-133 

Lesson XXXV Genesis IV. 9-13 132-134 

Lesson XXXVI Genesis IV. 13-17 134-137 

Lesson XXXVII Genesis IV. 18-22 137-139 

Lesson XXX Vin Genesis IV. 23-36 140-143 

Lesson XXXIX Review, 142-144 

Lesson XL Genesis V. 1-10 144-147 

Lesson XLI Genesis V. 17-3.: 147-150 

Lesson XLII Genesis VL 1-8 150-153 

Lesson XLIII Genesis VI. 9-15 153-155 

Lesson XLIV Genesis VI. 16-33 155-158 

Lesson XLV Genesis VIL 1-8 158-160 

Lesson XLVI Genesis VIL 9-16 100-163 

Lesson XL VII Genesis VII. 17-34 163-164 

Lesson XLVIII Genesis VIIL 1-7 165-167 

Lesson XLIX Genesis VIII. 8-14 167, 168 

Lesson L Genesis VIII. 15-33 169,170 



LESSON I.-CENESIS 1. !.i 

[To the student: — Let it bo understood from the outset that nothing- short 
of complete mastery, and that, of everything' in the Lesson, will accomplish 
the end in view. Not a needless word or statement has been inserted. Let it 
be a matter of principle to do just what is assig^ned,— no more, no less.] 

7. Jl/OTES. 

1. n^tf^J*^*n5 — b're'-sith (two syllables) — Li-hcginning: 

a. Six letters: — ^ (b); *n (r); ^, called 'alepli,^ not pronounced, but 
represented by ' ; t^* {s,= sh)\ ^ (y), here silent after ^-; H (tb, as 
in thin). 

h. Three vowel-sounds: — t (') under ^, pron. like e in helow, see 
? 5. 6. a;^ -^ (e), like ey in they; *> (i), like i in 7nachine. 

2. 5^'^^— ba-ra' (two syllables)— (be) created : 

T T 

a. Three letters: — ^ (b); "^ (i'); 5^ (') called 'alepb,^ see above. 
h. Two voioel-sounds: — Both — (a), like a in father. 

3. D^'i'7^;5—"16-him (two syllables)— G^of? (literally Gods): 

a. Five letters:—'^ ('); ^ (1); H (h); 1 (y), silent after — ; Q (m). 

Z>. Three vowel-sounds: — ~ (^), like e in met^ quickly uttered, I 5. 

Q. c ; -^ (6), like o in note; *> (i), see 1. h.^ 

c. The accentor, with -^, marks this word as the middle of the verse. 

4. riK— eth — not translated, but represented in translation by )(. 

5. D^Dt^rr — has-sa-ma-yim (four syllables) — the-heavens : 

a. Five letters:— Ti (h); ^ (s, = sh), but ^' (with a dot in its bosom) 
is s doubled; ^ (m) (written so at beginning or in middle of a 
word); ^ (y), not silent as before but like y in year; Q (m), written 
so at end of a word, ^ 3. 2. 

h. Four vowel-sounds: — ^ (a), like a in hat^ I 5, 1; t", see 2. h \ 
-^ (a); -^ (i), like i in piii^ I 5. 2. 



1 The text of Gen. 1 :1 will be found on page 7 of the " Hebrew Manual," 
2d ed.; the transliteration, on page 39; the translation, on page 18. 

2 This word is pronounced as if spelled Ah-lef , the ah having the sound of 
a in father. 

3 References preceded by § are to the "Elements of Hebrew," 6th ed. 

4 References without § are to preceding Notes in these Lessons. 



14 Lesson 1. 



c. The sign tt under f2 is used arbitrarily in tliese Lessons to indi- 
cate tlie syllable which is to receive the accent when, as in this 
word, it is the penult. 

6. riKI — W'eth (one syllable) — and-){, see 4: 

a. Three letters: — *) (w), like lo in tcafer; ^ ('); jl (th). 
h. Tico vowel- sounds: — "t ('), see 1. h; -^ (e), see 1. h. 

7. * V*1^^n— ha-a-reg (three syllables)— ^/ze-ear^7i ; 

a. Four letters:— n (h); KC); ^ (i'); |^ (§), like ts in gets, I 2. 7. 
h. Three vowel-sounds: — -r (a); T" (a); ~ (e), like e in met. 
c. The accent — , under ^, marks this word as the end of the verse; 
the ♦ is equivalent to a period. 

2. Observations. 

1. The letters in this verse are :— (1) K, (2) ^, (3) H, (4) \ (5) \ 

(6) "7, (7) D, (8) D, (9) f , (10) n, (11) tr", (12) ^\ (13) n. 

2. The vowel-sounds :—(!)—, (2) -^, (3) -:^, (4) ", (5) -:-, (6) ^, 

(7) ^_^, (8) -, (9) - 

3. To be carefully distinguished in pronunciation are : — 

(1) -r [% - n - {e\ -rr (e) ; (2) - (a), - (a); (3) - (i), ^^ (i). 

4. Above the line, a dot is 6 (as in note); below the line, it is i 

5. The Hebrew is written from right to left. [(as in pin). 

6. The plural ending of masc. nouns is Q* (im), as in D^n'7}^ 

(lit., Gods); cf. the English cheruh-im, and seraph-im. 

7. ilK (eth), not translatable, is a sign placed before the object 
of a verb, when that object is both direct and d.e finite. 

8. The preposition in (5) and the conjunction and (*)) are never 
written separately, being always prefixed to the following word. 

9. When it is desired to pronounce a letter ticice in succession, 
the letter is written but once, and a dot inserted (see ^) in its bosom. 

10. The letter of the Definite Article [tlie] is H (li). 

11. Most words are accented on the ultima; those which are 
accented on the penult, have, in this book, the sign — . 

12. Every sjdlable begins with a consonant. 



Lesson 1. 15 



3. Word-Lesson. 

i'^) O^'ti^H God (5) ^ in (9) ^t:;f2^ he-ruled 

(2) ^OJ^i 7«e-sait? [Q) ^"^y- he-created [l^)) r\'^Z'^"\'beginning 

- T TT - ■■ 

(3) riiXn the-earth (7)n,-n the (11) D\5^" Aearews 

(4) 'nK )( (8) •] and (12) ^'O^^he-hej.t 

: - T 

4. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) And-heginmng; (2) ^.r^c?- 
heavens; (3) He-created )( the-earth and-){ the-heavens; (4) G^oc^ A:ep^ 
(Hebrew order: /jep;^ 6^oc?) )( the-heavens; (5) 6^oc? (is)^ i?i-Aeafe?i(s); 
(6) God Tided (Hebrew order : ruled God); (7) In-heg inning God 
said; (8) The {r\)-heginning; (9) the {;^)-God; (10) And-the-earth. 

T T 

2. To be translated into English :—(l) D^p*^*ni; (2) n.^;^ 

3. To be written in English letters :— (1) l?^', (2) 1D5<, (3) 

'7ti'*9, (4) 3, (5) \ (6) D^Lr'n, (T) ^y^. (8) n^i, (9) u'rp^^. 
(lo)pKn. '^ ^ 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) la, (2) las, (3) hil, (4) be, 

(5) ra, (6) yim, (7) im, (8) \\ (9) P, (10) le. 

5. Topics for Study. 

(1) The sounds represented hj the letter e as variously printed. 

(2) The plural ending ; the preposition in; the conjunction and. 

(3) The sign p,^ ; the method employed to indicate the doubling of 
a letter. 

(4) The article ; the usual place of the accent ; the difference be- 
tween f2 3.nd Q. 



1 A verb in the past tense Sd person singular masculine. 

2 Parentheses ( ) enclose words which are not to be rendered into Hebrew, 



16 Lesson 2. 



LESSON II -GENESIS I. 2a. 

7. Notes. 

8. r*^Nni — Wha-'a-reg— a?icZ-^Ae-6a?'^/i; see 7, preceding Lesson. 

9. nn^rt— tia-y'tba (two syllables)— (she) was: 

T : |T 

a. 1st syllable, jl (ba), ends in a vowel-sound, ^ 26. 1. 

h. 2d syllable, nH^ (y'tba); the final pf is silent, as always at tbe 

T : 

end of a word ; the ~t is a YOwel-soz(?2c?, but not a vowel, and 
goes with what follows. 
c. The sign -p with t indicates a secondary accent, ? 18. 

10. ynr\ — tho-hu (two syllables) — {a.)-desoJation : 

a. 1st syl., il (th), -^ (o, not 6), ends in a vowel-sound, ? 26. 1. 

b. 2d syl., n (b), 1 (u), like oo in foo7, ends in a vowel-sound, ^ 26. 1. 

11. ^n^l — wa-bho-hu (three syllables) — and-{si)-icaste : 

J T 

a. ^ is not h (^), but 67i, pronounced like v in ^-o^e. 

6. \Each syllable ends in a vowel-sound (a, o, u), ? 26. 1. 

12. "n^ni — w'ho-sekh (two sj-llables) — and-darhness: 

(^- *l(w); n(h)5aharsh7i-sound,^2. 3 ; J^(s,=570; *l(kh), like 7*: in Joo^. 
h. T (') ; the ^- over \^ serves also for the vowel o ; t (e). 

c. w'ho, ending in a vowel-sound, is an open syllable ; sekh, ending 
in a consonant, is a closed syllable, I 26. 1, 2. 

d. The — in T| must be written, but has no sound. 

13. ^^5''^I?~'^^"^~P'^^ (*^^ sj^llables) — upon-\-faces-of : 

a. ^ C), not pronounced, called 'a-j'in, ^ 2. 2 ; *7 (1) ; D (p) ; J M- 
h. The ^ after -^ (e) is silent, as was that after -^ (i), see 1. h. 

c. The sign " is the Hebrew hyphen, represented by +. 

d. These two words, itpon and faces-of, are pronounced as if one. 

14. DlUn — th'hom (one syllable)— a6?/5s; 

a. A syllable beginning with two consonants, but between them is 

the short e-sound described in ^ 5. 6. a. 
h. The syllable ends in a consonant.— it is dosed, I 26. 2. 

c. As *> is silent after -^ or -^, so *) is silent under -^ (6). 

d. — , see 3. c, preceding Lesson. 



Lesson 2. 17 



2. Letters and Vowels Promiscuously Arranged. 



t 


n 


:d 


rr 


rr 


1 


D 


^ 


3 


Ji 


N 


> 


y 


n 


';• 


13 


^ 


n 


1 


3 


'^ 


3 


f2 


n 



^ 



Suggestion. — Study this table until every sign has been mastered. 
It contains sixteen out of the twenty-two letters, and eleven out of 
the fifteen vowel-signs in Hebrew. 

8. Observations. 

13. New letters: (1) n, (2) H, (3) |^, (4) ;;, (5) £), (6) 1 

14. New vowels : (1) ^, (2) ^_^, (3) 1 ; but ^_^ and 1 (e and 6) are 
pronounced just like -^ and -^ (e and o), the former having what is 
termed a fuller writing. 

15. —, called S*wa, is a vowel-so?/7?c?,but is only a ^a7/-vowel. 

16. While the conjunction and {*)) is usually written with S'wa 
(thus : *)), it is once written in this lesson 1 (wa). 

: T 

17. Syllables ending in a vowel-sound are called open; ending in 
a consonant, they are called closed. 

18. Observe the difference between ^ (b) and ^ (bh) ; f°l (h) and 
n (h) ; N* (') and ^ [') ; 1 (w) and ^ (u). 

19. Observe that *> is silent after -^ or "^ ; \ under -^ or with a 
dot in it (?)) ; (*1, at the end of a word. 

20. The Hebrew verbal inflection distinguishes gender. 

21. While most Hebrew words are accented on the ultima, see 
Obs. 11, four words in this Lesson, out of seven, have the accent on 
the penult, as shown by the position of the sign -r. 

22. The Hebrew says : faces-of ahyss, not faces of-ahyss; that is, 
the^irs^ of two words in the genitive relation suffers change, not, as 
in Latin or G-reek, the second. 



18 Lesson 2. 



4. Grammar-Lesson. 

Learn in the " Elements of Hebrew " the following sections : — 

1. § 2. 1—3, 6, 8, The pronunciation of {<, n, ^, 11, L^', X 

2. ? 3. 1, Order of writing ; extended letters. 

3. ^ 9. 1, and ^ 5, 6. a, S*wa, its representation and pronunciation. 

4. § 26. 1, 2, Open and Closed Syllables. 

5. § 49. 1, The ordinary writing of tine conjunction 

and 0), 

5. Word-Lesson. 

(13) )ti2 y^Ciste (16) T|t?>n darkness (19) D^^£) /aces 

(14) ^^^ ^e-w?«s (17) ^r ^/i)07i (20) ?inn desoJaHon 

T T '^ J 

(15) ^n^^ s^e-w^as (18) ^JB /aces-o/ (21) Qlnr) «&3/5s 

Note. — The word for loaste, when it stands by itself, is ^lilS (bo- 
hu), not ^n^ (bho-hu) ; so we say ^flll (to-hu) desolation, not ^JHin 
(tho-hu), and Dinfl not Dlnfl. 

- 6. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) In-heginning was (f.) the- 

earth; (2) Darkness was iqyon-^-tJie-earth; (3) Desolation (^jiHi i^ot 

-I 

^fin) '^<^5 (m.) upon-\-faces-of the-Jieavens; (4) Faces; (5) Faces-of 
abyss; (6) G^ocZ rwZef? in-[= oy er)-darhness; (7) God~of (^117^) ^^e- 
heavens; (8) (xOcZ was in-heginning ; (9) He-created )( the-earth and- 
)( tJie-Jieavens ; (10) The-earth was (f.). 

2. To be translated into English : — 

: Dinri ^J?""':'J/ ^^7 r[t?;TTi r[t;;^T73 pN*n ^n^'l (2) 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) D^^|), (2) rr^'l, (3) ^Pt'???, 

(4) rTn\*i, (5) Dinn, (6) Dirrn (7)inn, (8nnn/(9)*in::,(io) 

T : |T : : -i J -i 



Lesson 3. 19 



4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) ha, (2) hu, (3) ha, (4) ho, 
(5) hi, (6) ho, (7) ha, (8) nim, (9) 'al, (10) sekh, (11) pa, (12) sa. 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) Two ways of writing and. (2) The circumstances under 
which *> and *) are silent. (3) New letters and vowel-sounds. (4) 
Open and closed syllables. (5) The sign -r ; its representation and 
pronunciation. (6) Extended letters. (7) Words in the genitive 
relation. 



LESSON IM.-GENESIS I. 2b, 3. 

1. Notes. 

15. n^ll — w''ru(a)h (one syllable) — and-spirit-of : 

a. Three consonants: — *) (w), 1 (r), H (h) the harsh 7i-sound. 

h. The conjunction and (*)) written with S'wa, I 49. 1 ; ?) = u, as oo 

in fool; the ^ (a) to be pronounced before the H, and not after it. 
c. This word is treated as having but one syllable, the * and a not 

counting as full vowels. 

16. n5D*!!9 — m^ra-he-pheth (three syllables)— SroocZmg^; 

a. ^ is_pA, (— /), while ^ isp; cf. ^'bh{=v) and ^ 6, § 12. 1. N. 

h. ^p open syllable, |1 open, j^^ closed, ? 26. 2. 

c. f2 indicates that the form is a participle ; H^ that it is feminine. 

17. \ D^^r? — ham-ma-yim (three syllables) — the-waters : 

a. ^ = -wi, ^ = mm: a point in a letter preceded by a full vowel in- 
dicates doubling, and is called Daghes-forte, § 13. 1, cf. t^ (5. a). 

h. The *> here precedes -^ and begins the syllable, and so is sounded 
(as y in year). 

c. The article the is T\, with -^ under it and Daghes-forte in the 
following consonant; cf. D^Dt^^H (5), § 45. 1. 

•J- T - 

d. The accent -f indicates the end of the verse ; ♦ always follows 
this accent. 



20 Lesson 3. 



18. *15^^*'l~"'^^y"y^'"^^^~^*^^^® syllables)— a7ic?-(he)-saic?, ?? 26. 
1, 2, 3; 13. l': 

a. The root of this form is ^l^K (a-mar) he-said, § 55. 1, 2. 

h. The prefixed ^ indicates the future, I^K^ = he-will-say. 

c. The conjunction (-*)) connects this sentence with the preceding, 
and also makes the future [Tie-will-say) = a past [and-he-said). 
This seeming anomaly will be explained later ; it is sufficient 
here to learn that ION = he-said; lOK* = he-will-say; *10^^1 

- T V J V J- 

= and-he-said. 

19. -^n*— y^hiH — shall-he (or let-he), II 10. 1; 26. 1; 17. 1 : 

a. The first ^ indicates the future as in "lON^ [^ 27. 1. 

h. The — being only a Aa?/-vowel, this word has but one syllable, 
c. The root of this form is ^^*l he-was; cf. ^^^*l (9) she-was. 

T T T : |T 

20. "liK— 'or— Zz^A^, ?g 5. 5; 26. 2 : 

a. 5^ has no sound, but is represented by ' , § 2. 1. 

h. *), with a point over it, unites with the point, as in DlnH (14). 

21. "^'^^1 — wa-y°hiH — a?2(^-(there)-i(7as, § 17. 1: 

a. The conjunction here, as in lOK^'l (18), not merely connects, but 

converts the future [shall he) into a past [was). 
h. The conjunction in ID^'^5 ^^^^ '^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^ "^j *^^ Daghes- 

forte having been rejected. 
c. The sign (j) with -^ indicates a secondary accent, cf. 9. c, § 18. 1. 

.2. W^o/?z)5 Arranged Promiscuously for Examination.'^ 



^^\7 


^*i^!) 


Dinn 


-1 


DM':'?? 


^V 


-\mi 


TT 


niK 


r?n 




D^tD^r 




^il 


-1 


'^9 


n^mD 




^*^* 


nt^ 


^irn 


pKHI 


n^^^n? 





1 Examine, pronounce aloud, translate, and master these words. 



Lesson 3. 21 



3. Observations. 

23. The sign of the feminine gender is the letter jl. 

24. £)=jp,but£)=i)A(=/); ^ = h,hut2 = h7i[=vl 

25. A syllable closing with Daghes-forte is called sharpened. 
All sharpened syllables are, of course, closed syllables. 

26. The prefix ^ marks the future (3 masc. sing.). 

27. *) connects, but •*), a stronger form, connects and converts. 

28. Roots have three letters (see "HOf^ ^^^ said, J»?*)^ he created), 

- T TT 

all other letters are prefixes or sufiixes. 

29. The gutturals J«^, H, (1, ^, *1, causing many seeming irregu- 
larities in the forms of words, deserve special attention. [vowel. 

30. Daghes-forte^ is in every case immediately preceded by a 

31. The vowel of open syllables is long, of closed, short ; of 
accented syllables it may be either long or short. 

32. The letter of the article is ^^ ; its vowel is regularly -^; it 
usually has D. f .^ in the first letter of the word to which it is pre- 
fixed. But note H, in T^*l^^^• 

T I •.•JT T 

4. Grammar-Lesson. 

Learn in the "Elements of Hebrew" the following sections: — 

1. Under I 4. 1, The gutturals K, H, H, ^. and \ cf. Obs. 29. 

2. I 13. 1, Daghes-forte, cf. Obs. 30. 

3. ? 28, 1,2, Quantity of vowels in syllables, cf.0bs.31. 

4. I 47. 1, The writing of the preposition 5 ("0- 

5. Word-Lesson. 

(22) niK lig^t (25) nt??^^l and-he-said (28) n|?!l"ip hrooding 

(23) t^>t^ man (26) '>t}'^)_ anc?-(there)-was (29) " rr^^n he-saw 

(24) D^O loaters (27) ^'l^ ?e^(there)-^>e (30) T^T\ spirit 



1 The a in this word is pronounced as a In father; the 6 like ey in t?iej/. The 
main accent is on the syllable ghes. 

2 D. f . = Daghes-forte. 



22 Lesson 4 



Notes. — (1) *T|{^ means light or light-of; ^^K, '^«?^ or man-of; 
n^l, spirit or spirit-of; (2) The word for waters is D^^? but at tlie 
e?icZ of the verse, where the voice rests upon the word, it is written 

6. Exercises. 

1. To 136 translated into Hebrew : — (1) Darkness (was)^ upon-\- 
the-ioaters, and-upon-^{t]ie)-faces-ofthe-earth; (2) In-heginning [the] 
spirit-of God (was) brooding upon-\-the-ioaters; (3) God saw )( the- 
hcavens, and-)[ the-waters; [4:] {Th.e)-man-of God, {th.e)-lig7it-of tJie- 
heavens; (5) And-he-said, he-said, he-ioill-say; he-was, she-was, let- 
{there)-6e, and-[th.ere)-was ; (6) he-saio, he-created, he-was. 

2. To be translated into English :— (1) D^JSH ; (2) "llK? ; (3) 

pKH ; (4) W'^'^'n ; (5) n'rf7^ri ; (6) t^^'^NI ; (7) nni ; (8) D^p ; 
(9) D{Dn ; (10) ^'\m ; (11) IIKHI. 

3. To be written in English letters :-(l) Hl^'l, (2) tJ^'^K, (3) ^rT^ 

(4) D^p, (5) n5, (6) nni, (7) ii{<, (s) ^nn. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) sith, (2) ru, (3) ne, (4) 
yim, (5) 'is, (6) m^ra, (7) m^ra, (8) sal, (9) mar, (10) ham. 

7. Topics for Study. 

(1) Prep. 3. (2) Gutturals. (3) Quantity of vowels in syllables. 
(4) Daghes-forte. (5) Sign of the feminine. (6) Sign of the participle. 
(7) Writing of the article. (8) Sign of the future. (9) Root. (10) *) 
and '\ (11) Sharpened syllable. 



LESSON IV -GENESIS I. 4. 

7. Notes. 

22. 5<^*'*1— way-yar' (two syllables)— a?ic?-(he)-saw?, cf. 18. c, 21. a : 
a. The conjunction • ), forming, with ^ a sharpened sjdlable, § 26. 3. 
h. The letter ^ indicates the future, ^y = he-will-see, cf. 18. b. 



Words in parentheses are not to be rendered in Hebrew. 



Lesson 4. 23 



c. S'wa under *1 silent, ^11.; }< here without force, ?, 43. 1. R 1. 

23. ^iKiTDK— 'eth+ha-'or (three sy\\sih\es)—){-\-tJie-Iight: 

T 

a. In V. 1 iHK is an accented closed syl.; here w?i-accented, because 
joined by Maqqeph to following word, § 17. 1; hence -^ (e) be- 
comes — (e), ? 36. 1. a. 

b. Article here is Jl, as in T^INU; but cf . -Jl in O^Ot^tl^ D^pil* 

c. 1st syl., unaccented closed ; 2d, unac. open ; 3d, accented closed, 
? 28. 1, 2. 

d. The is 6, not o, same sound, but different value, § 7. 4. 

24. D1LD"*D— ki+tobh (two syWsihles)— that-]- good : 

a. Three consonants : 3 (k), cf. ^ (kh) ; tJ (t), cf. H ; ^ (bh). 
5. Two unchangeable vowels : ^_ (i), 1 (6), ? 30. 7. Notes 1, 2. 
c. On the use of letters to indicate vowel-sounds, ? 6. 2, 3. 

25. 7*15'*^ — way-yabh-del — a7id-{he)-caused-to-div{de, I 28. 1, 2 : 

a. 1 (d) a new letter ; without the dot ("]), it is dh [= th in the). 

b. 1st and 2d syl's unaccented closed {short vowel); 3d, accented 
closed [Io7}g vowel). 

c. S'wa under ^ is silent, and is called a syllable-divider, § 11. 1. 

26. \^^— hen— between, ^§ 3. 2 ; 5. 3; 6. 3; 12. 1: 

a. The letter n at the end of a word is written ?, not J. 
5. Both e (* ) and e ( ) are pronounced as ey in they. 

c. The vowel here is unchangeable (e), not changeable (e). 

d. There is a dot in 3, as there was in ^ of ri^Ji^N"15» 

27. yy\—VL-hheji—and-between, U 12. 1; 49. 2: 

n. Before the labial ^, the word for and is written V 
t. Note that between is ten, but and-between is u-6/ien. 

28. T]ti^n(l~ha-ho-sekh — the-darhness ; (cf. 12. a, 6, c) : 

a. The article in this case is H ; not • n? nor H* 

b. Three syllables, first and .second ending in a vowel, third, in a 
consonant. 

c. Note that H appears to be an unaccented open syllable with a 
short vowel. 



24 



Lesson 4. 



2. The Occurrence of Aspirates in Genesis I. 1—4. 



n^sr'Nnin 


3 (Z>, not yO follows nothing ; Jl (^^0 follows i. 


Kn:3 


^ (Z), not hJi) follows il of the preceding word. 


DN 


il (^^, not t) follows the vowel-sound e. 


rrn^n 


il [th^ not follows the vowel-sound —. 


)n2) )r\n 


n (^A) follows a of preceding word ; ^{hh) follows a. 


'^^^''yi' 


5 ip) follows the consonant 7. 


Dinn 


n [th) follows the vowel-sound e of preceding word. 


r)5nnp 


|] [ph (=/) notp) follows e ; H [fh] follows e. 


nrj-^^ 


-) (/j, not M) follows ^ ; ^1 (6/0 follows 6. 


"y^y) 


^ (6/0 follows a ; '^ (r/, not c/A) follows the consonant ^. 


n 


3 [h] follows the preceding consonant Q, 


^^v ]'y 


^ (6A (= !•)) follows the vowel-sound 1 ; T] (kh) fol. e. 



5. Observations. 

33. Six letters, called aspirates, have two sounds : ^ 6, ^ 5A {=v) ; 

ii^ 5^, Ji gK- ^d,n dh; 3 /j, ^ M; 13 p, 5 jjji; n ^, n ^^. 

34. Their original sound was the hard one, 6, g, d, k, p, t; it was 
indicated by a point called Daghes-lene. 

35. These letters receive this point whenever they do not imme- 
diately follow a Yowel-soimd, i. e., a vowel or vocal S'wa. 

36. This lesson has two new letters : ^ (t), pronounced like t\\ 
and "^ id). 

4. Grammar-Lesson. 

Learn in the "Elements of Hebrew," the following sections: 

1. ^ 12. 1, and Note, Aspirates and Daghes-lene. 

2. § 17. 1, 2, Maqqeph ; long vowel shortened. 

3. ? 45. 1, The usual form of the Article. 

4. Under i 4. 1, The labials : 2, \ D, iD» 



1 This letter is introduced here, in order to complete the list. 



Lesson 4. 25 



5. Word-Lesson, 

(31) p5 hetween (34) ^Tl and-he-saw (37) Hp'? Ae-^oo^ 

(32) '^and (35) ^ ^^«« (38) fn^Ae-^are 

(33) ^iy^ and-he-caused' (36) ^ItO good (39) D?^' ^«wie 

"' ' ~ to-divide 

Note.— The root of ^'^y\ is ^-J^ c/ifzcZe; the root of ^yVi^ 
HN"! «ee; DiJ^ = either name^ or name-of. 

XT 

^. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) And-saw God )( the-heav- 
ens and-)[ the-earth and-)[ the-waters; (2) The-light tlie-good (= the 
good light); (3) Good light (in Heb., Zigr/i^ good) was upon the-earth; 
(4) In-heginning (was) darkness; God created light; and-he-caused- 
to-divide hetween light and-hetween darkness; (5) God gave ){-i-the- 
light; (6) He-gave the-light the-good (= the good light); (7) Name, 
the-name^ (the) name-of God; (8) Between the-heavens and-hetween 
the-earth; (9) He-took (a) ^ooc^ 7iame (Heb. order, 72a?7ie good). 

2. To be translated into English:— (1) ^l^i^n "JlNH; (2) D?*Il 

niDH; (3) ^lN*m ^m*!; (4) riVtOH D^rf^J^n; (5) D^rf^j^n Dtr'5; 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) Hp'?, (2) D^\ (3) pi 

(4) nvL^n, (5) d:?^'5, (6) 'rj'i^n' (7) r?' ^^^ PS*^* 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) ben, (2) del, (3)- ben, (4) 
del, (5) tobh, (6) ho, (7) thohu, (8) 'or, (9) bohu, (10) bhen, (11) dhel, 
(12) khi. 

7. Topics for Study, 

(1) Three ways of writing and. (2) Three waj^s of writing the. (3) 
Maqqeph. (4) Gutturals. (5) Labials. (6) Daghes-lene. (7) Aspirates. 
(8) Sign of feminine, of participle. (9) Open, closed, and sharpened 
syllables. (10) Difference between o and 6, e and e. (11) • 1, (12) 
Plural ending. 



26 Lesson 5. 



LESSON V.-GENESIS 1. 5. 

1. Notes. 

29. N'1p!'1— way-yiq-ra'— ^«cZ-(he)-ca??6c^, § 26. 1, 2, 3 : 
a. On •^, see 18. c; on ^ see 18. h; way, a sharpened syL 

h. p (q), a new consonant pronounced like 3 (k), not qu; ? 2. 4. 

c. The ~r under p is silent, — a syllable-divider, § 11. 1. 

d. Nlp^ lie- will- call; K^p he-called^ cf. J^H^ he-created. 

t|: • t)t tt 

30. *)'1K^— la or— to-^7ie-?i^A^, ? 28. 1, 2 : 

<x. 7 the preposition to, with T", the vowel of article, I 47. 4. 
h. 1 is 6, not o ; it is from a-^w, "^Ix = ^IK, § 30. 7. 
c. i:iV/?« = *nlK; tlie-liglit = '^^'^'r\\ to'-ihe-ltght = {not ^ii^tl^) 
*niN^^ Jl of the article being dropped out, ? 45. K 3. 

T 

31. tiV—yom— day; 6 (= a+w;), not o; for pV ? 30. 7; the 
combination of a+w always gives 6. 

32. 'nS^^n?') — w*la-ho-sekh — and-to-fhe-darJcness : 

a. Four words : (1) *j and, (2) ^ to, (3) H ^Ae, (4) TT^^ITT darkness. 

h. tl of article elided and its vowel (a) given to ^., I 45. E, 3. 

c. First syl. (w'la) is unaccented open, but with a short vowel, con- 
trary to ? 28. 1. The fact is D. f. is understood in Hj which, be- 
ing a guttural, cannot receive it, I 14. 3. N. 1. 

33. K^P — qa-ra' — he-called, I 55. 1. 2 : 

t|-it 

or. This is the simple stem or root of the verb. 
h. K, as always at the end of a word, is quiescent, § 43. 1, a. 
c. This word would regularly be accented on the ultima. It is 
J<*^P here because of the ace. syl. ^ immediately following. 

34. rr^^^— la-y«la— mr/A^, ? 24. 2, and N. 1 : 

a. n is not a cons., but used merely to represent the prec. ~t, 1 0. 1. 
h. ^ and its S'wa belong to the second syl.; the t" is initial^ I 10. 1. 
c. Both "f's are ^o;ie-long (a), not naturally long (a). 

35. ^11^"^1^1 — wa-y'hiH-'e-rebh — and-[i\iQVQ)-was-\- evening : 

■.■Ts-: • :|- 

a. The first syl. (wa) is unac. and ends with a vowel, but it is not a 
long vowel ; hence it is not an ope??, but a half -open syl.; there 



Lesson 5. 27 



should be a D. f. in ^ but it has been lost, g 2G. 4 and N.; ^ 28. 4; 
? 14. 2. 
h. The vertical line with "^ is called Methegh ; it is a secondary 
accent written upon the second syl. before the principal accent, 
? 18. 1. 

c. The ~ under ^ is tone-long e,^ not short e, ^ 31. 2. h. 

d. The unaccented closed syl. rebh has a short vowel. 

36. ^PD"^*^^1 — wa-y'hi+blio-qer — and-[i\ieve)-was-{-'monii7ig : 
a. On the half -open syl. and on Methegh see 35. a, h. 

h. On the connective Maqqeph represented by +, § 17. 1. 
c. The -^ is (tone-long), not 6 (naturally long), ^ 31. 4. h. 

37. Itli^ — 'e-hadh — one: 

|T V 

a. The ~ is tone-long e, (cf. 35. c), not short e, § 33. 6. 
h. The *1 is dh, like tJi in ^Ae, not d, which would be 1. 

2. Table of Words Containing Long Vowels. 

1. Words with tone-long a : {^niS, H'?^^, Nip, N"»P^ etc. 

TT T ■.i\T tJt t): • 

2. "Words with tone-long e : jlJSt, ^*^5^- 

3. "Words with naturally long e : p5' ^J5- 

4. Words with tone-long o : ^fl^, Ip^, r]l^n, ^IH. 

5. Words with naturally long 6 : *1*|J<, ^ItO, tiV- 

6. Words with tone-long e : ^'~\V ('e-rebh), IIIK (e-hadh). 

R. The o of *^pS<''1 and of D^'i'?K is 6, not o, although not 
written *|, 

5. Observations. 

37. Tone-long vowels are vowels which are long because of their 
proximity to the tone ; i. e., being originally short, they have be- 
come long through the influence of the accent. 



1 This vowel is a difficult one to understand; keep this instance in mind; 
a fuller explanation will be given later. It is pronounced like e in men, i. e., 
a trifle longer than e in met. 



28 Lesson 5. 



38. Naturally long vowels are vowels which are long, generally, 
because of the contraction of two distinct elements, e. g., a-{-w or 
a+if = 6, a-\-i or a-\-i/ — e. 

39. Tone-long vowels are, generally, indicated only by the vowel- 
sign. 

40. Naturally long vowels are generally, but not always, indi- 
cated by a vowel-sign and also by a vowel-letter, e. g., o is -^, but 6 
is i ; e is -^, but e is * . 

41. Tone-long vowels, if the tone changes, are liable to change ; 
but naturally long vowels are unchangeable. 

42. The tone-long 6, which always comes from a, is especially 
worthy of note. 

4. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ? 8, The names of the vowels. 

2. ^l 45. K 3; 47. 4, The article after a preposition. 

3. g 55. 1, 2, The root of a verb. 

4. ^ 58. 1, 2. a and N. 1, The simple verb-stem ; its name. 

5. § 30. (opening words), also 1 The naturally long vowels, — (1) their 
Notes 1 and 2 under § 30. j^ origin, (2) their writing, (3) their 
7, J character. 

„ „^ , . -, N , 1 The tone-long vowels, — (1) their ori- 

6. §31. (opening words), also I . ,^. ^. . ' , (q\ ^i. - v 

, y gm, (2) their number, [6) their writ- 

Note 1 under 4, I .,w, . , 

J ing, (4) their character. 

5. Word-Lesson. 

(40) ndK one (43) ^ir^^) and-Jie-caUed (46) y\\; evening 

TV t): •- •.•^v 

(41) ^nb morning (44) ^^^ he-sat, dwelt (47) ^'IH voice 

I ■ J - T I 

(42) tiVdaij (45) Th'>^ night [^^) ^^'n he-called 

T :-i- t|t 

Note. — The word for night is Vh^h, but in the middle of the 
verse it is written and pronounced 'Ti/W- 



Lesson 6. 29 



6. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) To-{t}i.e)-h€ginning-of the- 
day God called morning ; to-{ihe)-heginning-of the-night God called 
evening; (2) In-day one God created )( the-light; (3) God created ){ 
tlie-liglit and-lie-called to-the-light day; (4) The good day (Heb., tlie- 
day the-good); (5) {The)-name-of the-light (is) day, and-{the)-name- 
of the-darkness (is) night; (6) Heavens^ the-heavens, to-the-heavens, 
in-the-heavens ; (7) Earth, the-earth, in-the-earth, to-the-earth. and-to- 
the-earth; (8) [T\ie)-voice-of God; (9) Day and-night; (10) The- 
waters, in-the-waters. 

2. To be translated into English :—(l) ^^^y, (2) ^IN'?; (3) 

ir>N^; (4) pN;}; (5) Dr!?^''2; (6) DV5; (7) '^IN'^1; (8) DVH |^3 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) ^^p, (2) '2\L?\ (3) DV, 

(4) -inj<, (5) D*!.;;, (6) ^ik, (T) p5, (s) Nnp. 

4. TobewritteninHebrewletters:— (1) lam, (2) lam, (3) lem, (4) 
16m, (5) lorn, (6) lem, (7) lem, (8) yiq, (9) ben, (10) rebh, (11) 5-la. 

7. Topics for Study. 

(1) Root. (2) Simple verb-stem. (3) Xames of vowel-signs. 
(4) Article after a preposition. (5) Naturally long vowels. (6) Tone- 
long vowels. (7) The vowel e. (8) Grutturals and labials. (9) DagheS- 
lene. (10) Half-open syllable. 



LESSON Vl.-CENESIS I. 6. 

7. Notes. 

38. ^tDK"***) — way-5^6'-mer — and-{]ie)-said (see N. 18) : 

-J — 

a. Syllables : (1) sharpened, (2) open, (3) closed. 

b. Vowels : (1) Pathah, (2) Holem, (3) S^ahol. 

c. ^, though a letter, has here no consonantal force ; hence it has 
no S'wa under it ; it is quiescent, § 11. 2. R. 

39. a^'n^^-'lo-him- God (see N. 3) : 



30 Lesson 6. 



a. Only two syllables : (1) open, (2) closed. 

h. Vowels: (1) Holem, (2) Hireq; Hateph-S^ghol (— ), though a 
yo^oi-sound, is only a /ia7/-vowel. 

c. While -r is simple S'wa, — is a compound §'wa, § 9. 1, 2. 

d. A word has only as many syllables as it has/wZ? vowels, I 27. 1. 

40. J^^p*^ — ra-qi(a)' — expanse; of. H^^ spint (15) : 

a. Syl's : (1) open, (2) closed ; vowels : (1) Qame?, (2) Hireq. 

h. The -^ under ^ is not treated as a vowel; it is called Pathah- 
furtive^ because in pronunciation it steals in before its conso- 
nant, cf. n^*^ = ru(a)h, not ru-ha. Though pronounced, it is mere- 
ly a transition-sound, inserted for euphony, II 27. 1; 42. 2. d. 

41. Tlln?— b^thokh— m-mzWs^o/, U 12. 1; 11. 2. a: 
a. ^ has Daghes-lene, but H has none. 

?>. The only full vowel is "j (=6), which is unchangeable, 
c. This word means in-midst-of, not in-midst. 

42. D^^n — ham-ma-ytm — the-waters, H 13. 1; 26. 3; 45. 1: 
a. The ~^ in last syl. (unac. closed) must be i, not i, § 28. 2. 

Z). Here — (1) indicates that the second syl. is accented, and also 
(2) marks the end of the clause, I 24. 2. 

43. ^jl*"] — wi-hi — and-let-[i\iQT!e)-he : 

a. Xe^(there)-6e = ^*1^ ; and = \\ but *>tV') becomes ^*^^1, since (1) 
when two S'was stand together at the beginning of a word, -^ is 
inserted ; and (2) -r- (i) under 1 fol. by ^ [iy) = i, I 49. N. 1; cf. 
the very different ^H^l = and-[i\iQVQ)-was (21). 

h. On the insertion of -^ see ? 37. 1. 

44. '^^'l^tD — mabh-dil — {si)-causing-to-divide, or dividing : 
a. A participle (shown by !2) from same root as '7*15^ (25). 
h. Vowels : (1) Pathah, (2) Hireq ; but t" is a syllable-divider. 

c. 3 (preceded by -^) without, 1 (preced. by ^) with Daghes-lene. 

45. D^p'? D^O^'iiia-yim la-ma-yim — waters to-waters : 

a. Vowel under ^ in first word, a; in second, a; because the 
second word is the last in the verse, and so the voice rests upon 



Lesson 6. 31 



it and lengthens the vowel. Such a word is said to be in pause, 
I 38. 2. 

h. The prepositions sometimes take a tone-long a, instead of "r, 
when they are directly before the accented syllable, I 47. 5. 

^- U'u) = to-waters; not to-the-waters, which would be D^D? i 
the stroke over f2 marks the absence of Daghes-forte,§ 16. 2. 



2. Words 


WITHOUT 


Po//vr5 0/? 


Vowel-Signs 


. (?£yv. 


/. 1-6. 


Nnp, '^^ 


'?,^:) 


nDN^ 


n 


:i 


n%^ 


n^c^Nn 


n'?^'? 


^na^ 


nn^n 


ina 


nn^< 


rp^ 


'^nno 


DV, ^T 


1 


I^^ 


D\n'7N 


D^Otr 


D^D 


Nnp^ 


ipn 


npn 


p^? 


inn 


:in;;, '?r 


Nn^ 


niD 


Nin 


nN* 



5. Observations. 

43. This verse has ticenty-two syllables,^ of which twelve are 
closed, ten open ; of the closed, two are sharpened. 

44. This verse has ticenty-six vowel-sounds : twenty-two full 
vowels, three S'was (two simple, one compound), one Pathah-/Mr^it'e. 

45. This verse has forty-four letters, of which nine are silent ; of 
these nine, seven are ^ one 1 and one J*}. 

46. This verse has two silent S'was — syllable-dividers. 

47. The accent -^ ('Athnah) is written only in the middle of a 
verse. 

48. The accent — (Silluq) is written only at the end of a verse. 

4. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 6. 1, 2, 3, and Notes 1—4, The Vowel-letters. 

2. I 14. 3, and Notes 1, 2, Omission of D. f. from gutturals. 

3. § 9. 1, 2, Simple and Compound S'wa. 

4. ni. 1, 2. a, and Remark, The Syllable-divider. 



1 Let the student count the syllables and thus verify this statement. 



32 Lesson 



5. Word-Lesson. 

(49) ':5n^,tD dividing (50) D^-) w.-a?e?'5 (51) V^n^ exi^anse 

• : - J- ^- )• T 

^. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Between the-waters and- 
hetween tlie-ioaters; (2) Between tlie-waters to-tJie-waters ; (3) Between 
waters to-icaters; (4) Waters, icaters (in pause), to-the-waters (in 
pause), to-icaters (in pause) ; (5) i/e^(there)-6e, a?2c?-?e^(tliere)-6e, 
and-{t]ievc)-was; (6) Expanse and-spirit; (7) Expanse, the-expanse, 
to-the-expanse. 

2. To be translated into English :—(l) DT''5 "ilK; (2) tl^'ll 

n':'^^^; (3) IIKH DID; (4) pNH ^^iD"'?;^ D^DH; (5) ^^n niN St 

• : - • • •^- I • T *^ I • T T -J- - • |T T 

3. To be written in English letters :—(l)r]t?^'n, (2) T^^, (3) ^1^, 

(4) r]in5, (5) ':'n5.?, (6) r p> 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) 'al, (2) ma-yim, (3) wi-M, 
(4) dal, (5) del, (6) del, (7) hadh, (8) dil. 

7. Topics for Study. 

(1) Yowel-sounds rep. by V (2) Yowel-sounds rep. by *). (3) D. f . 
rejected from gutturals. (4) D. f. implied. (5) Compound S^wa. (6) 
Syllable-divider. (7) Simple verb-stem. (8) Gutturals and labials. 
(9) Dagbes-lene. (10) Half-open and sharpened syllables. (12) Natur- 
ally long and tone-long vowels. (13) Maqqeph. (14) Quantity of 
vowels in syllables. 



LESSON VII.-GENESIS I. 7,8. 

7. Notes. 

46. '^^^) — way-ya-'as — and -(he) -made : 

a. \^ (s) is to be distinguished from ^ (s), ^ 2. 6. 

b. The 0_ is the same as in I^K^^ (18), K'^pn (21), NTI (22). 

c. The root is HJ^J/ lie-made; the future is ^tf^J^^ of which a 
shortened form is used with .V 



Lesson 7. 33 



47. j/'pin— l^'i-i'a-qi{a)'— ^Ac-ea-paHSf ; 

a. The -^ is Patliah-furtive, cf. Pin (ru(a)li); see 40. h. 

h. The article is -H: hence tlie-expanse should be j^^p^nn ; but "1 
r. jects D. f., and the prec. (short) "^ now standing in an open 
syllable becomes (long) — , U 14. 3; 3G. 2. I; 28. 1. 

c. The secondary accent is written on the second syllable before 
the tone, I 18. 1. 

d. The accent -^ above p and ^ marks the end of a section ; it is 
used only when the verse has three sections, I 24. 3. 

48. ")*d*'K— "ser (one syllable)— M;/uc7i, §§ 9. 2; 27. 1: 

a. The ~ is the compound S'wa of the A-class (cf . tt, of the l-class); 

it is pronounced like a in hat. but much more hurriedly. It is 

only a Aa//-vowel, and does not form a syllable. 
h. The Relative pron. does not vary for gender or number, § 53. 1. 

49. nnnp— mit-ta-hath-/ro»i-w«f7er (for niin jt?), I 48. 1: 
a. The final letter [n) of 7p is assimilated, § 39. 1. 

h. A letter thus assimilated is represented by D. f., i 39. N. 

c. The point in y\ is D. f., because it follows a vowel, ^ 13. 1. 

d. In this case the point is also Daghes-lene, since the sound doubled 
is t, not M, § 13. 2. X. 1. 

50. V*Dl'^ — la-ra-qi(a)'— fo-Me-expa?ise, § 45. R. 3 : 

)■ TiT 

«. l^^D"! expanse; V^plJl the-expanse ; V^D*)^ to-the-expanse : 
t^^n*l7^ and-to-the-expanse. 

^- )• T|T : 

5 1 . /J^^ — me-'al — from-upoii: 

«• f.!? ifi'om) assimilates its final consonant, see 49. a; but 
h. y refuses D. f ., and ~^ is heightened to -^, § 48. 2. 

52. f5''n^V~^^"5''^^^"^^^'^ — and-{it)-icas-\-so: 

a. — with -^ is Methegh. second S3d. before tone, ? 18. 1, 
h. — with -^ is Silluq, marking end of verse, ^ 24. 1. N. 

53. D*'t2^ — sa-ma-yim — heavens, cf. D^!Dti^' of V- 1: 

'AT T " -J- T 

a. There is t under 0, instead of ^^, because m pause, ? 38. 2 ; 
the 'Athnah (— ) is, next to Silluq (— ), the strongest accent. 



34 Lesson 7. 



54. ^^^ — se-ni — second: ~^ tone-long, e, not e. 

2. Forms for Special Study. 

rpT^s) r\mbj^) rinriD(T) did (4) r'j^.'l'^^^) 

5. Observations. 

49. Pathah-/Mr^iye, a mere transition-sound, does not form a syl. 

50. The n of the article is elided after the preposition 7 (also 3). 

51. The prep, from is min^ but the n is often assimilated and 
represented by D. f.; if the following letter refuses D. f., the t is 
heightened to e. 

52. The naturally long 6, generally "j in Hebrew, does not change. 

53. Where a verse has two sections, the end of the^?s^ is marked 
by "Ti the end of the second by "tt- If the verse has three sections, 
the end of the third is marked by S'gholta (^). In the use of the 
accents, we commence at the end of the verse, not at the beginning. 

4. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ? 45. 2, 3, The article before strong and weak gutt'ls. 

2. i 122. 1, 2. c, 3—5, Affixes for gender and number. 

3. I 123. (opening), 1,2, The absolute and construct states. 

4. 2 24. 1—3, The three most important accents. 

5. Word-Lesson. 

(52) Itf^'jSt who, which (55) p so (58) H^^' he-sent 

[bS) \^^'^\and-he-made (56) ]Ofrom (59) "f^l^ second 

(54) D^ sea (57) nt^V he-made (60) nHH binder 



These numerals refer to the verse containing the word cited. 



Lesson 8. 35 



6. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Tn-the-waters which God 
made; (2) God (is) in-tlie-heavens and-upon the-earth; (3) The-waters 
(are) in-tJie-sea; (4) The-earth (is) beneath {'m Reh., fwm-under to) 
the-sea; (5) (A) second day;^ (6) The-day the-second^ (=the second 
day); (7) God sent )( tJie light and-)[ the-darkness ; (8) Fr077i-\-the- 
heavens to-the-earth; (9) Between the-sea and-hetwcen the-earth; (10) 
And-[\i)-was-\-so. 

2. To be translated into English :-(l) pi^^^j;0 ; (2)iT£rNnn; 

(3) wyw (4) DJ3 n^'j^ D^^n; (5) ♦^ti^'n "iiNn; (6)pKrT-fp 

D^Ot^S ; (7) nn^.^l npi? ^(8) pKH-'?;? D'^jTHiNt Vh^] (9) 

3. TobewritteninEnglishletters:— (Dd^t^', (2) p, (3) p, (4) 

D^ (5) nc^ji;, (6) pg, (7) ^j$, (8) ^^tj^', o) '^j/o. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters : — (1) ken, (2) ben, (3) 'or, (4) 
bo-hu, (5) mah, (6) 'al, (7) al, (8) 'as, (9) me, (10) ben. 

7. Topics for Study. 

(1) The three important accents. (2) The article before guttur- 
als, (3) The prepositions ^ and ^) before the article. (4) The 
preposition /?'o??i. (5) Assimilation. (6) The position of the attrib- 
utive adjective. (7) The vowels e and e. (8) The vowels o and 6. 
(9) Secondary accent. (10) Pathah-/«r^ire. (11) Labials. (12)D.f. 
in an aspirate. (13) Gutturals and D. f. (14) Silluq and Methegh. 
(15) Maqqeph. 



LESSON VIIL-GENESIS L 9, 10. 

7. Notes. 

55. ^*)p* — yiq-qa-wu — Let-{or, shall)-he-collected : 
a. The ^ indicates ih.e. future; ^ is the p?itra?-ending of verbs. 



1 The adjective, when attributive, follows its noun ; and, if the noun is 
definite, the adjective receives the article. 



36 Lesson 8. 



h. The D. f. in p is for an assimilated ^, which is the characteristic 
of a passive verb-stem ; the a under p is euphonic. 

56. D^Dn~^am-ma-yim — tlie-waters, see 17: 

a. ^ has -^5 not t" as in v. 2, since it is not in paicse. 
h. The article, written regularly with a and D. f., § 45. 1. 

57. ~ /^^ — 'e^H — w?2/o, with which compare 7 ^o. 

58. DIpD— nia-qom— p^ace; 

a. Tone-long a, but naturally long 6, the former changeable, the 

latter unchangeable. 
h. The root is 0)p ; D is ^ prefix often used in noun-formation. 

59. jl^5*^^^1 — w*the-ra-'e — and-{she)-s]iaU-he-seen : 

■•■ ^ I" • 
a. Five letters, of which the root can have but three^ I 55. 1 ; ^ = 

and; ^ (= she) is a prefix of the future^ like ^ which = he. 

^' jl^^^il should be HKin (with the same D. f. and a which are 

V T I" V T • 

in ^Ip^ (55) above), for it is passive; but 1, a guttural, refus«B 
D. f., and i under H is heightened to e, as in ^)}f2^ (51), I ^* 2. 

c. Cf. closely the following forms : — 

3 masc. sg. Hlp^ 115^*1* he-will-he etc. 

v|t • V T|" 

3 fern. sg. nipn nj*5*in she-will-he etc. 

vIt • V T|- 

3 masc. pi. ?)lp^ ^K*)^ they-ioill-he etc. 

d. This is the fourth case of — = e (not e), cf. nlDH"^^ (16), TS^ 
(35), "in^ (37); keep these in mind. 

60. ^t^^■^'^ — hay-yab-ba-sa — the-dry (land) : 

XT 

a. Four syllables, — two sharpened, two open, I 26. 1. 3. 
h. Point in ^ is D. f ., yet also Daghes-lene, I 13. 2, and N. 1. 
c. The final H stands for the prec. a, just as ^ stands for i, or ^ for 
; cf. D^n'?^ and DV- 

61. 'n^y^—\-^y-y2ih-'hd^-l2i—to-the-dry (land), I 45. K 3. 

T T 

62. r'lN— 'e-reg— ear^A,— with article, ^")^^jl, I 45. R 2* 
a. another case of — = e (59. c?), like 31J/ (35). 

63. H*)pD'?1~^'l'niiq-we— «nfZ-^o-coZZec^io?i-o/; 



Lesson 8. 



37 



a. And is here written *|, H9. 2 ; to is written, as usually, 7. 

h. The root is Jllp, whence the passive future Srd plural ^"ip* (55). 

c. The is the pref . used in noun-formation, cf. DipD (58. h). 

d. This noun (= collect ion- of) is in the construct state, I 123. 2. 
64. D^O^ — yam-mim — seas : 

a. The sing, is D*, from which the plural differs in that a D. f. ap- 
pears in f2, and the changeable a is shortened to a. 
^- D*D* (=^ yam-mim) would be an impossible form, § 28. 2, 3; 

• T 

just as, on the other hand, Dlp/!D (= ma-qom) would be impos- 
sible, ^ 28. 1. 

2. Hebrew-English Word-Review*^ 



n*trNn^2 


"^.^^^32 


^^m 


^PT 


ni5<l 


nn*^ 


Q^^33 


D1^22 


Ki:}^2 


-THN^ 


v:\^T 


a -D, (P=^^ 


D»D^23 


n, -n^^ 


^7^^ 


D^^^'^5 


^yp'^^'' 


t^rr 


T ■ It 


D^n'?i<^ 


^:isr'^6 


DlpD^« 


11p»25 


1, 1, V^ 

T : 


n.^' 


^nn^^ 


n^nno^^ 


Nnp^26 


^^^^^ 


1trK<^ 


Dinn^« 


^j;38 


J^-).27 


il6l7 


-nj<, n^<^ 


^in^^ 


nnir^^ 


1^529 t^28 


nr:{^^l« 


:n« 


nnn^^ 


t^r)4o 


P30 


^4|^n9 


in:D« 


n?^nn^i 






T T - 


n'' 


5. English-Hebrew Word-Review. 


^^ahyss 


'^-created, he 


^^faces-of 


^^niglit 


^Hhe 


^^and 


^^darhness 


^^from 


^one 


29^0 


2i?;e, ?e^ 


'^Uay 


^God 


^^ place 


^^under 



* Every word is accented on the ultima, unless the sign j Indicates that it is 
accented on the penult. 

t Omitting the prepositions and the relative pronoun (in all eleven words), 
those that remain in this list, together with their related grammatical forms, 
occur In the Bible about 27O0O times. This would make about one hundred and 
thirty pages, or about one tenth of the entire Old Testament. 



38 



Lesson 8. 



^%eginning 


^'^ desolation 


^'^good 


^^say, he will ^unto 


^^between 


^Mivide, he will^%eavens 


^^seas ^^upon 


'■^''brooding 


^^dividing 


Hn 


^hecond ^which 


'-^caU, he irnll 


^Hry (land) 


Hight 


27see, he ivill^'^was, she 


^"^ called, he 


harth 


^hnidst-of 


^^seen, let be ^waste 


-■'collected, let 


^'^ evening 


'^hnorning 


3O50 ^^waters 


be 


^^expanse 


'^hnake, he 


^"^spirit-of '^(sign of ob- 


'^^ collection- of 




will 


'^Hhat ject) 



(61) -'^K unto 

(62) TWy dry (land) 

T T~ 

(63) D^D^sea* 



Word-Lesson. 

(65) n)pp collection 
{<qQ) rripp collection-of 
(67) Dlp?P?«ce 



(64) ^llp^ they-shall-he-collected (68) HN'in she-shall-be-seen 



5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 18. 1, Methegh, on second syllable before tone. 

2. I 27. 1, 2, 3, Syllabication. 

Review.—?? 5^ 6; 9; 11. 2. a and Rem.; 12. 1; 13. 1; 14. 3 and 
N. 1, 2; 17. 1, 2; 24. 1-3; 2G. 1-3; 28. 1, 2; 30. (opening 
words), 7, N. 1, 2 ; 31. (opening words), 4, N. 1; 45. 1 and Rem. 3, 
2, 3 ; 47. 1, 4, 5 ; 49. 1, 2 ; 55. 1. 2 ; 58. 1, 2. a and N. 1; 122. 1, 
2. c, 3-5 ; 123. 1, 2. 

Note.— The stem seen in J<13, N^p, *?tJ'0, etc., is the simple 

T T t|t - r 

active verb-stem, called Qal, ? 58. N. 1 ; the stem seen in X\'D^ 
and n^J^in*) is the ordinary 'passive-sieva, called Niph'al (cf . ^ 61. 
Iwith? 75. R. 2). 

6. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Li-the-place which (is) 
between heaven[s) and-bctiocen earth; (2) God icill-be-seen iipon-)r 
the-earth; (3) The-waters wlll-be-seen ia-the-sca; (4) The-earth (f.) 



Lesson 9. 39 



will-he-seen heneath {= from-under to) the-heavens; (5) The-waters 
shall-he-collected unto-\-place one; (6) la-the-ivaters and-in-the-seas; 
(7) The-collectlon; [S] {The) collection-of the-waters; (9) God created 
)( the-dry (land) and-)[ the-seas. 

2. To be translated into English :-(l) p^H"'?;; D^DH ^Ij^* ; 

(2) D)pd7]\ (3) 'n'IK'71; (4) DrO!'?'!; (5) DlpD3V, (6)DipD1; 

(7) tr'^NH HkNtnv, (8) awn ^xn^; o) '^j;, •^j/o, "^iioi 

3. To\e corrected :-(!)' DpOn, (2) pjl, (3) ^t^N, (4) Dii'^N, 

(5) "^lyr (6) nnriD, (7) D^o^ (s) o^Dtr'." 

... — - J- • • - -At - 

4. To be written in English letters :— (1) T)^, (2) pK, (3) 

n^np, (4) im, (5) Dip?53i, (6) ^r).p^ 

(1) The sign of masc. sing, future, of fern. sing, future, of masc. 
pi. fut. (2) The characteristic of the passive-stem. (3) A use of 
Methegh. (4) Final H- (5) Use of t2 in formation of nouns. (6) 
Various forms of *) conjunctive. (7) Words with the vowel e. (8) 
The words for sea and seas. (9) The position of the adjective when 
attributive. (10) The plural afl&xes of nouns. (11) The feminine 
affixes. 



LESSON IX.-GENESIS I. fM3. 

/. Note-Review. 

(DnpK^l (18); (2) n'r}% (3); (3) pNH (7); (4) ^tf^'K (48); 

(5) p-^nn (52); (6) nn;;-»nn"(35); (7) npb-\nn m)\ (8) di^ od. 

2. Notes. 

65. NkJ'in^adh-se' — [%\ie)-shall-cause-to-spring-forth: 
a. Jn, as in HK^ir) (59), = she, being the feminine prefix. 
h. The — under 1 is a syllable-divider and silent, ? 11. 1. 
c. 1, \^, and K are the three root-letters ; KJ^'"!, cf . ^'Xl, N^D. 

T T TT T/t 



to Lesson 9. 



%. This stem is neither the simple nor the passive verb-stem, but a 
causative stem. It always has ~^ under tjie preformative, i. e., 
under the letter which is prefixed to the root to designate person 
or gender; of. ^"^^ (25), which has ^^ under ^ and means he-shall 
cause-to-divide. 
66 K^*l — de-se' — grass, cf. the preceding root KtJ^'^ (65. c): 

a. *1 (preceded by V) = d; but *7 (preceded by — ) = dh. 

h. This word, like T^IJ^, ^*1J^., and others, has e. 

67. Dg^i?— 'e-sebh— Aer6.- ^ = 6A = 2;; C^ = s, not s (sA). 

68. i/n?5 — ^'sLZ-rXidiY—cansmg-to-seed, root J/^t: 
a. A new letter '^ z; Pathah- furtive under ^. 

h. A participle, as shown by t2, cf. '^HID (44), H^H^f^ (16). 
c. A causative form, as shown by -=- under the preformative. 

69. ^^"^f— ze-ra — seed, — from the root J^*lt : 
a. This word, like pj^, T),^: N*^"^, lias e." 

70. Y}^—e(^—tree-of; n$—V'n— fruit. 

71. •"ID nt?^i^ — '6-sep p'ri — maldng fruit : 

a. The 6, here written over the right arm of j^ (s), is naturally long. 
I. The H— , like that in nNlf) is e, not e. 

c. The point in ^ is D. f., because preceded by a full vowel (e); it 
therefore joins the two words together, § 15. 3. 

d. r\\^^ accented on penult because closely followed by a mono- 
syllable, ^ 21. 1. 

e. nb^j/ is a participle (although without f2) from Ht^i^ he-made^ 

72. 1 j^p'p— I'mi-no— ^o-^m(Z-Az5 : 

a. The prep. 7, the noun p,p, and the suffix "j {=his). 

73. ID'li^'lt — zar-'6+bh6 — seed-his-\-in-hiin : 

a. ^^l? seed, but 1 j^*^? Ms-seed, the t" being silent. 
6. T is a pronominal suffix meaning his or him. 

c. SZ is made up of ^ the prep, in, and i the suffix /wm. 

d. It is tt (bho) not i^, because of the prec. vowel-sound "j. 



Lesson 9. 41 



€■* 1^. • . -"It?^?!? = which in-him; this is the idiom for in which. 

74. KV''^^ — wat-t6-9e' — and-{she)-caus€d-to-go-forth : 
a. Waw Conversive O, and the feminine prefix ]1 (= she). 

h. The i is a contraction of *)__ [aiv); hence ^^5?"^^*°^ ^^ ^^^' ^^Vl^' 

which, like N^IDr has ~=~ under the pref. and is causative. 
c. The root is J*^V^, which is for J<^*1, he-went-forth. 

T T T T 

75. ^nj*p'7~'^'™^'^^"^'^~ to-ldnd-his: 

a. An uncontracted form, with same meaning as I^'D'?* 
h. ?in is the full form of suffix meaning his or him; -^ may, for 
convenience, be called a connecting vowel. 

76. ^tlf'bl^—s'li-si— third: cf . ^JtJ^" second. 



3. Forms for Special Study. 



i^^^t^,in wh. ]^ = she and -=- under ^ indie, a causative idea. 

/^"l^Dj " ^indic. apart. and -^ under t2 " 
^T^y^ " ^ = he and -sunder ^ " 

NVlr), " r) = she and 1 (=t_ 

y^'ltDj " ii^dic. a part, and -=- under ^ 



a a 
_ ^ ^ u u 



4. Observations. 

54. There is in Hebrew (1) a simple verb-stem, (2) a passive 
verb-stem, and also (3) a causative verb-stem. 

55. The characteristic of the passive stem is the letter J, or a D. 
f. in the first radical representing j assimilated. 

56. The causative stem may be known by the "^ which always 
occurs under its preformative (^ f1 or f2)- 

57. The name of the simple stem is Qal, of the passive stem, 
Niph'al, of the causative stem, Hiph'il. 

58. The letter ^ prefixed to verbal lorms means he, the letter ^ 
means sAe, while ^ so prefixed indicates a participle. [is i. 

59. The full form of the pron. suf . 3 m. sg. is ^H, the short form 



42 Lesson 9. 



5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. § 1, The names of the Hebrew letters. 

2. 03. 2. and N. 1, Daghes-forte in aspirates. 

3. I 57. 1—3, Inflection. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

(69) ^^;^ grass (73) l^'ff:^ kind, species [11) "f^^ fruit 

(70) V'yjeed (74) I^^T ^ree [78) '^^^^t?^ third 

(71) NV^ Ae-w6>i^ (75) atrr ^^^^ (79)Nt^"nn (seeN.65) 

(72) j;nrD ^ee^^m^ (76) nt^;; ma^m^r (80) KVlH (seeN.7a» 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) To-the-tree making fruit 
(there is) seed according-to-its-kind; (2) The-seed wTiic1i-\-in-it [= in 
which) (is) /rM?^; (3) The-day which-\-in-it (is) light; (4) The-earth 
shall-cause-to- go-forth )( the-grass and-){ the-seed and-){ tlie-herh 
and-)[ the-trce; (5) The-day the-third {= the third day) ; (6) The- 
fruit (is) in-fhe-seed, and-the-seed (is) in-the-earth. 

2. To be translated into English :-(l) I^J D^D "ItTN D^TT; (2) 

i:3r]^"nn^%N?rr'?|>:i; (3) j<^n-Nnp_; (4)^c^>'7t^nDi^3; (5) 

3. To be written' in English letters:— (1) N^'lJl, (2) iW% (3) 

n?, (4)p3, (5)|^;r, (6)rr?;^y 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters : — (1) ze-ra', (2) d^-se', (3) 
ru(a)h, (4) khen, (5) '6-se, (6) t6-§e', (7) bho, (8) wa-y'hi. 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) The characteristic of the Niph'al stem. (2) The character- 
istic of the Hiph'il stem. (3) The origin and character of tone-long 
and naturally long vowels. (4) The sign of the participle. (5) The 
3 sg. masc. pron. suffix. (6) The origin of 1 in NVI^- ^'^^ ^^^® 
character of — in Mb^i^. (8) The D. f. Conjunctive. (9) What in- 
flection includes. (10) The names of the Hebrew letters. 



Lesson 10. 43 



LESSON X.-GENESIS I. 14, 15. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) ^r\] (19) ; (2) D^p^'n (5) ; (3) pj (26); (4) DV (31); (5) n^^^ 
(34); (6)p-^nn(52)/ ' 

2. Notes. 

77. il'^^^P — m^'o-roth — luminaries : 

a. Sing., *)1ND (like DIDO plf-ice) ; but when the plur. ending 6th 

T ) T 

is added the tone moveg one syllable, and the changeable a be- 
comes "T", § 125. 1. a. 

b. Both 6's are naturally' long, tho' written defectivelj^, ^ 6. 4. N. 2. 

c. *li5»? = light, but n*l5*^D = luminary; on this use of 0, see 63. c. 

T 

78. )f*'p'^'^—\yi-^'o^{^Y—iii-txpanse-of: 

a. Abs. j;p*| (40); const. J/^D*!, — becoming — , I 125. 3. a. 
h. Before "^ the prep. ^ takes -r- instead of —, ? 47. 2. 

c. The sj^l. 5 (l^i) is "ot a closed S3^1.; nor yet an open one, since it 
has a short vowel. It may be called haJf-open, I 26. 4. 

d. The S^wa under *1 is called medial, U 10. 2 ; 26. 4. N. 

79. ^^^5'^'? — I'liabh-dil — to-cause-to-divide : 

a. An infinitive ; the prefix H shows it to be causative (Hiph'il). 
h. D. 1. in *1 because it does not immediately follow a vowel-sound. 

80. Vni — w'ha-yu — and-they-shall-he : 

T : 

a. nN'7 = he-was; i^iy'T] = sJie-was; VH = theij-ioere. 

6. But 1 connects this with what precedes, and likewise converts 
the past tense into a future; cf. with this the form of the con- 
junction (-*!) which converted ti future into a, past . see 18. 

81. iink'? — l*'6-th6th— /or-s/^?is.' 

a. Sing. nj< or HlJ^; plur. HH^, by the addition of 6th, § 122. 3. 
h. Both vowels are naturally long (6), written defectively. 

82. D^nj^lp'pl — u-Pmo-'^'dhim — and-for-seasons: 

The conjunction, before a consonant with S'wa, is written \ H9. 2. 



44 Lesson 10. 



h. The "j is 6, not o ; Methegh is written before comp. S'wa, § 18. 3. 
c. ^, being a guttural, takes a compound S'wa, § 42, 3. 
c?. The noun is in the plur. masc, as shown by im. 

83. D^D''?^ — u-Pya-mim — and-for-days: 

• T : ^ V 

a. Another case of \ instead of 1, before a consonant with S'wa, 

see 82. a, 
h. This is an irregidar plural form from QV d^^V- 

84. D^^t^l — w'sa-nim — and-years: 

• T : 

a. A masc. plur. ending with a noun [T\)!0) which has feminine sg. 
ending, I 122. 4. N. 

85. il'^lNp'P — li-m^'o-roth— /o?'-ZMWwwanes; 

a. All that was said in 78. &, c, concerning bi, applies to li. 

h. Here the first 6 is written /? J??/, the second defectively, I 6. 4. N.2. 

86. ^l^NH/ — I'ha-'ir — to-cause-to- shine; cf. *l"iK light: 

• T : ... t 

a. Another causative infinitive (cf . v^*!^'^^' ^'\t\i ~r under H instead 
of ^, because it is in an open syllable, I 28. 1. 

5. Forms for Special Study. 



21^. 


srin'a 


'^\ 


DOt^l 


PS? 


rim 


rr\m 


r5^ 


m'^ 


D'D' 


;?^p13 


DHi^i^'?^ 


n 


• T 


nhiNO'? 


• T : 



4, Observations. 

60. There is a large class of nouns nearly all of which have — 
(e) under the first letter and ~ (e) or -=- under the second. These 
nouns are always accented upon the penult. 

61. The/e?7i. plur. ending is 6th, the masc, im. 

62. The distinction between initial and medial S'wa is import- 
ant, see I 10. 1, 2. 

63. And is usually written \ but before labials and before con- 
sonants with S'wa it is written ^. 



Lesson 10. 45 



5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 47. 1, 2, 4, 5, The Inseparable Prepositions. 

2. I 49. 1, 2, The Waw Conjunctive. 

3. § 10. 1, 2, Initial and Medial S^wa. 

4. I 7. 1—4, Classification of Yowel-sounds. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

(81) nix 5^>^ (83) niKD luminary (85) t^btJ^* 5^^- 

(82) m^ raoon (84) fVlD seasoji (86) HJ^' 2/e«r 

- -T ^- T T 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The-sign, the-moon, the 
sun, the-year, the-season; (2) Tlie-sun will-he-seen in-the-heavens; (3) 
Signs and-lumina7'ies and-seasons and-years; (4) Tlie-sun shall-be 
in-expanse-of the-heavens; (5) For-seasons and-for-luniinaries; (6) 
To-divide hetween tlie-day and-hetwcen the-night; (7) Seas and-wa- 
ters; (8) i)a?/s and-seas; (9) T he-luminary, the-luminaries. 

2. To be translated into English :— (1) pj^'^ ^7^0 il'^IK^n ; 

(2) ^^t^'n nimn; (3) p5^n pni o^pt^^'n p? '?^5:im"4) 
ti^';?^^'n-nK d^h^k Kn5;"(5) j/^pn^,' j^^p?, ;;^pn5; (6) 

3. To be written in English letters :— (1) ^1^ '(2) 1j/lD, (3) 

tr'D:^', (4) rr^t:^', (s) Dn;^lo, (6) ':)'^a^ 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters : — (1) ha-'ir, (2) '6-th6th, (3) 
yom, (4) ya-mim, (5) bi-r'qi(a)'. 

8. Topics for Study, 

(1) Change of t to t". (2) Prepositions 'Z and ^ with i. (3) 
AYaw Conversive with the past tense. (4) Various forms of the 
verb ^^"T he-was. (5) ?) and V (6) D^_ and jli. (7) Difference 

T T : 

between 7nDn and "y^tl- (8) Nouns with e. (9) Initial and 
Medial S*wa. (10) Classification of vowel-sounds according to for- 
mation, quantity, nature, value. 



46 Lesson 11. 



LESSON XI.-GENESIS I. 16-19. 

7. Note-Review. 

(l)nhNP(77); (2)D^5n(56); (3) DIp^J (58); (4) j;^pn5 (78); 
(5) y^Tb (86); (6) r]m*l (28); (7) NTT (22); (8) K^p-^l (29). 

2, Notes. 

87. C^i^!5 — way-3^a-'as — and-[\iQ)-mad€, see 46 : 

a. Like ^^^ a shortened form of t}iQ future^ root Ht^P- 

5. Second syllable, being accented open, has a short vowel. 

88. ^^tj^' — s^ne — two-of; of. ^j£) faces-of: 

a. The construct state of the numeral 0^4.1^5 of which Q^ is the 

dual ending, U 122. 5 ; 123. 5. ' ' 

h. The word has but one syllable, ~ being only a half -vowel. 

89. D^^"!-^n~liag-g''dh6-lim — the-great (ones) : 

a. The article written regularly with -^ and D. f., ? 45. 1. 

6. An adjective in the plur. (note the ending Q^ ) from '^Injl- 

T 

c. The -^ is 6, though in the plural form written defectively. 

d. The ~r, under j| in the sing., becomes in the plural ~ because it 
is no longer before the tone-syllable, Q^ having been added; 

cf. sg. m. ^n:i, but sg. f. riir\^^ pi. m. D^'?n;i, pi. f. ni'?i-iji, 

T T : • : : 

in which, by the addition of an ajBix, the tone is changed. This 
change of a full vowel to S'wa is called volatilization, § 36. 3. h. 

90. 7lJin llN^n — ham-ma-'6r hag-ga-dhol — the-luminary the- 

T - T - 

great (one) : 

a. Both words have a tone-long a, and a naturally long 6, altho' in 

the adjective the 6 is written defectively. 
h. Both words have the article in its usual form. 

9 1 . rwl^f2D^~ \'mein-se-\eth—for-domimon-of: 

a. Two unaccented closed syllables, one accented open. 
h. ^ is the prep.; t2^ the formative prefix, cf. 58. h; jl? tlie fern. 
ending ; the root being ^l^f2- 



Lesson 11. 47 



92. fCOpil—taq-qa-ton — tJw-sniaU; with tone-long o. 

93. DO^lDn— tak-ko-kha-bhim— ^Ae-5fars ; 

a. The — under 3 is Methegh, § 18. 1; under ^ it is Silluq. 
h. Cf . DD12 star, 0^5^13 stars, D^DDlDH the-stars. 

94. iri'^l — waj^-j'it-ten — a«c?-(he)-^are ; 

a. jn^ lie-will-give is the Qal Imperfect (future) from JHJ he-gave. 
With Waw Conversive (cf. 18) it has the force of a Perfect (past). 

h. The D. f. in Jl is for the first radical j, which has been assim- 
ilated ; cf. T\r\TSt;i for nnri fP, see 49, I 39. 1. 

95. DDJ^ — '6-tham — )[-them: the pronominal suffix D with 

T T 

nj<, another form of jlX and "HK, sign of def. obj., I 51. 2. 

96. '^ii^p'pl""^'-^'^^"^^^ — and-to-rule : 

a. Conjunction 1 ; prep. ^ with -^, ^ 47. 2 ; the — under ^ silent. 

b. An infinitive from the root ^^0, cf. 91 ; tone-long o. 

- T 

97. n'^^^51 D V5 — bay-yom u-bhal-la-y'la — hi-the-day and-in-the- 
nigJit, Ufo'i. R. 3; 47. 4; 49. 2. 

98. '^^'^l^Hyl — u-l'*habh-dil — and-to-cause-to-divide : 
a. ?1, I 4S). 2 ; 4, § 32. 3. d ; '^HDn, see 79. 

h. The root is ^71^ (pronounced ba-dhal). 

99. "fV^y^—rWi-'i— fourth ; d. '>l(;'>^l^ third, 

8. Forms for Special Study. 

□^'^"iJin il'^NDH — tJie-luminaries the-great=th.e great luminaries. 
'^"iJin llN^n — the-luminary the-great = the great luminary. 

r - T ~ 

f Dpn IlKDH — the-luminary the-small = the small luminary. 

4. Observations. 

64. In the words cited above, the noun stands first, the adjective^ 
second. 

65. The noun is masculine, i the adjective is masculine. 

1 The noun Ti'KD is masculine, although in the plural it has a feminine form. 



4S Lesson 11. 



66. When the noun is sing., the adjective is sing.; when the noun 
is plur., the adjective is plur. 

67. The noun has the article, and so has the adjective. 

68. The following is, therefore, the rule governing the position 
and agreement of an attributive adjective : The adjective, when 
attributive, follows its noun, and agrees with it in gender, number 
and dejinitcness. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 57. Notes 1, 2, Tenses and Moods. 

2. § 58. 1, 2. a, and Notes 1, 4, The Simple Verb-stem, Qal. 

3. ? 14. 1 — 3, Omission of Daghes-forte. 

4. I 11. 2. a, b, S'wa under final consonants. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

(87) 'y\'i^ to shine (89) ^i^lD s^ar (92) ^^^5^ /owr?^ 

m)^T\^ great (90) 'rhVt^r;^ ruling (93) U"^^^ two 

(91) fbp small 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) The great day; (2) In the 
great day; (3) And hi the great day; (4) The great stars; (5) The 
small star; (6) The good God; (7) He-gave, he-ruled; (8) God gave 
)( the-luminaries for-{the)-riding-of the-day and-for-{the)-ruling-of 
the-night; (9) The great luminary (is) the-sun; the small luminary, 
the-moon; (10) The-sun and-the-moon (are) in-[ih.e)-expanse-of the- 
heavens; (11) God will-give )( the-day. 

2. To be translated into English:-(1) Vl|«n IlK^nTlN* Hl^^', 

(2)^iton^5i3n; (3) nm'i};)r2]{^)nt^''%'n ny^^n; (5) ^7; 
n^^J^S Doil^ ; (6) ^^^'n n1^^!5^ ; (7) ^v^^sn jbj^n SiK-?n ; (s) 



Lesson 12. 49 



3. To be written in English letters :— (1) |n>, (2) t;^\ (3) 
n'^t^^DD, (4) niDlD, (5) DnK, (6) ypnS, (7) ^t^^D'?, (8) nnKD, 
(9) Dt\*l. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters : — (1) yom, (2) yom, (3) sekh, 
(4) lekh, (5) att, (6) talt, (7) yest, (8) wa-y^hi, (9) ha- or. 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) Affixes of the feminine. (2) Affixes of the masculine plural 
and dual, in absolute and construct. (3) Change of — to ~. (4) 
The construction of the attributive adjective. (5) Methegh and 
Silluq. (6) Assimilation of J. (7) The infinitive of the root '7ti'*D- 

- T 

(8) The conjunction *) before a labial. (9) The ordinals meaning 
second, third, fourth. (10) Tenses and moods in Hebrew. (11) The 
form of the simple verb-stem (Qal). (12) Omission of Daghes-forte. 
(13) S^wa under final consonants. 



LESSON XII.-CENESIS I. 20, 21. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) D.^pn (17) ; (2) p{<n (7) ; (3) j;^pn (40) ; (4) D^Vl^H (89) ; 
(5) im (48) ; (6) inrp'? (75) ; (7) i^J) (22). 

2. Notes. 

100. )'^^^~y'is-T'qu— {they) shall-swarm : 

a. Qal Imperfect (or future^) 3 pers. plur. masc. from V^^ he- 
swarmed; t^llj^^ he-will-swarm; ^lOti^^ they-will-swarm. 

h. Two S*was — first, a syllable-divider and silent, second, a half- 
vowel and vocal, I 11. N. 1,2. 

c. The Imperfect tense represents an action as unfinished, incom- 
plete, whether in past, present or future time. 



1 The term Imperfect will hereafter be used instead of future, since It more 
nearly describes the tense in question. 



50 Lesson 12. 



101. Y*^^ — se-Te(^— swarm, or, collectively, swarms: 

a. Like ^"TJ^, T^X, Nki^'l.i i^^l ; these nouns have but one essen- 
tial vowel, viz., the first, since the second is inserted merely for 
euphony. They are called Segholates. 

h. The essential vowel in all these cases was originally ~^, which 
has been heightened under the tone to e, ? 106. 1 and N. 2. 

102. t^fi-). — iie-P^es — soul-of: Another Segholate, of which the 
primary form was ti^£3j \ cf. the primary form of ^*1f, viz., J^^f, 
which appears before the suffix in 1^^?, see 73. 

103. rf'tr — hay-ya — life : Feminine, as shown by T\ . 

104. ^IJ/l — W'oph — and-fowl: 

a. The Waw Conjunctive pointed regularly with S*wa. 
h. A case of naturally long 6 ; t\iQ final form of tl (Pe). 

105. f]$l;;*-y''6-pheph— (he) sJiall-fly : 

a. An Imperfect (or future) from the root tl^y to-fly. 
h. Unchangeable 6 ; both ^'s aspirated. 

106. N^?*'!! — way-yibh-ra' — and-{hQ)-created : 

a. ^5^5* he-will-create, but with • ^ the force of the tense is changed. 
h. Compare (1) K^p and Nlp^l with (2) Kill and J<nnn. 

107. D^^-pnr? — hat-tan-ni-nim — the-sea-monsters : 

a. Points in }^ and ^ are D. f., because preceded by vowels. 

h. The -r- under ^ is i written defectively, ? 6. 3. N. and 4. N. 2. 

c. (1) Article ^tj, (2) noun pjD, (3) plural ending D^— • 

1 08. t^£3^"'?3— kol+n6-phes — every-\- soul-of : 

a. "73 is an unaccented closed syllable, for the word before Maq- 

T 

qeph always loses its accent, § 17. 1, 2. 
h. An unaccented closed syllable must have a short vowel, I 28. 2 ; 
but is ~ a short vowel ? It is. In this word we have for the first 
time 0, or Qame§-hatuph, which is represented by the same sign 
{-v) as long a, I 5. 5. 

109. n'^nrr — ha-hay-ya— ^^e-Z?/^; The article with its D. f. im- 
plied, I 45. 2; Methegh, second syllable before tone, I 18. 1. 



Lesson 12. 51 



110. nti^D'nn — ha-ro-me-seth — tJie-{one)-creep{ng : 

V -IV |T 

a. The article with D. f. rejected and ~^ heightened to -r, § 45. 3. 
h. A participle (although without f2) fern, (jl) sg. from j^OT- 
c. Observe that the -^ is 6, not o, although defectively written. 

111. ^^*lti' — sa-r''9u — (they) swarmed: 

a. He- swarmed y^\^ , they -swarmed X^'^'t^] cf. V'^^^*' he-iciU-swa^^i , 
^l^ltJ^* they -will-swarm ; and so J«5*i^ he-created, ^^{*^^ ^/tei/- 

: : • T T :It 

created ; J«{1p he-called, ^Nlp they- called ; ?n^ he-gave, ^^Hj 

Z>. Qal Perf. 3 m. p7., as shown by the ending ?|. 

112. DHIl^P'p — I'nii-ne-hem — to-ldnds-their : 

a. DJl is pron. suf . 3 m. pi., as used with plur. nouns, 1 51. 1. h and d* 
h. -^ (= e) is a defective writing for ^_, the plur. const, ending. 

113. rj^3— ka-naph — wing: 

a. The first t" is a, because hefore the tone : the second is a because 
under the tone, § 31. 1. a. (1), c. 

b. Const, sing, would be ^i^5 ; dual would be D^5^5- 



S. Forms for Special Study. 



t)t tJ: • vjv - : -j 

T T T : • V -I-.- : V T - |- 



4. Observations. 

69. The Imperfect Qal has as a preformative in the 3d masc. 
the letter ^, written with i. 

70. In forming the plural of the Qal perf., the vowel of the sec- 
ond radical becomes t". 

71. Upon the addition of ^ in the Impf., as well as in the Perf.. 
the vowel of the second radical becomes ~ (half- vowel). 



52 Lesson 12. 



72. The feminine ending H is often preceded by an unaccented 
"v", inserted for euphony. 

73. The article is • H ; while fl (also il) takes the D. f . by impli- 
cation, *1 (also ^ and 5<) entirely rejects it. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ? 50. 1, The regular forms of the Personal Pronoun. 

2. ^ 50. 2, 3, Pausal forms and Remarks {to he read only). 

3. § 122. 2. b, The fern, ending ^ attached to a stem by means of—. 

4. § 122. 2. c, The fem. ending H changed to jl . 

T 

6. Word-Lesson. 

(94) njn ?^7e (97) tr'?y «owZ (100) t^D^^ he-crept 

(95) -^^3 aZ?, ever?/ (98) rjlj;' ^o-/?/ (101) p^ swarm 

(96) n J3 wi^^ (99) nij; /ow;Z (102) pin sea-monster 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The-waters swarmed ; (2) 
Tlie-waters shall-swarm; (3) God created )( the-earth^ and-he-created 
)( the-heavens; (4) And-saw God )( all-\-wTiich he-had-created, and- 
{\i)-icas-{-good; (5) / (am) G^oc? wAo created )( the-light; (6) 2^Aoi« 
(art) m-the-heavens and-I (am) upon-\-the-earth; (7) Tfe (are) great; 
(8) r/iow (m.) (art) smaZZ; (9) ^Aoi^ (f .) (art) ^oo^; (10) Fe (are) (the) 
light-of the-earth. 

2. To be translated into English :-(l) J^IPlI ^D^K; (2) riN 

ny-l^; (3) D^5?^"D D^'p'-lf, (4) D1^ niN'7 •l^nip^; (5) U'dl ')^^\)\ 

D^P!; (6) trijin-niSt wrfj^ n^d; (7) d^|)^? ^i;^V, (s) ^:5 
^i;^n; (9) D^mi^ntr' d.> 

3."to be written in English Letters:-(1) p^', (2) -':?3, (3) t]1;r, 

(4) tr'5i (5) itr'5i (6) p^iri. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) kol, (2) kol+, (3) k'na- 
ph^-yim, (4) 'a-no-khi, (5) 'att, (6) 'at-tem, (7) nah-nu. 



Lesson 13. 53 



8. Topics for Study. 

(1) Force of the Imperfect. (2) Segholates. (3) The vowel e, as 
derived from "^. (4) The vowel 6. (5) The various ways of writing 
the article. (6) The plural (masc.) of verbal forms. (7) The dual- 
ending. (8) The fern, ending jn» (9) The forms of the Personal 
Pronoun. (10) The simple verb-stem. (11) The Passive. (12) The 
Causative. 



LESSON XIII.-GENESiS I. 22-25. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) D^pn(42); (2) iPiVn (18); (3) ^^1^1 (74) ; (4) H'^n CT'iD^ 
(102, 103); Y5) trr^i (46);' (6)'-':)3 (108). 

2. Notes. 

1 14. n*)^^l — wa-y'bha-rekh — and-[\ie)-hl€SS€d: 

a. Eoot is T]*)3j ^ being sign of Impf., and ^ the conjunction. 
h. D. f . of • ] omitted from ^ which has only a S'wa, I 14. 2. 

c. The final T] has, as always, a S'wa, I 11. 2. a. 

d. The syllable ^ is half-open, not open, ? 26. 4. 

c. This stem is not at all like either (1) the simple verb-stem, as 
seen in ^5*^p^ or (2) the passive-stem, as seen in ?|^p^, or (3) the 
causative-stem, as seen in 7^5^ V^'lDD* It is a new stem, viz., 
the intensive. The form would regularly be T|*1^*, but *1 rejects 
the D. f., and the preceding -^ becomes -v, while, by a change of 
tone, -^ is shortened to — ; cf. HK, hut "^^^ (23). 

/. The characteristic of the intensivc-stcra is Daghes-forte in the 
second radical, not, as in ^^p* (55), in the first. 

115. "nOK? — le'-mor — to-say, generally translated saying : 

a. Inf. const, of I^K say is i,t:K ; cf. '^^^'^ (96) from ^;^f2. 

b. Before 'X, the prep. ^ takes — , giving 'HDJ^'?, ? 1^7. 3. 

c. J^ being weak, — and tt are allowed to contract, and give e. 



54 Lesson 13. 



116. 115— P'ru — he-ye-fruitfid : A Qal Imperative plural. 

117. ^!l"11 — u-r'bliu — and-multiply-ye : Qal Imperative plur. with 
Waw Conjunctive, here ^ before a consonant with S'wa, § 49. 2. 

118. IN^P*)— u-mi-Pu— a)ic?-yi/?-?/e ; 

a. Waw Conjunctive before a labial is written ?), I 49. 2. 

h. S^wa is medial^ the syllable ^ half-open, ^§ 10. 2 ; 2G. 4. N. 

c. Qal Imperative plural of K7O5 ') indicating the plural. 

119. D^D*'3 — bay-yam-mim — m-the-seas : 

a. D^ sea, D^D^ seas^ D*D^*^ the-seas, D^P^5 '^'^'-the-seas . 

h. Cf. Di^ tZrt?/, D*D^ days, D^DTl the-days, D^tD*'3 in-tlie-days. 

• T • T - • T- 

120. niyni — w'ha-'oph — and-the-fowl, II 49. 1 ; 45. 3. 

121. D*^^ — yi-rebh — let-{\\im)-inu'lti2^ly : 

a. Qal Impf., shortened form, from same root as ^3") (117). 

J). *> is the pref. of the Impf.; *! and ^, radicals ; third radical lost. 

122. ^Jr■^prT-l?'mi-si-y^/^A, § 9. 2. 

123. N^ln — to-ge' — Let-{hev)-caus€-to-go-fort7i : 

a. 1 (6) is contracted from 1^ ; K^lH is like i^l^ljl (65). 
I. Hiph'il Impf. 3 fem. sg. from the root ^'^'^ Jie-went-forth. 

XT 

124. ^^^P'7— I'mi-nah— ^o-I'/wcZ-Zi^^r.- 

a. ^ to, rb z^^*'^^^, n^ Ac/-; cf. )nTd7. 'iydi^ 

: I • T _!• •• : • : 

&. The point in H is neither D. f. nor D. 1.; it is inserted to show 
that n ^as a consonantal force and is not silent, for n at the end 
of a word is always silent unless it has this point, called Mappiq, 
^ 16. 1. 

125. nDn^"^'^^'^^ — cattle: 

a. 1^, having no Mappiq, is silent ; the noun is fem., ? 122. 2. c. 

126. t^DII — wsi-ve-nies— and-creeper: 

■: -I-.- T 

a. Waw Conj. before the tonc-syl. receives -7", ? 49. 4; cf. )^l^^ (H)- 
^- ti^^l is a Segholate noun from the same root as Jnt^/!0"1 (110). 

127. T^"lN'1il*ni— w'ha-y'tho+'e-reg— a«c?-5cas^o/+(the)-ear^/i.- 
«• n*')l (absolute) = life or Z>eas^; HTt is construct, 2 123. 2, 4. 



Lesson 13. 55 



h. i is really an old nominative case-ending, now obsolete, § 121. 1. a. 
c. In^n is for lil^n, but -^ under *> has become — and D. f. in ^ is 
dropped. 

128. HTl — bay-yath — heast-of: with the same meaning as the 
preceding archaic form lil^n ; here D. f . remains. 

129. nOIJ^n — ha-'Mha-ma — the-ground : 

a. The article before a weak guttural has t", ? 15. 3. 

h. The vowel before a compound S'wa always has Methegh, ? 18. 3. 

c. Xi a guttural, takes compound rather than simple S'wa, ^9. 2. 

d. Hi having no Mappiq (^ 16. 1), is silent ; the word is feminine, 
§ 122. 2. c. 

3. Forms for Special Study. 



iDK'7 for io?<|7 


,Tn 


n? 


-1 T 


NVii^ M NV^n 


r\'_n 


inn 


tTDII 

V -I'.T 


nro^ for nyf2^ 

T : TJT • : 


in^n 


IN'pP 


■ |T T 



4. Observations. 

74. Contractions are common ; thus "7" fol. by — becomes e ; 1 _ 
(aw) becomes 6 ; H— (a-ha) becomes jl (ah). The result is always 

T -IT T 

a naturally long vowel. 

75. The original fem. ending, including the ending of the noun- 
stem, was n_., which is retained in the construct, but in the abso- 
lute the i1 is lost and the preceding ^^ heightened to -r. 

76. There are remnants of ancient case-endings ; the nominative 
had as its sign u, cf. 6 in iH^rf- 

77. The Imperative has only a second person. 

78. Before a tone-syllable Waw Conjunctive and the inseparable 
prepositions may take a tone-long — . 



56 Lesson 13. 



5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 51. 1. a — d, Pronominal Suffixes, — separate forms. 

2. § 51. 2, Pronominal Suffixes with p^^- 

3. § 42. 1—31 The Peculiarities of G-utturals. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

(103) T\ryi^ ground (107) MnS he-was-fruitful 

T T -; T T 

(104) HDn^ cattle (108) ni^l he-multiplied 

T •• : T T 

(105) ri^ni he-hlessed (109) t^^Q^ creeper 

(106) J^'^O Ae-^??e^ 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) God created ){-them ; (2) 
He-said to-tJie-sea-monsters , Fill-ye ){-\-tlie-seas ; (3) The-fowl multi- 
plied upon-\-the-earth; (4) The-day the-fifth; (5) (The) heast-of the- 
earth was upon-\-the-ground; (6) To-kind-his, and-to-hind-her^ and- 
to-kinds-their; (7) His-day, my-day, her-day; (8) God made \-\-the- 
creeper upon-\-the-ground ; (9) The-cattle the-good {f.); (10) The good 
beast; (11) And-saiv God all-\-that he-had-created^ and-[ii)-ivas-\- 
good; (12) The-waters (are) in-the-seas and-upon-\-the-earth. 

2. To be translated into English:— (1) ^51i^* ^W^*!' ^^^ ^Vl^5 

f j;i D^j;i ^^j pKH ; (3) -n5<i rrDn^n-nJ^ pKrr NVini 

I VJT T •• : •.• -!•.• T T T -: |T V J'." T V | V -IT : - 

3. To be written in English letters :-(l) N'?^, (2) HDI, (3) 

TjnD, (4) nDrrg, (5) n^^p'?, (6) ioK^, (T) N^iri. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters :- (1) kol, (2) kol+, (3) ben, 
(4) ben, (5) ben+, (6) re-mes, (7) ha-y'tho, (8) baj^-yam-mim, (9) 
'^sgr, (10) rekh, (11) bha-rekh. 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) The Intensive-stem. (2) Omission of D. f. (3) Inf. const. 



1 Learn only the general statement, not the sub-sections marked a, h, c, etc. 



Lesson 14. 57 



of ^!DK with prep. 7. (4) Difference between the words for sea, 
seas and dai/, days. (5) The ordinals 2d to 5th. (6) Pron. suf. of 3d 
pers. fern. (7) Nominative case-ending. (8) Mappiq. (9) Relation 

between the fern, affixes H and jl^- (1^) Pronominal suffixes, — 

separate forms. (11) Pronominal suffixes with j^N- (12) Peculiar- 
ities of gutturals. 



LESSON XIV.-GENESIS I. 26-28. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) r|i;ri^ (104); (2) non^ (125); m c^^ni (126); (4) i^xi'] 

(106); (5) Dm (95); (6) rpy)_ (114); (7) n|)'(n6); (8) )T\) (1V7); 
(9) *IN'?01 (118); (10) iTH (103); (11) r\\:^f2^n (HO). 

2. Notes. 

130. tl\(^}^X — na-'*se — We-tv ill-make, or, let-us-mahe : 

a. Of these four letters only three can be radicals; the root is lltJ^t^. 

T ^ 

Z>. The X fi"om pronoun ?)ji< we, indicates 1 p. pi., we, just as *> in- 
dicates 3 m. sg., he, and fl, 3 fem. sg., she. 

c. The guttural J/ takes compound S'wa, § 9. 2. 

c7. Methegh, as always, before a compound S'wa, I 18. 3. 
e. The vowel T\ is e ; cf . same vowel in HN'ini (59). 

131. D*!J^~'a-dham— ma?i; both vowels changeable. 

132. ^^P7V3 — b'gal-me-nu — in-image-our : 

a. Prep. 5; noun D'PV' connecting-vowel ^^; suffix ^J. 
&. The accent t" is disjunctive, separating the word from what 
follows. 

1 33. 1-3il^^1D — ki-dh'mu-the-nu — according-to-lihencss-our : 
a. 3 has D. 1. because of preceding disjunctive accent, I 12. 3. 

h. The syllable 5 is half-open, and the S'wa is medial, I 26. 4. N. 
c The noun is il^O'li the suf. and connecting-vowel being ^^^^. 

d. The vowel -^ under ^ is according to I 47. 2. 

134. 1*11^*) — w*yir-du — and-they-shall-have-dominion : 



58 Lesson 14. 



a. ) = and; ^ indicates Impf. (future); ), plural; radicals, *1 and % 

135. nn^-hM-dh^ghUh-iR-Jish-of: 

a. Four aspirates, each preceded by a vowel-sound, all aspirated. 

h. The stroke over ^ is Raphe, ^ 16. 2. 

c. Prep., before a consonant with S'wa, takes — , ^ 47. 2. 

cZ. The syl. bhi is half-open, and the -r medial, cf . 133. h. 

e. Noun in abs., t^Xl '■, in const., Jl^*!, ? 122. 2. a. (3). 

T T - : 

136. C^D^n t^D*1»l — ha-re-mes ha-ro-mes — tJie-creeper. the- 

|r V JV T 

creeping: the noun and the participle, both with article. 

137. 1D^^3 — b'9al-m6 — in-image-lus: 

a. 3 in; r±)i. see 132. a; 1 his, as in Ij^p'p (72), 1;;7_ (73). 
h. The accent over ^ is disjunctive, cf. ~r (132. h). 

1 38. D /'V3 — b'ge-lem — in-image-of: 

a. 3 has I). 1. because of preceding disjunctive accent, I 12. 3. 

h. This is the usual form of the noun, but J^*^ (137. a) is the pH- 

mary form, to which suffixes are attached. Cf. ^"It, but 1j/")? 

(73); and so p^^, but ll^^N, inj;, but l^^j;, tT^j^but 1tr£3J^ 

etc., I 125. 4. a,"z>. 

139. 1nJ«-'o-th6-)(-/am, g 51. 2. 

140. nDD^I *l^t— za-khar u-n'qe-bha— maZe and-female: 

T j • : TT 

«. *10? is a noun like D^K? with two tone-long vowels which were 

r T T T 

originally short, I 107. 1. a. 
h. Waw Conj., before a consonant with S^wa, is ^, § 49. 2. 
c. The ending H is the feminine affix, ^ 122. 2. c. 

T 

141. DH^— la-hem— ^o-^Ae??i, ^§ 47. 5; 51. 3. h and N. 

142. nj^Il^*) — w'khi-bh'Su-ha — and-suhdue-ye-Jier : 

a. •) ajir/vVap' for ^jt^?? [cf. IK'PP (118)] suhdue-ye; H ^e/; the 
root being ti^^S- 

- T 

&. "v is usually ii, but here a defective writing for ^ (u), the sign of 
the plural ; ii is sounded as u in put, but u as oo in tool. 

143. ^Il*) — u-r'dhu — and-have-ye-dominion : 

a. On ^ see I 49. 2 ; the accent -- over 1 is disjunctive. 



Lesson 14. 



59 



144. nn^-hi-dh^ghUh-in-M-of; cf. n^ia (135): 
a. 3 has D. 1., because of preceding disjunctive accent, § 12. 3: 

8. Forms for Special Study. 






. _ ^ J.. . _ . - : • 



4. Observations. 

79. When a disjunctive accent stands between an aspirate and 
the preceding vowel, the aspirate does not immediately follow the 
vowel, and hence takes Daghes-lene. 

80. Segholates before suffixes take what is called their primary 
form, i. e., the original form of the noun, which had but one vowel, 
that vowel standing under the first radical. 

81. The suffix meaning Mm is i, them QH or D- 

82. The personal pre-^x 1 p. pi. meaning we is the letter ^ ; the 
pronominal s«/-fix ou7' is )^ ; her is H- 

T 

83. The half-open syllable always has a short vowel, and in 
many cases is followed by a medial S'wa. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. § 52. 1. a, c, d, and 2, The Demonstrative Pronouns. 

2. ^ 63. 1. a, b, The Relative Pronoun. 

3. 'i 51. 1, 2. a — d, The Interrogative Pronouns. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

(110) airman (113) iy male (116) ^7)^ ^mage 

T T T T VJ-.- 

(111) nyi./lsh (114) ^2:^ he-suhdued {117) nnl he-siihdued 



(112) niOT likeness (115) nnp^/ema?e 



{Jiad-dominion] 



60 Lesson 14. 



7. Principles of Syntax,— The Article. 

/"iJin ^IKDH == the-luminary the-great = the great luminary. 
flDpIl *11ND«1 = the-luminary tlie-small = the small luminary. 

Principle 1.— The adjective, when attributive, follows its noun, 
and, if the noun is definite, receives the article. 

ntn Dl^n = the-day the-tliis = this day. 

DKlii T*"^Nn = the-earth the-tJu's (f.) = this earth. 
n^Ji^n D^DIi^n ^= the-keavens the-tliese = these heavens. 

Principle 2.— The demonstrative pronoun, when attributive, fol- 
lows its noun, both noun and demonstrative receiving the article. 

8. Exerciser. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew:^— (1) The great place; (2) The 
great heavens; (3) The good seed; (4) The good luminaries; (5) This 
male and this female; (6) These luminaries which (are) in the heavens; 
(7) This good place;^ (8) These great luminaries; (9) This spirit (f.), 
(10) TF/io created man in his image? (11) Who made this light? (12) 
To ichom (are) these heavens and this earth? (13) What did God 
create in beginning? 

2. To be translated into English :-(l) ^l^^•r^ rifpii^Tl; (2) 

ri^i^n D^^^n ; (3) n^n dildh n^n -, (4) '?i^n avW\ i^) -n? 
dhV D^n'?iNt jn^; (6) nm'^ Nni^-nDTa) ti/mfn '>d7 
nVn^; (8) i^ pNH ntr'N b^ri'^N^ ' 

- -T - : I v-iT T V -: • v: 

3. To be written in English letters :— (1) Ht, (2) DiH (3) n^J^, 

(4) n^^'N*, (5) rtD, (6) HD, (7) n:)?, (s) n^p^ 

V "; • T XT T I" : 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) d^muth, (2) ghath, (3) 
da-gha, (4) la-hem, (5) '6-th6. 



1 In this and in following exercises, words making in Hebrew one word will 
not be joined together by hyphens, 

2 The order will be: (1) noun, (2) adjective, (3) demonstrative, the article 
being written with each word. 



Lesson 15. 61 



9. Topics for Study, 

(1) Gutturals with compound S'wa. (2) The vowel jl . (3) The 

accents —, -^, — . (4) Half-open S3^11ables. (5) Medial S'wa. (6) 
J). 1. after a disjuixctive accent. (7) Raphe. (8) Primarj^ form of 
Segholates. (9) JIN*, "DN, 'DJ^. (10) The vowel — . (11) Demon- 
stratives. (12) Relative. (13) Interrogatives. (14) Rule for attrib- 
utive adjectives. (15) Rule for attributive demonstrative. 



LESSON XV.-GENESIS 1.29-31. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) atr^ (67); (2) yij (69); (3) ll^-ntr'N (73. e)- (4) HTl (128); 
(5) n^^n tr'ipjl. (102, 103); (6) N^l (22); (7) nj5b-^nn (36). 

2. Notes. 

145. n^in — \iin-ne— behold / an interjectional adverb. 

146. ^nn^ — na-that-ti — I-have-given : 

a. D. f . in ^ is for ^ assimilated, T\r\^ = ^^Ijjl^ ; root Tjl^, 

• -I- T • : J- T I - T 

h. The ending ^H = -^i being for ^^, which is a fragment of ^^^J^ ; 

|t 

cf. "^^X he-said, ^ill.tDK I-said; ^1* he-knew, ^Ilj^'l^ I-kiiew; 
^^^'O he-rided, *iTh'^Wl-ruled. 

- r • : -I- T 

147. D5^ — la-khem — to-you (m.) : 

a. Prep, has -, cf. Or^'? (45), DH'? (141). 

• |t T V T 

h. D^ is for on of DHK :?/^5 by a euphonic change, the opposite of 
that in 146. h, ^ 51. 1. a. 

148. V*^r J7*if — z6-re(a)' za-ra' — seeding seed: 

a. J7*lt is the active participle of the Qal stem — note the 6. 

h. On — under ^ read I 42. 2. (7. 

c. V*^t is for t^*)f (69), on account of the accent (— ), § 38. 2. 

149. n^*!^— yih-ye— /«e-(i. e., it)-shaU-he : 

a. Observe the Methegh with -^ and that the S'wa is silent, J 18. 5. 



62 Lesson 15. 



h. Root, n^l ; * indicates Impf.; cf. shortened form ^H^ (19) 

T T • : 

150. n'?^^5'?— l'okli-la-/or-/oo(^; 

T : T : 

a. The — under ^$, in an unaccented closed syl., is o, not a. 
h. The root is plainly 7^K he-ate; H indicates fern. 

- T T 

151. t^Pl^ — ro-mes — creeper (literally, creeping): 

a. Naturally long 6, tone-long e ; Qal act. part., cf. ^"it (148). 
h. This 6 (in Qal act. part.) is seldom written fully, as here. 

152. p^^"'?3"nK — 'eth+kol+ye-req — ){-]revery-]rgreenness-of : 

I -.J-.- T 

a. On the short vowels tt and -r see § 17. 2. 

h. p'^^ like I^'IN and many others, is an a-class Segholate. 

153. T]\^V~ *^-sa — he-made : 

a. Qal Perf. 3 m. sg., — the root-form from which came tJ^^^I (46), 

and ntj;;^ (td. 

154. *^^'p—m''odi}i— exceedingly : an adverb. 

1 55. ^ti^ti^n — has-sis-si — the-sixth. 

8. Forms for Special Study. 



4. Observations. 

84. Note, in cases cited above, how — and — have become — and 
~T (o), when, as the word is joined by Maqqeph to the following 
word, the tone has passed away from them. 

85. The conjunction *) is written ?| before a consonant with S'wa. 

86. ^p for ^5 — li D5 ^^^ QP ~ y^^i 1 ^^^ ^ri— = him. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 2. 4, 5, 7, Pronunciation of p, £0, )^, 

2. ^ 3. 2, 3, Letters with double forms, and with similar 

forms. 



Lesson 15. 63 



3. ? 4. 2, Weak, Medium and Strong Letters. 

4. § 12. 2, 3, Aspirates with S'wa preceding, with dis- 

junctive accent preceding. 

5. §15.1,3, Daghes-forte compensative and conjunctive. 

6. § 16. 1, 2, Mappiq and Raphe. 

7. U 26. 3, 4; 28. 3, 4, Sharpened and Half-open syllables. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

(118) ri7^i<food (120) |nj he-gave (122) IJ^D exceedingly 

(119) n^n &eAo?c^ (121) nn^ ^ree?i«ess (123) ^t^^^ sixth 

} VJ.- • • 

7. Principles of Syntax.— The Article. 

D^^n OD"^V = itpon-{-fac€s-of the-waters = upon the face[s] of 

the waters. 
D^n'?^? ryr\ = spirU-of God = the spirit of God. 
D*?I1 T^yDtj^ "= to-collection-of the-waters = to the collection of 

waters. 
rt^nn t^fQ^'^'D = aU+soul{s)-of theU/e = all the souls of life. 

T - ) - -.JV T 

D^*^ njl13 =^ m-Jlsh-of the-sea = in the fish of the sea. 

T - - : • 

Principle 3. — The article cannot be prefixed to a noun in the 
construct state ; if the article is needed, it is given to the noun 
following. 

Principle 4. — If the second of two nouns in the construct rela- 
tion is definite, because it is a proper noun, or because it has the 
article, the first noun is also to be regarded as definite. 

8. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) I knew thut thou (m.) (art) 
good ; (2) I gave to the cattle and to the heast[s) of the earth grass 
and herh[s) for food ; (3) The tree yielded (Heb., made) good fruit ; 

(4) God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth for food; 

(5) (There) was fruit in all the earth ; (6) All that God made was 
exceedingly good. 



64 Lesson 16. 



2. To be translated into English :— (] ) Wtf^tA HC^Jl^ IIIK Dl^5 

fj;i/Dt?^^NVinintrV^'inn^^ (4) ^^pn? fnrr?>7s dt'3 
D^D ri^7 riJsti D^pt^'rr; (6) non^n-n^? r(^^^ ^t^fiffn di^5 

•:: v-iv : t t |t v t : •- 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) il^'Di}, (2) pT, (3) J^it, 
(4) DV, (5) npa (6) p, (7) p3, 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters :— (1) hu, (2) khem, (3) ha, (4) 
h'^mi, (5) kha, (6) nil, (7) ze, (8) 'elle. 



LESSON XVI.-REVIEW. 

[To the student:— This lesson is a review of all that have preceded it. Noth- 
ing is so necessary, in the acquisition of a language, as constant and thorough 
review. One should carry forward with him at least nine-tenths of what he 
has learned. The first chapter of Genesis contains one hundred and two differ- 
ent words, and about four hundred and fifty different forms. The most com- 
mon and most important principles of the language have been considered. 
Many additional principles might have been brought forward in connection 
■with this chapter, but it has been deemed wise to hold them in reserve. It is 
understood that in no case will the student proceed to take up Lesson XVII., 
until this Lesson with all which it includes has been learned. Let every word, 
every verse, every principle be mastered absolutely.] 

7. Word-Review. 

[In this list of words, the superior figures indicate the verse in which the 
•word, or its derivative, is found. In the case of nouns, the singular absolute 
is given, in the case of verbs, the root. The student is expected to compare 
with each word as here given, the various forms of that word which occur in 
the chapter, e. g., with rTH, he will compare nJlT! she-was, "Ti; lct-{there)-he, 
^ri'l and-let-{there)-be,''T}'^) ond-(there)-was, VT))and-they-shall-be, r\]7']'' it-shall-be.] 

I. VERBS. 



T T 


^V' 


\or 


TT 


n^r 


niK*^^ 


flDT 


«:!i?^ 


fl1jr=-2» 


tr'5?-' 


T T 


n^N^ 


- T 


T T 


TT^ir 


• T 


HNT 


- T 


pB>21 


r\yf^ 


T T 


— T 


nr^ 


T T 



* The Infinitive form, see § 55. 3. 







Lesson 16. 




65 




2. NOUNS, PARTICLES, ETC. 




i?'PT 


e\\r 


*?= 


'tj^'pn^s 


ntpr}2-' 


T T 


^t^>'7ti^'i3 


"?;?' 


T :j- 


l'?"^ 


'rs^ 


T T -: 




r:^" 


nW"^ 


210* 


^i?? 


"IW 


T T 


31^^ 


T 


T T - 


T 


niK^^ 


iJtys 


2^.^" 


1)f)D'' 


DV^ 


T T 


T ■.• 


•J- : 


■ T 


D'?' 


T 


niDT« 


n"??}*"^" 


p.5?'^' 


n?" 


ro" 


pn^o 


Nt;^'T^ 


-"?{<'' 


^tr'tJ^'31 


D'^v^si'^^'^pi^ 


Jse 


•n^ 


D'rl'?^^ 


^nn^ 


Pr ^ 


IP' 


T 


n;!n29 


n«' 


Dinn^ 


n^^'K^i 


^ipp" 


♦54 


V 


"^mj 


T].in' 


^i^^5i'' 


DipO» 


■7321 


T T 


m"- 


- J- 


HIT 


tj-aj-^o 


?3^ 


r:ir' 


?' 


m'' 


^?T 


'"'^pf' 


W 


T - 





2. Verse-Review. 

1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
aloud rapidly and without hesitation (see Manual^ p. 7). 

2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each 
verse can be pointed without mistake (see Manual, p. 29). 

3. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only 
the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result 
each time by the pointed text (see Manual, p. 18), 

4. W^rite the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, from the 
transliteration, noting with care, in the case of each word, the exact 
English equivalent for each sign or character in the Hebrew (p. 39). 



66 



Lesson 16. 



3. Grammar-Review. 



25. 
26. 
27. 



10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 

15. 

16. 
17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

I 

21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 



The alphabet, ? 1. 1-3. 

Pron.ofJ<,;^,n,pJ2.1-4. 

Pron. of D,t^',V,*U 2.5-8. 

Extended, final, and similar 

letters, ^ 3. 1-3. 

Labials and gutturals, § 4. 1. 

Weak, medium and strong 

letters, ? 4. 2. 

Pron. of "T, § 5. 6. a. 

Yowel-letters, K, 1, ^ § 6. 1, 

2, 3, and Notes 1-4. 

Classificat'n of vowel-sounds, 

? 7. 1-4. 

Names of vowels, § 8, 

Simple S'wa, ^ 9. 1. 

Compound S'wa, § 9. 2. 

Initial and med.S^wa,n0.1,2. 34. 

Syllable-divider, § 11. 1, 2. a. 35. 

and R. 

Daghes-lene, ? 12. 1, and N. 

D. 1. after a S'wa, ^ 12. 2. 

D. 1. after a disj. ace., § 12. 3. 

Daghes-forte, ^ 13. 1, 2, and 

Note 1. 

Omission of D.f.,^ 14. 1-3. 

Notes 1, 2. 

D. f. compensative and con 

junctive, § 15. 1, 3. 

Mappiq and Raphe, § 16. 1, 2. 

Maqqeph, I 17. 1,2. 

Methegh, § 18. 1. 43. 

More common accents, § 24. 44. 

1-3. 45. 



28. 



29. 



30. 

31. 
32. 

33. 



36. 

37. 

38. 

39. 
40. 
41. 

42. 



Kinds of syllables, § 26. 1-4. 
Syllabication, § 27. 1-3. 
Quantity of vowel in sylla- 
bles, i 28. 1-4. 

Naturally long vowels, § 30. 
(opening words) and Notes 1, 
2, under § 30. 7. 
Tone-long vowels, ? 31. (open- 
ing words) and Notes 1, 2, un- 
der § 31. 4. 

Peculiarities of gutturals, 1 42, 
1-3. 

The article, § 45. 1, 2, 3, & E. 3. 
Inseparable prepositions, § 47. 
1-5. 

Waw conjunctive, § 49. 1-4. 
Personal pron., ^ 50. 1-3. 
Pronominal suffixes, ^ 51. 1. 
a-d, 2. 

Demonstrative pronoun, § 52. 
1. a-d, 2. 

Relative pronoun, ? 53. 1. a, i. 
Interrogative pronouns, § 54. 
1, 2. a-rf. 
Roots, § 55. 1, 2. 
Inflection, ^57. 1-3. 
Tenses and Moods, ^ 57. 3. 
Notes 1, 2. 

Simple verb-stem, ^ 58. 1, 2. 
a and Notes 1, 4. 
Gender of nouns, ? 122. 1, 2. Z>. 
Number of nouns, I 122. 3-5. 
States of nouns, § 123. 1, 2. 



Lesson 17. 67 



4. Exercise.'' 

To be translated into Hebrew : — 

1. The name of the light is day, and the name of the darkness is 

night. 

2. Waters, to waters, the waters, to the waters. 

3. The earth will he seen beneath the heavens. 

4. The day, in which is light. 

5. The fruit, in which is seed. 

6. The fruit is in the seed, and the seed is in the earth. 

7. The sun will he seen in the heavens. 

8. To divide hetween the day and the night. 

9. And in the great day. The great stars. 

10. The great luminary is the sun ; the small luminary is the moon. 

11. The sun and the moon are in the expanse of the heavens. 

12. Thou art in the heavens, and I am upon the earth. 

13. And God saw all which he had created, and it was good. 

14. God created the earth, and lie created the heavens. 

15. The waters are in the seas and upon the earth. 

16. His day, her day, my day. 

17. The heast of the earth was upon the ground. 

18. This good place. 

19. These great luminaries. 

20. God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth for food . 



LESSON XVII.-GENESIS II. 1-3. 

7. Note-Review 

(l)DW'rr(5); (2) pNm (8); (3) rrb^j; (153); (4) Dm (95); 
(5)^3(24); (6) in (73); (7) n^^>e (48). 



♦These sentences are selected from preceding exercises. 



68 Lesson 17. 



2, Notes. 

156. ^yy-and-[t}iQY)-were-Jin{shed; cf.i ri^^^ (114),?|'^j^M55): 
a. D. f. omitted from ^ ^ 14. 2 ; ^ indicates the plural number. 

h. The "v? ill verbal forms, always marks the passive; under the 
first radical it indicates the Pu al (intensive passive) stem, I 59. 3. 
c. Root is 1*173, meaning in Pi'elj^msA, in Pual, 6e-y?msAecZ. 

157. U'^y^''^'2')—and-all^host-their; cf. "DN, D^Vlil (89. d): 

|T T : T : ^ V • : 

a. ^ ace. to ^ 49. 1; — is o, because in a closed syllable which has 

lost its tone, § 36. 1. a. 
h. KD^ liost^ but DKD^ host-tJieir, ~ under '^ becoming — when it 

T T T T : 

ceases to stand before the tone, ^ 36. 3. h. 

c. D( ) is the pron. suf. of the 3 masc. plur., ? 51, 1. d. 

158.' ^y\-and-{}ie)-Jinished; cf . )^yX l^^y) : 
a. Shortened from n^y\ the Pfel of H"?^ (156. c). 

•: ~ : - XT 

h. Two D. f.'s omitted: one from ^ because without a full vowel, 
one from 7 because final, ^ 14. 1, 2. 
159. ^j^^5t^*n DV^—in-the-day the-seventh: 
a. The accent -^ over *J7^5t^ri marks the end of a secondary sec- 
tion. It is called Zaqeph qaton, i. e., little Zaqeph, ^ 24. 4. 

160. 'iD^Hbo-ioork-jus; cf.i^nr,nwT- 

a. Abs. sg. ilDJ^^D ; N has lost its consonantal force. 

h. The -7- of 7 (in abs. form) becomes -^, because the open syllable 

has become closed, § 36. 1. h. 
c. The abs. has jl— 1 but the form with suf. has Jl, § 122. 2. a. 

T 

161. nbtr':'l-«^*c^-/ie-rf-5^e^; cf . N^p^, K^l^l : 

a. This is the regular form of the Qal Impf., the — in iiiy and 

$^"I3^ being due to the presence of the weak letter {^. 
h. The -^ in this word is (tone-long), not 6. 
c. The root is plainly HD^ he-rested, see below, 163. 

162. t^lp'^]—and-Jie-sanctiJied; cf. Tpy), ^y): 

1 Every old word, sug-gested for comparison with the new word under con 
eideration, has at least one important point in common with that new word. 



Lesson 17. 



a. D f. omitted from ^ as in ^*^n_, ^^yy^ "hy\ ^y\' 

h. The root is t^Tp, meaning, as a verbal form, lie-was-Jioly. 

c. The first radical has "^, the second radical, D. f.; these indicate 

a Pfel form ; read U 50. 1.; 68. 2. a. 
(J. Compare each vowel-sound in C^'lp^ and TI*)^^ and note that the 

latter has -r instead of -^, because ") refuses D. f ., and ~ instead 

of "^, because the accent is on the penult. 
e. The root means he-holy; the Pi'el, here intensive or causative, 

means make-holy, sanctify, I 59. 2. a. 

163. n^t:;-he-restcd; cf. J^H^, N^p, nt:^^: 

a. Qal Perf . 3 masc. sing, of the strong verb ilDtJ^. 

- T 

164. n^^^fT—to-mahe, i. e., in-making; cf. n'7I?Ml'J'9): 
a. The prep. 7 ^vith ^^, because of following ^r, ^ 47. 3. 

h. Dlb^i^ is a Qal Inf. const, of Ht^J/ ; the H is the fem. ending. 
c. Further information concerning this form will be given later. 

S. Forms for Special Study. 



Tjnn^ hut 


113: 


T -1 : 


n^^f' 


HDN^o hut in^N^^o 

T T : : - : 


T J- : 


W 


'?■) hut 

-1 


-'73 

T 


DikV hut noiiX . 

T T JT T -: 


t^lp' 


UN hut 


-n^x 


ND^^ hut D^^:n^^ 

T T JT T : 


i70^ 


ynr but 


i;^l? 


^1^3 Z>i^^ D^^5^? 


"^^y 




4. 


Observations. 





87. Change of a to a, of e to a, of e to e, of o to o, i. e., of a tone- 
long vowel to its corresponding short, is of frequent occurrence, and 
is called shortening. 

88. Change of a to ^ (t" to -r), i. e., of a tone-long vowel to a 
tone-short (S'wa) is of frequent occurrence, and is called volatiliza- 
tion. 



70 Lesson 17. 



89. The Qal Impf. lias no special characteristic ; unless one of 
the radicals is a weak letter, it generally has o for the vowel of its 
second radical. 

90. The Niph'al has D. f . in and ~ under the first radical, while 
the other passive stem (Pu'al) has ~ under the first radical and 
D. f. in the second. 

91. The Pf el has (besides D. f. in the second radical) -^ under 
the first radical ; the Hiph'il has -^ under the preformative. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ? 58. 1, 2. a, Simple verb-stem, Qal. 

2. ? 63. (& p. 167) Tabular view, Inflection of the Qal Perfect. 

3. ? 63. 1-4, Remarks on inflection. 

4. i 86. 3. a, Volatilization of an ultimate vowel in verbal in- 

flection. 

5. I 86. 3. N. 2, [This covers volatilization of ~?" to -r in the forms 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. Learn from the Hebrew word-lists under List I., verbs occurring 

500 to 5,000 times, those words numbered 1-10. 

2. Make a list of the new words in Gren. IL 1-3. 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) / said, we said^ she said, 
thou (f.) didst say, they said, ye (m.) said; (2) She ruled, they ruled, 
ye (f.) ruled, I ruled, we ruled, thou (m.) ruledst; (3) They gave, ice 
gave, I gave, she gave, thou (m.) gavest, he gave; (4) Ihneio, she hneic, 
loe knew, they knew, thou (m.) didst know. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The heavens will he fin- 
ished; (2) The waters will he collected; (3) God icill sanctify the 
seventh day; (4) God rested in the seventh day; (5) He created the 
heavens and all their host; (6) He made the great luminaries; (7) He 



Lesson 13. VI 



will rest in this day; (8) We rested^ she rested, ye (m.) rested, they 
rested. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) 1nDN^,!?"^D9 rO^ 'D; 

4. To be written in English letters: — The first three verses of 
Genesis II., from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — The first three 
verses of Genesis II., from the unpointed text. 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) Omission of D. f. (2) Characteristics of Pu al stem. (3) 
Volatilization of a penultimate vowel, of an ultimate vowel. (4) 
The Qal Imperfect. (5) The Pi'el Imperfect. (6) Shortening of a 
tone-long vowel. (7) Difference between the vowels of jIDCi^ ^^^ 
N'^^S, t^''lp^l and Tin^n. (8) Original form of the simple\erb- 
stem. (9) Form in use. (10) Its inflection. (11) Forms of the Qal 
Perf. containing half-vowels. (12) The various personal termina- 
tions and their oridn. 



LESSON XVIII.-GENESISII.4-6. 

/. Note-Review. 

(1) p^^ (62); (2) nST (149); (3) nDIKH (129); (4) ^JB (13). 

I V-iv V : |- T T -: It •• : 

2, NOTES. 

165. rh^-these; cf. Hf (m.), nKt (f.). 

'." -I' * 

166. ryxi-^^n-generations-of; cf. nh^p, DHJ^I^ * 
a. Plur. fem., never found in sing.; two sj'llables. 

h. Absence of D. 1. in ^ shows at once that preceding S*wa is vocal, 

1 12. 2. 
c. Three aspirates, all aspirated ; both o's are 6, not o. 



72 Lesson 18. 



167. 0H^2''^^—in-hemg-created-fJieir; cf. ^)T^\ DND^: 

AT :|T • : ^ |t • T T : 

a. 5 pointed with S'wa ; D same as in DJ^DV (l^*^)- 

b. ft is *?^p, but n^tOpJ so Kn^n, but DNnjnn, i. e., the ulti- 
mate ^^ is volatilized when Q is added, I 36. 3. a. 

c. J^*1Sn bas D. f. 2?i and ~ under the ^rs^ radical, the character- 

.. ^ . 

istics of the Niph'al or passive stem, ^ 75. R. 2. 

d. This is an Inf. const, governed by the prep. 5- 

168. r\)\^il~io-maJce, or maJcing-of: see 164. 

169. r?ln^ — JeJiovah: but this word as written has the vowels, 
viz., T", -^ and ir,oi the word ^T^H Lord. It should rather be 
written il)^^ and pronounced Yah-we. 

170. (1^^— s/irw6-o/; one syllable, ^ 27. 1 ; cf. tl)1^ 

171. ni^n-the-JieJd; cf. Ht^'^^, .T(T : 

a. The accent -^ over nit^H, like -^ over ^ t^^lD^^I (159. a), marks 
a secondary section. It is called Pt'bhi(a)', § 24, 5. 6. 

172. D*^y — te-rem — not-yet: an adverb. 

173. HD'^*^— (be) will-sprout-forth; cf-flbj^^: 
a. Qal Impf . 3 m. sg. of HD*^ he-sprouted-fortli. 
h. The ~r under f2 is pausal for "^, ^ 38. 2. 

c. This verb has -=- (in pause ~r) rather than -^, as seen in H^Jti^^ 
because of the guttural H? ^ 42. 2. 6. 

174. N^-16'-7io^- cf.n^K;, n^l 

175. n^pOu— (be)7iacZ-miisec?-^o-rai«.; cf. '^n.^H, ^^^^lO- 
a. Here are three radicals, making ItOD he-rained. 

h. The prefix H (originally H) indicates the Hiph'il Perfect, ^ GO. 

1. a, h; and ^ 62. 2. 
c. Cf. the vowel of the preformative in the forms 7'^^^ K^TH, 

'?n^n, bny^. j;n?D, with that in n^p-ton, ^ 75. ii. a" 

176. TK—a noun meaning oiothing, but always used as a verbal 
expression, there is not, there was not; hence the phrase means 
and man was not, or and there was no man. 



Lesson 18. 73 



177. -i^^^-to-serve; cf. nltri^|?, '^t^P'? : 

a. The 'IDJ^ is Qal Inf. const, of l^i^ he-served ; but ^ has — , 
where of '^ti^O, a similar form, has — , because it is a guttural, 
I 42. 3. a. 

b. The prep. ^ takes — , as in HltJ^i^'?, according to I 47. 3. 

178. INI — W'edh — and-{a,)-mist. 

179. H/'I^^ — (^6) wUl-go-up, or (he) used-to-go-up; cf. n\*l^ : 

a. ^ is the pref. of the Impf.; the root is TO^ he-went-up. 

b. The vowel under ^ in jlit?^^ and HDV^ ^^ — , but in this word it 
is -=-, because of the following ^, ^ 42. 2. a. 

c. Just as an original -^ is retained under the preformative of all 
Hiph'il forms except the Perfect, where it has been attenuated 
(? 36. 4) to -^ (cf. *^^ppn\ so an original -^ has been retained 
under the preformative of the Qal Impf. before gutturals, where 
otherwise it is attenuated to ~^. 

d. In nb^'^ the first rad. has — , but in tilV^ it has — , § 42. 3. b. 

e. The Imperfect here expresses customary action in past time. 

180. 'fp— /rom.- so written only before the article; cf. ^p, f2r 

§48.1,2. 

181. npti^n') — and-used-to-cause-to-drink; cf. "^^Cppfl : 

a. Another Hiph'il Perf., as indicated by H ; root TXD^- 

• (t T 

b. The ") here is Waw Conv. or Consec, and gives to the verb the 
force possessed by ^T^y^ which preceded it, I 73. 1. 6, 2. b. 

3. Forms for Special Study. 



nwji^ 


Tpprt 


^V- 


rin 


-i3J^ 


nptJ'Tr 


n2tL;\ 


y-V^. 


^^^- 


•^l?! 




iin\o 


"SV 


. _ 


n^i;^ 


ti'ty 



74 Lesson 18. 



4. Observations. 

92. A guttural will take (1) under it a compound instead of a 
simple S'wa ; and (2) before it the vowel -^ rather than -^ or -^. 

93. The Hiph'il stem has, under the preform ative, the vowel ^- 
except in the Perfect, where it has been attenuated to -^ (cf. Latin 
facilis, but difficilis). 

94. The vowel of the preformative in the Qal Imperfect was 
originally ~^, but this has been retained only before gutturals, being 
elsewhere attenuated to ^. 

95. The Qal Imperfect may have for its stem-vowel either o, or 
a. In the cases cited above, note how -=- before K and in pause 
has been heightened to —, while before H it has been heightened to e. 

96. Pathah-furtive steals in under the final gutturals flj H, J/, 
when they are preceded by any long vowel except t. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. § 59. 1. a, Z>, 2. a, h. and N., Origin and use of the Pf el stem. 

2. I 59. 3, 4. a, b. and N., Origin and use of the Pii'al stem. 

3. ^ 59. 5. a, 6 a, b, Origin and use of the Hithpa'el st. 

4. ? 65. 1. b, 2. a, b,{& p. 167) Inflection of these stems in Perf. 

5. § 36. 4. a, &, Attenuation of -^ to -r-. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List I., the verbs numbered 11 — 20. 

2. Make a list of the new words in Grenesis II. 4 — 6. 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) lie sanctified {l^'^p, Pi.), 
we sanctified, they sanctified^ I sanctified, ye (m.) sanctified; (2) She 
spoke {'^'21 in Pi'el), I spoke, toe spoke, they spoke, thou (f.) didst 
speak, ye (m.) did speak; (3) He loas sanctified (Pii'al), I teas sanc- 
tified, we were sanctified, they icere sanctified; (4) She purified her- 



Lesson 18. 75 



self (ti^np in Hithpa'el), we purified ourselves, they purified them- 
selves, I purified myself. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Jehovah God sanctified 
this day and this place; (2) This (is) the day which God sanctified; 
(3) These (are) the heavens and the earth which God created; (4) The 
shrub and the herb will be in the field; (5) There was no man upon 
the earth in those days; (6) God did not cause it to rain upon the dry 
(land); (7) The herb will sprout forth upon the field; (8) These gen- 
erations; (9) This earth; (10) This day. 

3. To be translated into English :-(l) OVn-riK ^Ht^^^'lp; (2) 

m'^r} p.j^n n^ ii nr\^ ; (3) DnNfi-njs? u'rii^ 'yv'yi 

I V-IT T T ; -J- T - I "^ ; T - - : ■ T T |T V T T 

4. To be written in Englisb letters : — Verses Jf — 6 of chapter II. 
from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 4 — ^ o/ 
chapter II. from the unpointed text. 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) Forms of the Dem. pron. (2) Use of J). I (3) Volatilization 
of an ultimate vowel in verbal forms. (4) Characteristics of the 
Niph'al. (5) The word n1^^ (6) mthaih furtive. (7) The differ- 
ence in pointing between jl^t^*^ and ^<!DV^ between H^C^^ and 
J<"|p\ between H^^"^ and ^^y^ (8) Attenuation of -^ to ". (9) 
Hiph'il Perfect. (10) V^, k':? and DHLD- dD Difference between 
i:3^ and ^\:;f2. (12) Force of the tense in H^l^V (13) Peculiar- 
ities of gutturals. (14) The origin, use, and inflection of the three 
intensive stems. (15) The form tl^^. (16) The form Ori7W- 
(17) Heightening. (18) The Personal pronoun. 



76 Lesson 19. 



LESSON XIX.-GENESIS 11. 7-9. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) rrin^ (169); (2) -p (ISO); (3) H'^H tr'^^ (102, 103); (4) '^'2 
(108); (5)'r[in? (41); (6) I^Jt; (70); (7) DID (24)V 

182. *)^^^^1— a7icZ-(he)-/orwec?; cf. ")DK-^1: 

a. The first ^ is the preformative, the second, the radical. 
h. Qal Iinpf. 3 m. sg. of the root ^^^ he-formed. 

- T 

c. The — under ^ is e ; consideration of it may be postponed. 

183. n£31^ — dust: with the article it would be ^iDVH, I 45, 4. 

T ^ T ^ |V 

184. n^'^y-and-lie-hreathed; cf. TOV^ i^Hnp : 
a. For ^5^^ the ^ being assimilated ; root n£3^- 

5. On -^ instead of -^ before (1 see I 42. 2. 6. 

185. V5J^D — b''ap-paw— 2?i-wos^r27s-A2s; 

T - : 

a. tV^ nose; D^BJ^ nostrils; V£)J^ liis-nostrils . 

h. Learn that V , pronounced aw (the ♦ having no force), is the 

T 

form of 3 masc. sg. suf. when attached to plural or dual nouns. 
c. The D. f . in Q stands for X the original form being ^^N- 

186. nW'4-ni-§'math— 6rca^/i-o/; cf. n^fl, n^^l : 

a. Abs. sg. is r\'Ol^*X ^^t in const. H goes back to the orig. jH ; 

T T : T - 

the other changes will come up later. 

187. O'^^n— lives; cf. HTr We, heast. 

188. }^\^^\-and-[\Q)-pIanted; cf. HB^ : 

a. So far as concerns vowels and form, the same as n5*'1 (184); 
from the root j/tO^ he-planted. 

189. W — garden; cf. below in v. 9 ^^T] in pause. 

190. DIpP — miq-qe-dhem— /rowi-ea5^; cf. D^IJ^. • 
a. The prep, jp with J) assimilated, I 48. 1. 

fe. An a-class Segholate, primary form DID? ^ 1^6. 1. a. 



Lesson 19. 77 



191. 0\^^)—and-he-put: learn (1) this form, (2) its meaning, (3) 

■.-.-IT— 

its root D^t^^ to-put. 

192. DJ^'—^^'f^e ; an adverb. 

T 

193. *1)^^ — he-formed, or 7ie-had -formed; cf. '^V^'^l • 
a. Pausal for 1^^ the root form, see 182. h. 

194. nf2'^^)~cf^^f^-{^^^)-('ct^(-'f(^d-to-sproiit-fort7i; cf. '?'15*'^ • 

a. Cf. with Qal HDV^ (173), which has -^ under ^ instead of ^. 

b. The -=- under the preformative is the indication of the Hiphll 
(except in Perf.). 

c. ^ly has -T.- under 2d rad., but HDV* has ^; why ? ^ 42. 2. Z>. 
cZ. Hiph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root HOV he-sprouted. 

~ T 

195. "T/tDHJ — neh-madh — desirable, or desired: 

a. The point in Q is neither D. f., nor D. 1. (why not?); it is used in 
some texts, to show that the preceding S'wa, though under a gut- 
tural, is silent. 

b. The root is n.tDIl, ^ indicating a Niph'al. 

- T 

c. On the vowel — see I 42. 2. c; on ~t,1 71. 2. 

196. '73K,t:'?- . • ■n^'^dl-for-sight. . . .for-food: 

a. Two nouns formed by the prefix t2 ; cf. DlD^i HlpD 5 ^ H^* 1- 
Z>. The roots are HKI he-saw, /^{^ he-ate. 

T T - T 

197. D^''rTii~~^^"t^y'y^^~ ^^^'^^'^'^^ / cf. Tjti^nn: 

a. The D. f. of the article is implied in H, §^ 42. 1. b; 45. 2. 

b. Methegh on the second syllable before the tone. 

198. ^^}l*lP('~i^^^-^*^^^(^^(^^'^W ' ^ verbal noun from ^'X' he-knew, 
with the article pointed as usual ; it has here a direct object. 

199. V^)-w^-vai'-and-evil; cf. irJDI : 

^ |tt -it 

a. Waw Conj., before a tone-syllable, takes sometimes t", ^ 49. 4. 

b. ^*), instead of ^"l, because in pause, § 38. 2. 

3. Forms for Special Study. 



tr^;. p^ Nt?^n Dc^j;. np5 

D-!j^^ !}^^ pg^ 



78 Lesson 19. 



4. Observations. 

97. Nouns accented on the penult, having "T" (e) for their first 
vowel, are always a-class Segholates, the e being a heightening of 
an original a. 

98. Nouns accented on the penult, having -^ (e) for their first 
vowel, are always 2-class Segholates, the e being a heightening of 
an original i. 

99. Nouns accented on the penult, having -^ (o) for their first 
vowel, are always w-class Segholates, the o being a heightening of 
an original u. 

100. The unaccented — in the ultima of all these nouns is merely 
an inserted helping- vowel [I 37. 2), for otherwise the word would be 
a monosjdlable ending in two consonants. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ^ CO. 1. a, i, 2, Origin and use of the Hiph'il stem. 

2. ^ 60. 3, 4, Origin and use of the Hoph'al stem. 

3. ? CI. 1, 2, Origin and use of the Niph'al stem. 

4. I C5. 1. a, c, 2. c, Inflection of these various stems(cf.p.l66). 

5. I IOC. 1, Origin of Segholates. 

6. I 3C. 2. N., To what are a, i, ii, when heightened, changed? 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, Lists I. and II., the verbs numbered 21—30. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 7 — 9. 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He caused to rain, they 
caused to rain, I caused to rain, we caused to rain; (2) He caused to 
hill, she caused to Jcill, they caused to kill, ye (m.) caused to kill ; 
(3) He divided (Hiph. of '^'l^), she divided, they divided, I divided, 
we divided; (4) Thou (m.) loast caused to divide, I teas caused to 
hill, we were caused to kill; (5) He was killed, I was killed, she 



Lesson 19. 79 



was hilled, tJiou (m.) wast sanctified (Xiph.), ye (f.) were sanctified, 
they were sanctified. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) And God breathed into 
his nostrils; (2) Li the garden which God x>lanted in Eden was fruit; 

(3) This fruit was good for food; (4) The good fruit; (5) The evil 
fruit; (6) The good tree and the evil tree; (7) And he caused to sprout 
forth grass and herh{s) and tree{s). 

3. To be translated into English :—(l) ^5 0^r]^^_ '^H^H 

inn foi iron ; (2) a^^^nn f j; ^n ^in? n^^'^t f ^n ; 

ntst-i?^ -T-^fi: f;;-'?D rrrpvn n-n^w'Vbj; '(5) r?'?n5n^ 
I'^n^n, ')^'7;i::n, D;i'7i5n"; (6) ^^'?£^*p;), ''^fjJ*?^' *''^'?^"P^- 

4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 7 — 9 of chapter II., 
from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 7 — 9 of 
chapter 11, from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written :— (1) The verbs in ? 76, numbered 1—30, in 
the Perfect 3 m. sg. of those stems in which each verb is there said 
to occur; (2) the same verbs in the Perfect 3 c. pi.; (3) the same 
verbs in the Perfect 2 m. pi. 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) Assimilation. (2) The vowels ^- and ^~ in the stem of the 
Qal Imperfect. (3) Pronunciation and meaning of the affix V • 

T 

(4) The root to-put, the form and-he-put. (5) Difference between 
^ny' and n.pV!- ^^^ !D as a prefix in the formation of nouns. (7) 
A-class Segholates. (8) I-class Segholates. (9) U-class Segholates. 
(10) Origin, use and inflection of the Hiph'il, the Hoph'al and the 
Niph'al stems. (11) Heightening. (12) The helping-vowel e. 



80 Lesson 20. 



LESSON XX.-GENESIS 11.10-14. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) in:)K'?P (160); (2) mm (161); (3) nil'pli'l (166); (4) 

nm' (173); (5) riiv d^s). 

2. Notes. 

200. '^nT\-and-[2i)-river; cf. DHK, ^l^D : 

T T : T T I T T 

a. This noun belongs to a large class, formed from the root by means 
of two originally short vowels, both of which, the one hefore, and 
the other under, the tone, have become tone-long, I 107. 1. a. 

201. ^)i''—yd-(^e'-going-forth = goes-forth; ct\^!2^: 

a. The active participle of Qal, used, as often, for a present tense. 
h. The first vowel is 6, not o ; the root, J<^^^ he-went-forth. 

202. ]'l};t:;)-from-Eden; cf. '^j;^, § 48. 2 ; ^tf/^, § 106. 1. h: 
a. Note the Zaqeph-qaton (^) ; it marks the end of a secondary 

section and also the accented syllable of flj/^, cf. 159. a. 

203. nipl^tlh — to-cause-to-drinh, i. e., to-water ; cf. iTJC^^, 

a. Like '^^'IDPT, this word has the pref. H ; it is Hiph. Inf. const. 
h. Like nlt^i^j it ends in Hi; it is from a root whose last letter is H- 
c. Cf. also the'Hiph. Perf. 3 m. sg. nptirr? (181). 

204. U\^r2^-and-from-tTiere ; cf. r^l, nHnD- 

.T • I •• - J- • 

205. 1"}B* — it-will-he-divided., or it-divides-itseJf: 
a. D. f. 271 and a under ^ indicate at once the Niph'al. 
6. The root is nnS; Niph. Perf., n'liDJ ; cf. ?)*)|^^ (55). 

206. r^}}'T\^'7-for-four; cf. >JL^^:in fourtli, 

207. D^ti^N1~ra'-sim— Aea-cZs; an irregular plural from t^J^"l. 

T 

208. Dt?^ — sem — ?iame .• same as the proper name Shem. 

209. ^yDr\—the-[oviQ)-surrounding; cf. C^0*1j NV*- 
a. On -^ see 171. a. 



Lesson 20. 81 



210. n'^^inn - ha-h^wi-la— Me-//o vilali : 

a. The articlehcxo belongs really to |^n?^, the phrase = all the land 
of HaviJah. not all land of the Havilali, see Principles (p. 63). 

21 1. U^y'^^Z'^—which-Vthcrc^ where; cf. I^J-H^^'K = "? which. 

212. '2'n\—gold: A noun like "IHI DIN*, ^l^D, ^ 107. 1. a. 

TT ttttItt 

213. Dnn— u-z^'habh— o?if/-<7o/(^-o/; 

«. The Waw, before a consonant with S'wa, is ^, § 40. 2. 

h. Comp'd S'wa under f, though not a guttural, after \ ^ 32. 3. d. 

c. Methegh with ^ before compound S'wa, § 18. 3. 

d. Dnt or, as it would be without ^, ^nf, differs from ^H? in that 

— : - : T T 

the first T", in an open syl., is volatilized, the second, in a closed 
syl., is shortened; in other words, the form is treated as if the 
accent had passed from it to the following word. This is virtu- 
ally true, for the noun is in the construct state, I 123. (opening 
words); I 125. 3. a, h. 

e. Cf. *)n^ abs., hut "IH^ const.; flJ3 abs., hut iljp const. 

214. N")nn— ha-hi' [not lis^-hm )—the-that; cf. 'W^'H ' 

«• Nirr is archaic for 5*{^n, § 50. 3. a; here used as a Demonstra- 
tive, § 52. 2. 
h. The Demonstrative follows its noun, arid has the article 

215. n'p'l^n— hab-b^dho-lah — ^Ae-5c?e?/Mm. 

216. Dflt^n |5^ — 'e-bhen has-so-ham— sto^e-o///ie-07i7/x; 
a. Two Segholates, — one a-class, one 2t-class. 

h. Helping-vowel in first is t^, in second, after H, — | 37. 2. a. 

217. '^p'ln— hid-de-qel-rz^m(?). 

218. Tf?htl—^^-^-io-\ekh—the-{one)- going ; cf. ^JDH : 
a. D. f. of article is implied in H, cf. KinH (214), § 15. 2. 
&. Qal act. Part. (6, not o) of Tw'H he-went. 

219. il^*]p — qidh-math — eastward-of; const, of r7D*Tp '• 

a. The original jl-— is restored in the const, state, § 122. 2. a. (3). 
h. A fern, form related to D*tp (190). 

220. rr\^ Kin— «s Euphrates. 



82 Lesson 20. 



3. Forms for Special Study. 



22D inn np^': abs., but n^s^^j const 
rp'n in^n-a^ nmp abs., but nt^^ip const. 

4. Observations. 



101. The of the Qal active Participle is unchangeable, 6, not 
changeable, o. 

102. Note, in the words cited above, Methegh written (1) on 
second syl. before the tone, (2) with a vowel before compound 
S*wa, (3) with a long vowel, in a closed sj^l. before Maqqeph. 

103. The original fern, ending in Hebrew was H ; but this 

has been changed to H— > except where something closely fol- 

T 

lowing protects it. On account of the following noun, it is pre- 
served in the construct state. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I G2. Table, Greneral view of the Yerb-stems. 

2. ^ G2. E's 1 — 4, Changes from original vowels. 

3. § 66. Tabular View, Inflection of Qal Imperfect (active). 

4. ? 66. R. 1, Various prefixes and affixes used. 

5. I 66. R. 2, The original stem of the Qal Imperfect. 

6. § 66. R's 3, 4 Remarks on the terminations ^_, T, JlJ- 

T 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 31 — 40. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 10 — 14. 

7. Principles of Syntax The Personal Pronoun. 

DDC^D ^^^ -^^ ^^ ^'^ ^^^^ ^^^^ (one) surrounding. 
^^*l^ll p];?!7 ^n.^.*^ ^^^ t^e gold of that land. 
PD^ Kin ^V''T\n "in^ni And the fourth river is Euphrates. 

T : ^- • : It t t - : 



Lesson 20. 83 



Principle 5.— The personal pronoun, besides (1) its ordinary use 
as a personal pronoun, may have (2) the force of a remote demon- 
strative pronoun [that), and (3) the force of a copula, i. e., to mark 
the relation between the subject and predicate. 

8. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will rest, I shall rest, 
we shall rest, they will rest, thou (f.) shalt rest ; (2) They (m.) shall 
swarm, he shall sicarm, she shall swarm, they {f.) shall swarm, ye 
(ra.) shall swarm; (3) He will call, she will call, I shall call, ive shall 
call, thou (m.) shalt call; (4) He will plant, I shall plant, thou (m.) 
shalt plant, she shall plant, they shall plant ; (5) He will give, she 
will give, Iioill give, we shall give, thou (m.) wilt give. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) (The) river of that land is 
[si) great river ; (2) (The) name of that river is Euphrates ; (3) The 
river which goes forth from Eden will he divided ; (4) (The) gold 
of (the) land of Havilah is good gold; (5) Thou shalt call that river 
which goes (= the (one) going) eastward of Assyria Euphrates. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) lr?^^ ]pT) DDl3 ; (2) 

^^); D-lK^-n^< n1^^^ ; (3) p;; nih pn-o;^'; (4) "^'tji nn^ 

T^T T T |T V T :-|-T I •.•ri" I T - p' T T T 

T T T •: —. } VJT T •.• V -: ) T - • *: j-t 

pj;. Nin D^"; (6) T?tf'n dt''3 ^n5tf^'n. 

4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 10 — IJf. of chapter 
II., from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 10—llf, of 
chapter II., from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written : — (1) The verbs in ? 76 numbered 31—62 (ex- 
cepting Nos. 35, 39, 48, 51, 59) in the Perf. 3 m. sg. of those stems 
in which each verb is there said to occur ; (2) The same verbs in 
the Perf. 3 c. pi.; (3) The same verbs in the Perf. 2 m. pi. 



84 Lesson 21. 



9. Topics for Study. 

(1) Nouns formed by prefixing t2. (2) Nouns which had originally 
two short vowels. (3) A-class, I-class and U-class Segholates. (4) 
The vowels of the Qal Part. act. (5) A comparison of HlpiJ^n 
with ^^"^^n and nWJ|/- (6) The words meaning he-iaas-divided , 
he-will-he-divided. (7) The construct state of nouns like nPT^, DH?, 

T T T T 

etc. (8) The construct state of Segholates. (9) The two forms of 

the fern, ending jl ? and ]1— • (10) Methegh. (11) The original 

forms of the various Perfect stems. (12) Inflection of the Qal Im- 
perfect. (13) Prefixes and affixes of the Impf. as compared with 
the affixes of the Perfect. (14) The difference between the stem- 
vowels of nb^'?, K")p\ ;^D^ 



LESSON XXI.-GENESIS II. 15-18. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) hSn (184); (2)i!:K'7 (115); (3) Dlpp (190); (4) ri^jr? 
(198); (5) ^y\ (199). 

^ |TT 

2. Notes. 

221. r\'^^\-and-[\iQytook; cf. ]}m, ran : 

a. For tlh^% but ^ is assimilated (like ^), § 39. 3. 

h. The guttural H has -^ (a) before it, rather than o, ? 42. 2. h. 

222. ^nnil"^V"Way-yan-ni-he-hu — and-he-caused-to-rest-him : 

a. The • ^ is Waw Consec; ^H is the pron. suf. of 3 m. sg. 

b. The root is (11^ to-rest; the form is an irreg. Hiph'il. 

223. tllf^^b) niDr'?— 1' o-bh*dhah u-l'so-m*rah : 

T : T : T : ^T : 

a. The translation of these words is : to-serve-her and-to-keep-Tier. 
h. The insep. prepositions are as usual ; *) before ^ becomes ^, § 49. 2. 

c. The final H is a consonant, as indicated by Mappiq, § IG. 1. 

d. The T" under ^ and t^, if it were a, would have Methegh, 1 18. 2. 



Lesson 21. 



c. Jl_ is a contraction of H ; cf. ) for IH , ? 124. 1. R. 1. 

T T -IT L • ■ ""^ 

/. These forms are Qal Inf 's const, (cf. /\^f2), and without suffixes 
would read "t^^ and "if^l^ ii 70. 2); but, before the suffix, o is 
pushed backward to ^ and J^, and shortened to 6, § 74. 3. a. (2). 

g. The sj^llables V*? and ti^'^ are half-open, and the S'was under 

^ : T : 

^ and f2 are medial (^ 26. 4. N.). 

224. IV^I— «»^-(he)-com?nanc?£'cZ; cf. ^5^ from H'?^ : 

a. Shortened from HIV^^' Wei Impf. of JliV he-commanded. 

h. D. f. omitted (1) from » and (2) from *1, I'u. 1, 2. 

c. The unfailing indication of the Pi'el is here, viz., -^ under 1st rad. 

<?• niVi in Pi'el, = he-commanded; so Hv^, in Pi'el, = he-finished. 

TT _ T T 

225. 7DN — 'a-khol — to-eat, or eating : 

a. Qal Inf. absolute of '75}< he-ate; second vowel unchangeable. 

b. Cf. with this the form of the Inf. const. ^^\^ (cf. ^Z^Q) = "'khol, 
the o being changeable, I 70. 1. i, 2. 

c. Cf. ^J:^'D (6) and ':?t^0 (o); iOtr' (o) and iDLT (o). 

T : T : 

226. ^"^^TS—^o -khoi—thou-shalt-eat : 

a. r\ indicates the Impf. 2 m. sg. [thou), root ^0J<. 

b. Cf. with this ^f2^^_ and-he-said, from ^^N- ^ 

227. y};t2)—and.from-tree-of: ?|, ? 49. 2 ; Q, g 48. 2. 

228. '?5Nn-Another spelling of ^^^^D (226). 

229. D1*3 ^b l^pp— /''owi-^«'»i (= iV); /or, in-day-of: 

a. p reduplicated = f^D; with 1,1; IH^DD = I^DD, in which 
the n is assim. backwards and repres. by D. f. in J, i 51. 5. 6, 
and ^ is deflected to — . 

b. D. 1. in 3 and in ^ because of prec. disj. accent, ^ 12. 3. 

230. I'p^X— '■''kho-Pkha— ^-ea^iVi^r ; 

a. The Inf.'const. is ''^''2^, but before 1, '::'^^^•(o), ? 74. 3. a. (1). 
6. Cf. (1) reg. form ^bp,' (2) form before ?T, '^Op, (3) form before 
n_ (see Note 223. / ), ^t?p (5). 

231. illOn nlD~n^oth ta-muth— cZ?/mpr <Aow-5^aZ^^^e ; 
a. The Qal Inf. abs., and Impf. 2 m. sg. of J11D ^o-c?ie. 



Lesson 21. 



h. The explanation of these forms will be given later. 

232. TV\''T]-^'yoi\i—'being-of; cf. ni^^I^ making-of: 

a. Qal Inf. const, of H^il he-was, translated as a verbal noun. 

b. Under the guttural H appears a compound S^wa. 

233. 113 '^ — ^^ °^' in-separation-Ms: 7, pi'ep.; 1^, noun; "j, suffix. 

234. 1^"nt?^i^N— 'e-''sel+16— i■-^6■^7^ma^•e+/or-A^m .• 
m. ^^ indicates the^rs?^ pers. sg.; root is nt^J/ he-made, 
h. The D. f. in ^ is conjunctive (cf. n^-Hirr), ^ 15. 3. 

c. Cf. t^i^^^i (46), n'i:^y (td, nib^j?, aii from nb^j;. 

235. ^?J7— 'e-zer— (a) /ic?p or helper; cf. *^y^ pj< Ehenezer : 
a. Like ^^^ and fi;; an i-class Segholate,"! 106. L h. 

236. Iljl^lp— «i^-oi;6'r-<7p'a«'«s^/ii?u ; 3, ^^X 1- 

5. fo/?Af<9 fo/? Special Study. 



nf^-'l 


^1]>'\ 


':'?3!1 


"^V- 


V:iii 


ron. 


i^^n 


nov!l 




^"P^K 


ran. 


n^5n 


Nt^^in 


^^<-!^ 


n-jDj;; 



4. Observations. 

104. Verbs whose third radical is a guttural must have -^ for 
their stem-vowel in the Imperfect. 

105. The Pf el Impf. may always be distinguished by the ~^, (or, 
if the second radical is a guttural, the '^) which is under the first 
radical. 

106. The Hiph'il Impf. may be distinguished by the -^ which is 
under the personal preformative. 

107. The Niph'al Impf. may be distinguished by the D. f. in and 
the T" under the first radical. 

108. The o of the Inf. abs. is 6 unchangeable ; but the of the 
Inf. const, is 0, and may be shortened to 6, or may be given to the 
first radical and then shortened to o. 



Lesson 21. 87 



5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 68. 1. a, 5, The stem and inflection of the Niph'al Impf. 

2. § 68. 2, 3, 4, The stems and inflection of the Pi'el, Hithpa'el, 

(cf. pp. 166, 167) Pii al and Hoph'al Imperfects. 

3. ^ 68. 5. a, Z>, The stem and inflection of the Hiphll Impf. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 41—50. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 15 — 18. 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He will be divided} they 
will be divided, we shall be divided, thou (f.) shalt be divided ; (2) 
She will sanctify, I shall sanctify, ye will sanctify, they (f.) will 
sanctify, ice shall sanctify ; (3) Thou (f.) shalt be sanctified, I shall 
be sanctified, ye (m.) shall be sanctified, we shall be sanctified; (4) He 
will cause to divide,'^ they (m.) will cause to divide, we shall cause to 
divide, thou (f.) icilt cause to divide, ye (f.) shall cause to divide; (5) 
Thou (f.) shalt be caused to divide, we shall be caused to divide ; (6) 
I shall rule, I shall be ruled, thou (f.) shalt ride thyself, they (f.) will 
cause to rule, we shall rule ourselves. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Thou mayest eat from all 
the fruit which God has given; (2) Thou shalt divide between the good 
and between the evil; (3) Thou mayest not eat from, the tree which is 
in the midst of the garden. 

3. To be translated into English :— (1) ^^^?n ^b^ ', (2) HlO 

nion; (3) n^n Di^n-nx D^n'?^^ t:^■'^p^ (4) DNn'^N nt:^;; 

4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 15 — 18 of chapter 
II., from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Vei-ses 15 — 18 of 
chapter IL,from the unpointed text. 

1 Use the root 113 (in Niphal). 2 Use the root Sl3 in Hlph'il. 



Lesson 22. 



6. To be written:— (1) The verbs in § 76. numbered 1 — 40 (except 
those in which the Qal is marked Q*, and Nos. 17, 19, 35 and 39), in 
the Imperfect 3 m. sg. of those stems in which each verb is there 
said to occur. 

8. Topics for Study, 

(1) Assimilation of ^. (2) Dif. between the o of the Inf. abs. and 
the of the Inf. const. (3) The Inf. const, before suffixes. (4) The 
words meaning being-of, to-serve-her, thy-eating. (5) The character- 
istics by which the various Imperfects may be distinguished. (6) 
The stems of the various Imperfects. (7) The inflection of the va- 
rious Imperfects. (8) Peculiarities of gutturals. (9) Tone-long 
vowels. (10) Methegh, Mappiq, Raph^ and Maqqeph. 



LESSON XXIi.-GENESiS II. 19-21. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) np-jNn (129); (2)n!rr(i28); (3) nn^n (m); (4)Nnpn 

(29); (5) nonli (125); (6) I'lJIJD ^fj; (235, 236); (7) Hp^ (221)'. ' 

2. Notes. 

237. "ly"')— a defective writing of I^^^^K 182). 

238. ^'y'^ — and-he-caused-to-come; cf. '^'ID*'*! • 

a. Clearly a Hiph'il Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root ^^'i3 to-come-in. 
h. Instead of -^, the preformative ^ has t in an open syllable. 

239. niNi'p-iir-'ath-^o-see; cf. '^t^p'?, nit:^ji;'7 : 

«• nlN*^ is the Inf. const, of the verb JIJ^") he-saw. 
h. ^, before a letter with S'wa, takes -^, ^ 47. 2. 
240. 1^"N*^D*'"nD — may-f yiq-ra'+lo — what-\-he-will-caU-\-to-it : 

A t|: • - 

a. The Interrogative what? pointed like the article, ? 54. 2. a. 

b. "17 = to-him^ just as i^ = in-him. 



Lesson 22. 89 



241. Kin— literally he, = is; cf. Principle^ 5 (3). 

242. nlOtJ^' • • -lOC^ — Ms-name names: 

a. Before the suffix "j the -^ of D^ becomes ~t"; but 
J. The -^ is retained before the fern. plur. affix 6th. 
c. R^bhi(a)' (-^) over T\\W^ ^ 24. 5. h. 

243. i^'^r^-he-found ; of. N^p, ^13 : 

T T _t|t TT 

a. T, instead of -^ as in jlj^? because Ji{ is silent. 
h. Lit., he-found; here impersonal, = there-was-found. 

244. /5^1 — way-yap-pel — a7id-{he)-caused-to-fall : 

a. This form is for '^S^!?' which is like '7'15^1, in Hiph'il. 

h. Root ^^^, of which ^ is assimilated and represented by D. f. 

^- fn"^' i^P^' n^l, ^5-^ iill have ^ for their first radical; the old 

Jewish paradigm-word was ^^3, the first radical of which is £) ; 

hence, technically, these verbs are called V'^, i. e., Pe Nun, 

? 77. 2, and N. L 

245. nO'l^in — {si]-deep-sleep: on formation see ? 115. and E. 

246. W^^)—vfSiy-yi-s^n—and-he-slept; cf. *iy^-^1 : 

Iat ^ — V J— 

a. The -r is pausal for — § 38. 2. 

h. The radical ^ becomes silent after the preceding -:". 

247. nnj^— a-hath— o«e; fem. of IHK (37). 

_ _ TV 

248. Vr)i^^-^f2—^^9'9Si-^''o-ih2iW—from-ribs-his: 
a. The Jp with ? assimilated, ^ 48. L 

^- Di^^V is plur. const, of ^71^ (v. 22), a feminine noun. 
c. V is the same as in V9Xi see Note 185. h. 

T T - 

249. "ij|p*'1~way-yis-gor — and-he-closed; cf. JlSti^^^l : 
a. Perfects r-|^p, I^Dl 7^0, n^JDH. 

h. Imperfects : nJID^ hJD^ iJp^ V^P!- 

c. The is o, not 6 ; as it always is in Qal Impf. 

250. ^\:^:i-jiesh; cf. DIN*, ti:)3, :ini nm n^;;, ? 107. 1. a. 

TT TT ItT TT TT t'^T 

25 1. n-3nnn — tah-ten-na — iiistead-of-her: 



That ie, Principle of Syntax. 



90 LESsaN 22. 



a. Prep. HrfM, see 49 ; a connecting syllable, ^ ; the fern, suf ., jl. 

h. n is assim. backwards, so that n^riPTn becomes JinnH ; then 

T : J'.' : - T -I'.' : ~ 

the vowel-letter Jl is added, I 6. a. N. 1. 



5. Forms for Special Study. 



T T -: |T 1 • 


o>^P 


D*6t^'rT(v.20) 


'^'^'l 


nnriD 


NV?"J<V 


DnN'71(v.20) 


nsn 


■7^0 


:■ T - 


niw(v-20) 


;^£?^i 



4. Observations. 

109. The preposition Jp/rom is written separately chiefly before 
the article ; elsewhere it is joined to the following word, the ^ suf- 
fering assimilation ; but, if the following word begins with a gut- 
tural, the D. f. is rejected and the preceding -^ heightened to ^^. 

110. The syl. standing second before the tone receives Methegh, 
if it is an open syllable. 

111. Three accents of high rank are — Zaqeph qaton, -^ Zaqeph 
gadhol, - E^bhi(a)\ § 24. 4, 5. a, h. 

112. Verbs whose first radical is ^ assimilate the ^ whenever it 
would stand at the close of a syllable. It is then represented by D. 
f. in the second radical. Such forms are liable to be confused with 
Pfel forms. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. § 69. 1. a—c, The stem of Imperatives. 

2. § 69. 2. a, h, and N. 1, The inflection of Imperatives. 

3. I 70. 1. a, 6, The Infinitive Absolute. 

4. ^ 70. 2, The Infinitive Construct. 

5. I 30. 6. a, The o that comes by obscuration from a. 

6. 2 30. 7. «, c, d, The 6 that comes by contraction of au or aw. 



Lesson 22. 91 



6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List Y., nouns numbered 1 — 15. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis XL, 19-21. 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Rule thou (m.), keep ye (f.), 
sanctify tJiou (f.), divide ye (m.), Jill ye, subdue ye, he thou (f.) sepa- 
rated, sanctify yourselves, swarm ye; (2) To rule (abs.), to cause to 
rule (abs.), to keep (const.), to sanctify (const.), to sanctify oneself, 
to he kept (abs.), to he created (const.), to he called (const.), to cause 
to divide (const.), to rule (const.), to he ruled (abs.). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Wliat will God call the 
great luminary? (2) Who formed every fowl of the heaven? (3) Who 
gave (Heb., called) names to the fowl of the heaven, and to the heast 
of the earth? (4) Flesh, the flesh, to the Jiesh, in the flesh, and in the 
flesh; (5) God caused a deep sleep to fall upon the man; (6) / will 
close the flesh; (7) He found the fruit in the garden. 

3. To be translated into English :— (D ^Jyi'^XV^ \ (2) iDti^'H/? ; 

(3) npnsn-'^D'? D>xn ^<n|?^n5; ^^)mv&>/^ (5)"w5r 
in^^ r (6) nn^^nVr (7) D\n rsT\^^ nNn rs'n':^^ nDn^s 

4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 19 — 21 of chapter 
II., from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 19—21 of 
chapter 11, from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written : — The verbs in I 76. numbered 41 —62 (except 
Nos. 43, 46—49, 55, 59, 60) in the Imv. 2 m., and the Lifinitives (abs. 
and const.) of those stems in which each verb is there said to occur. 

5. Topics for Study. 

(1) The Interrogative Pronouns. (2) Verbs with J< as their third 
• >dical. (3) Verbs with ^ as their first radical. (4) Nouns which had 



92 Lesson 23. 



originally two short vowels. (5) Preposition 7^. (6) The accents 
Zaqeph qaton, Zaqeph gadhol, and R'bhi(a)'. (7) The stems and 
inflection of the various Imperatives. (8) The Infinitives Absolute. 
(9) The Infinitives Construct. (10) The 6 from a. (11) The 6 from «w?. 



LESSON XXIII.-GENESIS II. 22, 23. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) tn^ (131); m^m (250); (3) i^ tr>N^ (202); (4) Vn") 
(80); (5)nnK(37); (6)k'7(174). 

T V 

2. Notes. 

252. Xy^ — way-yi-bhen — and-{\ie)-huilt; cf. ^*^^ 

a. Shortened from r^y2\ (root H^^), as "yy from 'hT\\ (root n^^). 
6. The ending H— is always rejected from verbal forms with Waw 

Consecutive ; so ^n^^ not iTH'^X '^}l% not rT^^-^_V 
c. 75^ is difficult to pronounce, so — is inserted under )3, ^l 37. 2. 

c; 100.5. Z>. (3). 
(?. From the root H^^S huild, come J5 ^'^^i H? (^ciug liter. 

253. )fl%'r\—the-rih; cf. the form before suf. DJ^^pV (248). 

254. r0-^ie-tooh; cf. the Qal Impf. Hj?^ (221). 

255. nt^'K'?— l''is-sa— /or-womaTi; cf. ti^>J^ (v. 23). 

T • : 

256. n5^5^1"~wa-y'bhi-'e-ha — and-he-caused-to-come-her: 
a. Root'j^b'; cf. ^y) (238); D. f. omitted from V 

•• T- 

h. The il is 3 f. sg. suffix her; — may be called a connecting vowel. 

T 

c. The ~^ is i, though written defectively. 

d. In ^$5^ ~ stands, because before the tone ; but in ^f^^5^ this T 
has become — , because of the removal of the tone, ^ 32. 1. c. 

257. mr-zo th-;/z/s (f.); cf. n^^ (les), ^ 52. 1. c. 

258. D^Btl — hap-pa-'am — the-stroke^ = now: 
a. An a-class Segholate, original a retained, ^ 106. 2. a. 



Lesson 23. 93 



h. -^ used as a helping-vowel instead of — U 37. 2 ; 42. 2. a. 
c. Article has here its original demonstrative force, this, i. e., this 
stroke or time^ meaning now. 

259. ^PVi^P — me-''*9a-may— /rom-5o»fs-m7/ ; 
a. D for fp; cf. ^j;^ and C^\X9 (v. 23), ^ 48. 2. 

Z). ^DVJi7 is the form taken by DV-I^, in the plural with the suffix 
meaning m?/; the form is a difficult one, §§ 124. 3. a. (1); 125. i.e. 

260. nb^5p-/rom-/?e5A-m^; cf. D^'?!;!, n'iND : 

a. Not nC^3, but ntr^ ; cf. 256. d, I 32. 1. c. 

• T T • T : 

b. A singular noun with suffix of 1 person sg. 

261. N*^p^ — yiq-qa-re' — Jie-{i. e., tt)-shaU-he-caUed : 
a. Niph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of the verb ^<'^^ call, 

6. Note the D. f. ij?, and pretonic t under the first radical. 

262. HKt'nnD'^^— lii-q°haz+z6 th.—was-take7i-\-tJiis : 

a. — indicates Pii'al ; comp'd S'wa under p, tho' not a guttural. 
h. H— - indicates Perf. 3 fem. sg.; cf. ^^^*l• 

c. J), f . conjunctive in t, ^ 15. 3 ; Methegh before comp'd S*wa. 

d. D. f. omitted from p. U 14. 2 ; 32. 3. h. 



3. Forms for Special Study. 



y^'for n^n^ 


niND hut nn^D 


3-!^ 


]yfor n^iD^ 


ncTD?^^^ nL:^:D 


n^ 


trj;yor n^r.;. 


•• T T -IV • : 


0^3 



4. Observations. 

113. The ending H , with which all Imperfects of verbs having 

n for the third radical end, falls away after Waw Consecutive. 

114. Two consonants with S'wa seldom stand at the end of a 
word ; a vowel (~ or -^) is generally inserted for euphony. 

115. A vowel which hecame long because of proximity to the 
tone, becomes tone-short (i. e., a half-vowel), when the tone is 
removed to a distance. 



94 



Lesson 23. 



116. Some Segholates have two S'ghols ; others, those with a 
guttural for the third radical, have one S'ghol and one Pathah; 
still others, those with a guttural for the second radical, have two 
Pathahs. 

5. Pronouns, Personal Terminations, Pronominal Suffixes. 



uriK -loa' 


j^irr 


He kept or has kept us. 


T : J- T 


T "" 


She has kept thee (f.). 
Thou (m.) hast kept him. 


nriK rrsw 


n^ 


Thou (f.) hast kept her. 






I have kept thee (m.). 
They (m.) have kept me. 






They (f.) have kept you (f.). 
Ye (m.) have kept them (m.). 


. n:^m '^tsw ^:n:j< 


Ye (f.) have kept them (f.). 
We have kept you (m.). 



[Note.— Let this exercise be tiioroughly mastered; it will be found a most 
helpful acquisition.] 



6. Grammar-Lesson. 



1. I 71. 1. a, c, 

2. § 71. 2, 3, 

3. ?58. 2. 6, c, 

4. § 58. Notes 2, 3, 

5. I 64. 1-3, 

6. ? 67. 1—3 and Notes, 



The Qal active and passive Participles. 
The Niph'al and remaining Participles. 
The stem of the Qal Perfect Statives. 
Middle A, E and verbs ; Statives. 
Inflection of Qal Perfect Statives. 
Inflection of Qal Imperfect Statives 



7. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List V., nouns numbered 16 — 30. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis 11. 22, 23. 



Lesson 23. 95 



8. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Ruling, ruled, causing ta 
rule, ruling oneself, being caused to rule; (2) Resting, causing to 
rest, closing, closed, caused to close ; (3) Eating, causing to rain, find- 
ing, serving, sanctifying (Pi'el), sanctified (Pu'al), keeping oneself. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) This (is) the woman ichom 
God created from the man; (2) I will close my flesh; (3) This icoman 
was taken from this man; (4) Bone from his bone and flesh from his 
flesh; (5) The waters shall be called seas. 

3. To be translated into English :— (1) nflN* DV^ i (2) ^VJ? 

nnNH; (3) n$;;,T-fp tr■^^^^ n]i^; (4) D^Dn-ip'^nfiip,'?; (5) 
d{* Nn[5» niK'^T (6) |-ij;.9 ]<t "iniD ; (7) n'lji nion ^%rr ; 
(8) n^^n n:irc>n nwi<n> 

T - T • T 

4. To be written in Englisb letters : — Verses ^^, 23 of chapter II., 
from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 22 ^ 23 of 
chapter 11, from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written :— (1) The verbs in I 76. marked 1 — 40 (except 
those in which the Qal is marked Q .*, and Xos. 17, 19, 35 and 39) 
in the Participles of those stems in which each verb is there said to 
occur ; (2) The verbs in ? 76. in which the Qal is marked Q .*, in the 
Qal Perfect 3 m. sg., 2 m. sg., 2 m. pL, and in the Qal Imperfect 3 
m. sg., 2 f. sg., 2 f. pi. 

9. Topics for Study. 

(1) Loss of H— • (2) Insertion of — and ^-. (3) The demonstra- 
tive pronoun. (4) The personal pronoun. (5) The pronominal siif- 
fixes with the sign of the definite object. (6) The p^rsxDnal termi- 
nations of the Perfect. (7) D. f. conjunc. (8) D. f. omitted. (9) 
Pu al stem. (10) Volatilization. (11) The vowels of Segholates. 
(12) Qal Participles. (13) Other Participles. (14) Qal Perfect (sta- 
tive). (15) Qal Imperfect (stative). (16) Statives. 

1 See M6. 4. 



96 Lesson 24. 



LESSON XXIV.-GENESIS II. 24, 25. 

7. Notes. 

263. ?5''^I? — trpo7i+so, = therefore; cf. e of ?3 and e of V>^. 

264. ■■Dl'i^*~ya-''*z6bliH he-shaJl-forsake-\-: 

a. For D?^!i 1^^t before Maqqepli o becomes o; root ^t^. 

h. jt^>_ instead of jtj^^ (cf. ^bp*), because the guttural ^ prefers 

(1)'4- to -^, and (2) ■— to — , U 42. 2. a; 42. 3. 5. 
c. Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of the guttural verb ^ti^; synopsis in Qal, 

nrj;, !jrr,^ :^^^, ^irj^^ irj^^ nr;;, n^r;;. 

265. V5K- a-bhiw— /aiAer-7«s; 

a. )35^ father; ^ is an archaic ending peculiar to this word. 

T 

h. *| is all that is left of ^(1 Ms or him; cf. ^ in VDX» 

T - 

266. 1^^^ — 'im-rao — mother-Ms: 

f^ ■ . 
a. DK mother; "j, the suffix of the 3 masc. sg. 

h. Before 1, !2 is doubled; "^ is consequently shortened to"^, ? 28. 3. 

267. p^"^*! — and-shall-cleave ; cf. VHV 

a. Synops"is'in Qal, pg*!, p5-|^ p3'^,'pin^, pD'^, pDn, pm. 
5. *) with the Perf . is Waw Conversive ; cf . • *) with the Imperfect. 

268. ih^'K?— b'is-to— m-'w;?7e-7m.- 

a. An irregular form of Hti^J^, before the suffix. 

T 

269. Vrf'l— way-yih-yu— «7?f7-?/ie7/-w;cre; cf. VHI '- 

a. S'wa under jl is silent, being only a syllable-divider. 

b. Methegh with -^, to facilitate the pronunciation of the fol. n. 

c. Qal Impf. 3 m. pi. of the verb n\1j with Waw Consecutive. 

T T 

270. DnVI^'-(the) two-of-them = they-tioo; cf. ^^^^ Dll^ : 
a. ^^J^ is the construct state of the dual D^^Slt^^ i^^^o. 

^' Dn is the pronominal suffix of the 3 plur. masc. 

271. D^b*l1J?— ''rum-mim— jia/becZ; 

a. The S'wa under J^, because of distance from the tone. 
h. The ^ must here be regarded as a short vowel (i. e., an incorrect 
fidl writing of ii), on account of the D. f. following. 



Lesson 24. 



97 



272. )tift^^n^—yUh.-hd-s3i-svL—they-will-he-ashamed : 

|T : * _ 

a. A formation after the manner of the Hithpa'el. 

b. Imperfect 3 masc. plur. of the root C'l^. 

c. The ~ in pause for ~r. 

3. Forms for Special Study. 












0^ 









2. Observations. 

117. The -^ which is seen in ^Dp* was originally a Pathah; this 
original Pathah is retained before gutturals. 

118. Waw Consec. with the Impf. is •*); with the Perfect, it is \ 

119. The vowel to which -^ is shortened in a closed syl. is — . 

120. The vowel to which -^ is shortened in a sharpened syl. is ~^, 

121. The plural ending Q^ becomes in the construct ^ . 

122. The dual ending D^ also becomes in the construct ^ . 



Pronouns, Personal Prefixes and Terminations, 
Pronominal Suffixes. 



Mb 


^n?^. 


Nin 


He will write to us. 


T? 


:in5n 


N\n 


She will write to thee (f.). 


1*7 


:iri?n 


T ~ 


Thou (m.) wilt write to him. 


n'7 


'?ri?ri 


riN 


Thou (f.) wilt write to her. 


^ 


:in?x 


'?^^r 


I will write to thee (m.). 


"7 


lan?^. 


on 


They (m.) will write to me. 


I?V 


n:i?h5^ 


]rf 


They (f.) wiU write to you (f.). 


Dn'7 


i3ri?ri 


am 


Ye (m.) will write to them (m.). 


in*? 


T : -1 : • 


]m 


Ye (f.) will wnte to them (f.). 


V T 


3n5;i 


^^M 


We will write to you (m.). 



98 Lesson 24. 



5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ? 75, General View of the Strong Verb. 

2. I 75. R's 1 — 7, Characteristics of Stems. 

3. ^77. 1. a— c, Guttural Verbs. 

4. ? 77. 2. ci, 6, Contracted Verbs. 

5. ^77. 3. a—f. Quiescent Verbs. 

Note 1. — The synopsis of a stem includes (1) the Perf. 3 m. sg., 
(2) the Impf. 3 m. sg., (3) the Imv. 2 m. sg., (4) the two Infinitives, 
(5) the Participle or Participles. 

Note 2. — In this general review of the strong verb, master the 
synopsis of each stem, so that it can be pronounced without hesita- 
tion, and written with perfect accuracy. 

Note 3. — In this work use the following verbs in addition to the 
paradigm word : (1) ^\^f2 '>'ule, (2) ^jl3 icrite, (3) lO'^ capture. 

- T - T - T 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, Lists V. and VI., nouns numbered 31—45. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 24, 25. 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will rule, he ruled 
himself^ he will he caused to rule, he thou (m.) ruled; (2) He will he 
kept, keep f/i?/seZ/(Niph.), he caused to keep, to he caused to keep; (3) 
He was holy, he shall he sanctified, sanctify thou (Pi'el and Hiph'il), 
it shall he sanctified; (4) To he created, heing created, causing to 
divide, to cattse to call, ruled, heing caused to keep. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) God will not forsake me; 
(2) My mother will write to me; (3) The man and the ivoman hecame 
(Heb., ivere for) one flesh; (4) The man loas called Adam; (5) The 
woman forsook her mother, and clave to her hushand. 

3. To be translated into English :— (1) ^t^'tp^ ir;;n tib ] (2) N'? 



Lesson 25. 99 



4. To be written in English letters : — Verses 24, 25 of Chapter 
II. , from tlie pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses ^^, 25 of 
Chapter II., from the nnj^ouited text. 

6. Synopses to be written : — (1) Of 7*1^ in Ni. and Hi.; (2) of 

~ T 

t^p? '^'^ Pi- «"^ P^-5 (3) of '7tr"3 'i*'^ Q^l^ Pi- Pu. a?icZ Hi.; (4) of 
*)Dt ^'« Qal, Ni. and Hi.; (5) o/^M ^*>i a^l seven stems; (6) o/1^3 

-T |- T •• T 

(which has a in Qal Impf. and Imv.) in Qal, Ni., Pi., Pii., Hi., Hithp. 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) Attenuation of a to i in the preformatives of the Qal Impf. 
(2) The occurrence of an original a before gutturals in the preform- 
atives of the Qal Impf. (3) Waw Conversive, or Consecutive, with 
the Perf., with the Impf. (4) The words for 7nan, icoman, his-ioife, 
her-hushand. (5) Dual ending in absolute and construct. (6) Short- 
ening of e to e and i. (7) Synopses in various stems. (8) Character- 
istics of various stems. (9) Classes of weak verbs. 



LESSON XXV.-REVIEW. 

7. Word-Review. 

[In this list of words, the superior figures indicate the verse in which the 
word, or its derivative, is found. In the case of nouns, the singular absolute 
is given, in the case of verbs, the root. The student is expected to compare 
with each word as here given, the various forms of that word which occur in 
the chapter, e. g., with Hpli^ he will compare Xy'p^JT} he-caused-to-drink, Piippllh 
tocause-to-drink.'] 

I. VERBS, 



tr'-ip^ 


:^i:p' 


HiDr 


n)f2'' 


— T 


'?Dii'' 


Diir« 


n'?^; 


b^^'^ 


— T 


i^X' 


NB'' 


r\y^^ 


1*ir)io 


n::D^i 


N^O^^ 


^T' 


C.*l3-5 


np^-« 










rrji3=2 



100 




Lesso: 


N 25. 








2. NOUNS, PARTICLES, 1 


ETC. 




n^^5 


NDV^ 


^^A'' 


Dv->n7 


nt^'N'' 


25<^* 


^'^^^ 


r'pv'' 


T T 


D'?.^^ 


^518 


\W- 


— J 


D'7p' 


T T : 


T : 


nbi^'^ 


IN" 


Dp' 


n?^^ 


IV}' 


NV 


T T 


I'N' 


Dl?^'ii 


tr"N"nio 


^# 


•^^Np" 


U^ 


^♦'{^23 


nn^iii^ 


yy 


DVJ;^'' 


^ID^" 


HVT' 


DN«* 


T •• : - 


VT 


Dnj;25 


T T : 


'T 


fIN' 






Di^i'' 


n?<i5' 


3nF n;^3n!sti» 



P. Verse-Review. 

1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 

2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each 
verse can be pointed without mistake. 

3. "Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only 
the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result 
each time by the pointed text. 

4. Write out the transliteration of each verse, referring in 
doubtful cases to the transliteration of particular words given in 
the Notes from time to time. 



1. Long 6 = a, § 30. 6. a. 

2. Long 6 = aw, I 30. 7. a, c, d. 

3. Heightening of a, i, ii, I 36. 

2. N. [and N. 2. 

4. Volatilization, ^ 36. 3. a, h. 

5. Attenuation, I 36. 4.«, h. 



8. Grammar-Review. 

6. Simple verb-stem (Qal), I 58, 
1, 2. a-c, Notes 1-4. 

7. Formation and force of the 
Pfel stem, I 59. 1, 2. 

8. Formation and force of the 
Pii al stem, I 59. 3, 4. 



Lesson 25. 101 



9. Formation and force of the 17. Inflection of Qal Imperfect 
Hitlipa el stem, § 59. 5, 6. (stative), I 67. 1-3. 

10. Formation and force of Hiph. 18. Inflection of remaining Inl- 

and Hoph. stems, I 60. 1-4. perfects, § 68. 1-5. 

11. Formation and force of the 19. Inflection of the various Im- 

Niph'al stem, I 61. 1, 2. peratives, ? 69. 1, 2. 

12. Greneral view of the verb- 20. The various Infinitives (abs. 

stems, I 62. R's 1-4. and const.), § 70. 1, 2. 

13. Inflection of Qal Perf. (act- 21. The various Participles, ^71. 

ive), § 63. R"s 1-4. 1-3. 

14. Inflection of Qal Perf. (sta- 22. General view of the strong 

tive), § 64. 1-3. verb, I 75. R's 1-7. 

15. Inflection of remaining Per- 23. Classification of weak verbs, 

fects, § 65. 1, 2. U7. 1-3. 

16. Inflection of Qal Imperfect 24. Segholate nouns, § 106. 1. 

(active), § 66. R's 1-4. 

4. A Review Exercise on the Strong Verb. 

[ Supply in each case the vowel-points, etc. ; the superior figures denote the 
number of places in the paradigm represented by the accompanying form, e. 

g., |n'7Dp3= \rii\2^, jJ^'p^Pp' i^^^p-l 

(1) fn'^Dp^ (2) '>^\2'pr\\ (3) rrj'?Dp-, (4) on'^Dpj, (5) 
•^'^Dpn^, (6) rb\2\)n\ (T) '?^Dp^ (s) i^^topnn, (9) n:':^Dpnn, 
(10) rh\:^lpr\r^^ (n) 'i'\'o'p^ (i2) rr':'Dpn, ds) '?^t3p^e, (i4) 
Dnyopn^ (15) ^LDp.T, (16) Vc\)r\\ (i7) 'it2'pr\r\^ ds) 
1'?^Dp^ (19) n'^^Dpn, (20) ^'7\2\>'n, (2i) r^t^'c\^r\'^ m 
^:h'o'p\ (23) ro\>r\'\ (24)^Dp.!D^ (25) iSvopn-\ (26) n^topnn, 
(27) ^^Dp^, (28) ':'£opnn^ (29) I'^Dpnn, (so '^^op,!:, od 
^^Dpn^ (32) n'^topi (33) I'^tDp^ (34) ':'tDp^^^ (35) "^^o^nk 
(36) ^'T^Dpn, (37) n':^'L:p:2, (.38) iH^pn^ (39) ':)t:pni [m 
V\:i\:^r\r2, (4i) •I'^^Dpn, (42) on^Dpnn, (43) r^t)\2\>r^^ (44) 
i^Dpi (45) ^-i'7LDp^ (46) sop^s, (47) '^topy, (48) n^'^Dpnm 



102 Lesson 26. 



(49) i7tDpnn'', (50) ^^btDpn^ m) ^n^opi (52) ^^Dp^, (53) 
]r\biDpx (54) nbiDp^ m i7i^p'', m 'b'tDpn, (57) \r\btpn^ 
(58) )rcpr\\ (59) ^Dpl^ m n'^op^ (61) ij'?tDpi (62) 
'riitDpn', (63) Dn'^LDp^ (64) ^n'^Dpnn, (65) '^'y^pnn. m) 
"^'Dpn^ (67) p'r'Dpnn, (68) »'?opnn» 



LESSON XXVI.-GENESIS III. 1-3. 

7. Note-Review. 

(l).p(49); (2) '7b (108); (3) fl^H (128); (4) rr*7.^n (171); (5) 
n-f K (255); (6) J^Jt; (70); (7) fipT (189); (8) tjln? (41); (9) 1JDD 
(229). 

.2. /l/(?7-£5. 

273. ^ni'n"\~€ind-t]ie-serpent: U 49. 1; 45. 1; 107. 1. a. 

T T - : 

274. ^r^*l— Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the '^ gut. and H"^ verb ^l^'^ 

T T f_ ''' ^ 

he; meaning, lie-was; corresponding form of the strong verb, /Dp, 
I 100. 1. a. 

275. D*l*ni^ — cunning: a passive formation, ^ 108. 1. c. 

276. nt^J/— Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the 'i] gut. and H"^ verb T]^^}} 
make; meaning, he-made; corresponding form of the strong verb, 
'^Dp, I 100. 1. a. 

2ni. ^|K — aph — also, even: a conjunction. 

278. ")PK— Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the K"5 verb ^DK; meaning, 
lie-said; cor. form of strong verb, 7L0p, H 88. 1; 89. (5). 

279. t>'2^r\-^'^-^o'-\\i'\u-ye-sliall-eat; cf . np^^^1 : 

a. jl = tliou, and with the affix ^ (plur.) indicates Impf. 2 pi. m. 
Z>. The ^}, as in *l,tDJ<i''1, loses its force, and preform, has 6, § 88. 1. 
c. The — tinder ^' is for -^ or — ?^ 88. 2; 66. K 3. 

280. *1DKnV~wat-t6'-mer — and-slie-said : 

-1 - 

a. On the form of Waw Consecutive with Impf. see § 73. 2. a. 



Lesson 26. 



103 



h. On the retrocession of the accent, ^ 73. 3. a. (3). 
c. On the vowel after p (o), and the vowel under (e), § 88. 1, 2. 
(2. Qal Impf. 3 f. sg. of the J<"|} verb ^^K s^Z// meaning, she-will- 
say; corresponding form of the strong verb, 7lOpil- 

281. '?^^^^— no'-khel— i6^e-ma?/-ea^; cf. ID^^V 
a. X as in Ti^^^X ^'^^^\ ^^ connected with ^jhl^K. 

h. ^ loses its force, and the preformative has 6, § 88. 1, 2. 
c. Qal Impf. 1 pi. com., of the {<"£3 verb '^JK; meaning, we-may-eat; 
corresponding form of strong verb 7t0p-!l5 ^ 88. 1, 2, 

282. li^jir*— thig-g"^ u— ?/e-sAa7?-?owcA, for ^J/JI-Ji? • 
a. ]1, with ^, indicates Impf. 2 m. pi. 

i. X ^^^ fi^'st radical, is assimilated, II 84. 2. a; 85. (6). 
c. Qal Impf. 2 m. pi. of the V'^ and '7 gut. verb ^j|^ touch; mean- 
ing, ye-shall-touch; corresponding form of strong verb, ^/Dpri- 

283. ]Q 15 ^^in-The D. 1. in 3 and £), ^ 12. 3. 

284. ]^nOir\—t'mu-tMn—ye-shaU-die; cf. ?lj;in : 

«. ^, with ^ (p archaic, § 66. R. 3), indicates Impf. 2 m. pi. 
6. The root is rX\0 die; — is defective for ^, I 6. 4. N. 2. 

5. Forms for Special Study. 





Ni? 




-I— 




4. 


Observations. 





123. In verbs ^{"5, the J^, in Qal Impf., loses its consonantal 
force, and the preceding vowel is always 6. 

124. In verbs il"'?, where the H is merely a vowel-letter, and in 
verbs K"^i where the t< has lost its consonantal force, the ultimate 



104 Lesson 26. 



-^ of the root form (cf. /Dp) is heightened in the open syllable 

to T. 

125. The prefix ]1 with the affix ^ indicates an Impf. 2 m. pi. 

126. Methegh is found with a long vowel in a closed syllable 
before Maqqeph, and especially with an unchangeable long vowel. 

127. Waw Consecutive with the Imperfect draws the accent 
from the ultima to the penult, provided the penult is not a dosed 
syllable. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ? 73. 1. a. h, Use of Impf. and Perf. with Waw Cons. 

2. I 73. 2. a. b, The form of the Conjunction. 

3. § 73. 3. a. h, The verbal form employed. 

4. g 73. 3. R. and N's. 1, 2, Special cases. 

5. I 88. 1, 2, Peculiarities of verbs ^"Q. 

6. ^ 89, The verbs having these peculiarities. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VL, nouns numbered 46 — 60. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Grenesis III. 1 — 3. 

7. Principles of Syntax.— Comparison. 

nntrn n^'n ^dd on;^ r\'n t'mn)-And the serpent was 

V T - 't t t t t - : 

cunnmg from every (= more cunning than any) Least of tlie field. 

m 

Principle 6. — Comparison is expressed by means of the prep. f^. 

8. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) The sini is larger than 
(Heb., great from) the moon; (2) The man is better than the woman; 
(3) The woman is better than the man; (4) We may eat of all good 
fruit; (5) ^he may eat from the fruit of the tree which is in the midst 
of the garden; (6) We may say, ye (m.) may say, she will say, I will 
say, ' ^ > . 



Lesson 26. 106 



2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) God created the heavens^ 
and made the himinaries; (2) He made (the) man in the sixth day^ 
and rested in the seventh day; (3) He will sanctify the seventh day, 
and will rest in it; (4) The man icill give food to the cattle, and to 
Hie fowl of the heavens, and icill give (Heb., call) to them ncuncs. 

a To be translated into English:— (1) rS'ZZ^^^ Plb^l/'; (2) fl^^' 

nnoNi; (6) in'?,!:'! ns^ (7) n^^riiN"? ^^n1 ins^ nn:in 

-n-:-T: :|t :• "tt;-; tt: --t" tt- 

D»:rNn. 

T 

4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
III 1-3. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 1-3 of 
Ge7i^sis III., from €ie unpointed text. 

6. To be described-.i-The forms rTWV (1:21),2 ijD* (2:21), fn» 
(1:17), Nnj^^ (2:23), '^^5! (1:4), t^'lp^ (2:3). 

9. Topics for Study. 

(1) The ^^ of verbs K"^. (2) The vowel of the preformative in 
the Qal Impf. of verbs K"t3. (3) The stem-vowel of verbs ^$"£3 in 
the Qal Impf. (4) Waw Consecutive with the Impf. (5) Waw 
Consecutive with the Perfect. (6) First radical of verbs V'^. (7) 

Hiph'il Impf. with Waw Consecutive. (8) The H of H"'? Impf's 

with "Waw Consecutive. (9) Change of accent with Waw Consecu- 
tive. (10) D. 1. after a disjunctive accent. (11) The use of Methegh 
before Maqqeph. 



1 The description of a verb includes a statement of (1) the stova, (2) ten =8, (3> 
pers., gen., num., (4) class, (5) root, with its meaning, (6) meaning of the form, 
(T) corresponding form of lOp', this order is to be followed rigidly. 

2 These figures refer to the chapter and verse of thje text in which the form 
occurs. 



106 Lesson 27. 



LESSON XXVII.-GENESISIII.4-6. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) niD (231); (2) pnpi;i (284); (3) IJD? (229); (4) J^^J (199); 
(5) ^e*l^ (Principle 5). 

285. i^"t^ — y6-dhe(a)' — knowing, = knows; cf . J^l'f : 

a. Qal act. part. sg. mase. of the V'5 and '^ guttural verb yi* know; 

meaning, knowing; corresponding form, ^t^p- 
h. The -^ under ^ is Pathah/Mr^2t;e, ?| 82. 1. c. (3); 01. (4). 

286. D5'75^~'"^^o-l''^^em— ?/o?<r-ra^i«Y7; cf. T|'7^K : 
a. The ~f under ^ is S shortened from o, § 74. 3. a. (1). 
Z>. Qal Inf. const., for 7^^^, with pronominal sufl&x Dp. 

287. ^np5.?*! — and-sTiall-he-opened : 

a. The ) is Wuw Consecutive with the Perfect, ? 73. 2. h, 
h. The ^ is the characteristic of the Niph'al, I 61. 1. 
c. Niph'al Perf. 3 c. plur. of the '^ gut. verb llpS open; meaning, 
tliey-iL^erc-opened; corresponding form, ^'^pp^. 

288. D5^4^i?~'^''^^"^^^^^ — y^^^ ^y^^ ' 

a. Eye |^^; [two] eyes D^J^I^i {two] eyes-of*'^*'];, I 123. 5. 
l). The grave suffix Q^j always accented, \ 61. 1. h. 

289. DH^^m— wili-yi-them— a7?<i-?/e-s^a?Z-5e ; 

a. \ so written before a consonant with S'wa, is Waw Consecutire. 
?>. Dn is the personal termination of the Perf. 2 m. plur. 
c. First radical H, second ^ third ^; — under jl silent. 

290. D^i'?^t^-ke'-16-him— ZiA;e- 6^ot^ .• 

ct. For D*^^^?^ according to I 47. 3; but J«^ is weak and loses its 
consonantal force, and -r unites with — , forming e, § 47. K 1. 

291. ^j;i^— yo-dh^'e— ^«ow;ers-o/; cf. j;iM285) : 
a. The m. plur. const, of ^"i;^; note the ending ^_. 

^92. K'linl— wat-te-rg'— a?2c?-(she)-5ai(;; cf. Kl*^*) ^"^^-(be)-saio.- 



Lesson 27. 107 



a. Full form HNt^r) (cf. Ti^'^T}]), but H-^ is dropped [1 100. 5. h\ 
leaving ^{'^^^; then a helping t is inserted (§ 37. 2), and -^, now 
standing under the tone, is heightened [I 100. 5. h. (4)). 

293. niKH — (a-) delight: a noun formed by prefix JH, ? Ho* 

T -: I" 

294. W'T]fl—to-tlie-itwo]-eyes: U 45, R. 3; 122. 5. a. 

295. IDfl^^ — neh-madh — desirable : 

a. Niph. part, of the 'Q gut. verb ^^H desire; meaning, desired or 
desirable; corresponding form 7tOp^i but the -^ has become ~ 
before H, ^ 78, 2. 6. 

5. The strong guttural (1 has simple (silent) S'wa, § 78. 3. c. 

296. '?^Db^n'? — Phas-kil— ^o-7?ia^e-iozse .• 

a. Hiph. Inf. const, of /Dti^ be icise; corresponding form 7^pp»l- 

b. Synopsis: ^^D^H, b~'i'V^\ '?Dt^n, ^^^H, "^^DC^H, ^^^D^O; 
— note the "^ under preformative, except in Perfect. 

297. 'inQf2-from-{ts-fruit: (1) fp, (2) H?, (3)1. 

298. jnni — and-sTie-gave : feminine of \T)^^ (94). 

299. T\t2]? — 'im-mah — wiih-lier; preposition Q^* : 

a. n 5 arising by contraction from jl , must be ah, not ah. 

T T -IT 

5. Forms for Special Study. 






4. Observations. 

128. The ending ^ is the construct ending of dual as well as of 

plural nouns. 

129. The letter H? of ^^*^ ^^j always takes simple (silent) S'wa, 
unless it is initial. 

130. The Niph'al Perfect and Participle has the prefix ^. 



1 The point in D is a Daghes, noting the fact that the prec. S«wa is silent. 



108 Lesson 27. 



131. The "^ under J«{ sometimes contracts with a preceding — 

and gives ~^ (e). 

132. Any 3 masc. sg. verbal form of the Imperfect may be made 
3 /em. sg. by change of ^ to J^. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 78. Tabular view, Synopsis of 7DJ^ in various stems. 

2. § 78. 1, Rejection of D. f. by the guttural. 

3. § 78. 2. a, h, Preference of gutturals for a-class vowels. 

4. ? 78. 3. a — c?, Preference of gutturals for comp'd S'wa. 

5. § 42. 1 — 3, Peculiarities of gutturals [to he read). 

Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs, (1) examine closely 
the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) ana- 
lyze exhaustively all forms given under § 78. with which you are 
familiar, (3) master thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, 
(4) write without help a complete paradigm of the verb, (5) compare 
the result with the paradigm given in the grammar. 

Note 2. — In the study of '^ gut. verbs use for practice (1) 1f2}^ 
stand, (2) ID^^ serve, (3) ptH he strong. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VI., nouns uumbered 61 — 76. 

2. Make out a list of th^ new^wDrds in Genesis III. 4-6. 

7. Principles of Syntax. 

D^rt^N i?i^ ^^—For God (is) knowing = For God knows. 
,D:)^^^y ^npiD^l Mlf2^ DD75K OV:i-I^i the day of your eating 
fromi it, THEN shall he opened your eyes. 

Principle 7. — The participle is often used for the present tense. 
Principle 8. — The conjunction ") is frequently used "to connect 
a statement of time with the clause to which it relates." 



Lesson 27. 109 



8. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) She caused to serve ; (2) 
He will he strong ; (3) She was served; (4) I caused to stand; (5) 
They will cause to stand ; (6) Thou (f.) loilt he caused to stand; (7) 
It will he said; (8) She will ahandon; (9) Ye (m.) did abandon; (10) 
I will he served; (11) Be thou served; (12) To he ahandoned; (13) We 
shall serve; (14) Ye (m.) s7i«7Z stand; (15) ^e strong. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Serving thou shalt serve 
Jehovah; (2) And the man saw the good fruit ; (3) And the woman 
saw that the fruit was good ; (4) Their eyes were opened ; (5) In the 
day of your ruling the earth; (6) The woman will eat the fruity and 
of [= from) it she will give to her hushand, who icill eat loitli her 

3. To be translated into English :— (1) nSn^riiV n^KH nflp^ 

tr\^^ \r\ry\ ; (2) m^t^ n'^^^i n^n n^n-n.s* i^^' 'P ; \'^) f J?«> 
"I'^^prt? iDfi^; (4) |^;?n "'"^^-'m iDfi! t^'^^n; (5) u'Tfik 

4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
III Jt-6. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 4 — ^ of 
Genesis III. ^ from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out: — Synopses, as indicated in ^ 79, of the 
verbs numbered 6, 9, 11, 20, 24. 

7. To be described :— The forms HN'^p, TilV^ '^[V^j n'lt^i^' 

iDi^' rim^. ri^v;^, -im): 

9. Topics for Study. 

(1) Dual abs. affix. (2) Dual const, affix. (3) H with ". (4) And- 
he-saic, and-she-saw. (5) Apocopation of Tl _. (6) Formation of 
feminine nouns. (7) Sj^nopsis in Hiph. of 7^^. (8) Contraction 

~ T 

of — and —. (9) Synopses of verbs '£) guttural. (10) Peculiarities 
of verbs '^ guttural. 



no Lesson 28. 



LESSON XXVm.-GENESIS 111.7-10. 

7. Note-Review. 
(1) D.^J^' (88,270); (2) r\r\ (15); (3) 1n^'^^ (268); (4) ^:§ (13); 
(5) riin?(41); (6) jir?(189); (7) Kn|7_1(29); (8) 0-115^(131). 

2. Notes. 

300. rr^rrMfll— <^^c?-(tliey,f.)-i^ere-openec?; cf. ^"tp^ : 

a. Niph'al (note D. f. i?i and t under |3), Impf. 3 fern. (Hj) plur. of 
the '7 guttural root np5 ; corresponding form T\i^'OT^T\. 

301. ^j^j;-'e-ne-ei/e5-o/; cf. DD^^^j;. (288), D*^i*;/(294). 

302. ^i^^^l — way-ye-dh^'u — and-tliey-knew : 

a. Qal Impf. 3 m. plur. of the V'£3 and '^ gut. verb j/"|^ know, 
h. Corresponding form, ^7tpp* ; the first radical \ being weak, drops 
out, and -r- now standing in an open syl., is heightened, ^ 90. 2. a. (1), 
c. Methegh with long vowel before vocal S'wa pretonic, ? 18. 2. 

303. 0*5*1*1^. — 'e-rum-mim — naked: irregular plural of C^^J^. 

304. Dn~"hem — they{m.) : cf. the other form t^f^tl, pron. suf. QH. 

305. ^"iSn*'*) — way-yith-p'ru — and-tJiey- sewed : 

a. Q&l Impf. 3 m. sj.'of ^j^H sew; cor. form, ^'^Dp^; 3 m. 5^7. "isri^ 

h. Synopsis: n^n, i5n^ n^n, ni^in, im HiDh, ni£3n. 

- T : • : T : •• t 

308. :ibil-''^e-leaf-of: abs. sg. ^'7;;. 

397. n<3J^il — th''e-na— ^^-^ree ; note the Zaqeph-qaton. 

T •• : 

308. ^t^I^***) — wa,y-y 2i-^^su—and-tJiey-made; cf. \^^^)_and-he-made. 

309. '^^'Op^^—and-thcy-Jieard; cf. T\^iy)_ (305). 

310. ^'\T)—qo\— voice; cf. ^b (kol) all. 

311. n^mnp — walking: Hithpa el participle of TlvM 'M/"^?^. 

312. ^'2r]ty\-and-[}iQ)-hid-idmseif; cf. rj'pnnp. 

313. ^^•''^^ — 'ay-yek-ka — where-{a.rt)-tJiouf : 

T|'.- - 

a. "f^ where, with union syllable ^ , ? 74. 2. c. (3). 



Lesson 28. Ill 



^. il^} a fuller writing for ^, the pronominal suffix. 

314. ^ni^^C^ — I-heard ; corresponding form ^jl'ptOp ; cf. ^IHJI^. 

315. N*1*K1 — wa- 'i-ra' — and-I-toas-afm id : 

■JT ■ It 

a. • \ the Waw Consec, before a guttural, loses D. f. and becomes T 
h. ^ indicates the first person /; the root is ^'li' he-afraid. 
c. The accent T'bhir (.), and that under ^nj7W, Tiphha (J, are 
disjunctives of the third class, § 22. 10, 11. 

316. J^priNt^wa-'e-ha-bhe' — and-I-Md-myself : 
a. On ^ and J{ see preceding note (315. a). 

T , 

h. Niph'al Impf. 1 c. sg. of the '5 gut. and i^"/ verb J^^fl hide. 

T T 

c. D. f. rejected from Hj and preceding vowel heightened, § 78. 1. 



5. Forms for Special Study. 



- T I" T ^ : : ■ ■ n ■ \T ^ :1- •• t |- 



4-. Observations. 

133. •*!, before the^rs^ person (JiJ), becomes V 

134. Of two S'was in the middle of a word the first is a sj'llable- 
divider, the second a half -vowel. 

135. An aspirate, although preceded by a vowel-sound, will have 
D. 1. if the preceding word have a disjunctive accent. 

136. Where a closed syllable would have i, an open syllable has e. 

137. The Hithpa'el is generally reflexive ; the Niph'al was orig- 
inally reflexive, and in common usage frequently has this force. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 80. Tabular View, Synopses of ^^T^ in various stems. 

2. I 80. 1. a, Z>, and N. 1-3, Rejection of D. f. by the guttural. 

3. § 80. 2. a-c^ Preference of the guttural for a. 

4. ? 80. 3, and Notes 1, 2, Preference of the gut. for corap'd S'wa. 

5. § 42. 1-3, Peculiarities of gutturals [to he read). 



112 Lesson 28. 



Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs (1) examine closely 
the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) analyze 
exhaustively all familiar forms given under § 80. 1-3, (3) master 
thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, (4) write witliout 
help a complete paradigm of the verb, and (5) compare tbe result 
with the pamdigm given in the grammar. 

Note 2. — In the study of 'j/ gut. verbs, use for practice (1) '^JStJI 
redeem, (2) ^HD hasten, (3) JlHt^' destroy, (4) T]^^ hless. 



6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the "Word-Lists, under List VII., the nouns numbered 77 — 84. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 7 — 10. 

7. Principles of Syntax. 

D^Oti^n nN D^li'^N i^'l^—God created the heavens. 

•J- T - •• • v: T T 

^''Vib^, Un^ '^^yy-'^^^d God Uessed them. 
P5 ^ni^Ol^* ^ /p"^^? — Thy voice I heard in the garden. 

Principle 9. — The object of the verb generally stands after both 
predicate and subject ; but if the object is pronominal it stands be- 
tween the predicate and subject ; or, if the object is to be empha- 
sized it stands hefore both predicate and subject. 

8. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — [\) He will redeem ; (2) Re- 
deem thon{f.)', (3) They {m.) ic ill redeem; (4) Ye blessed (PI); (5) 
We shall he blessed; (6) Bless ye (m.) ; (7) Thou sJialf be blessed; 
(8) Thou didst hasten (Pi.) ; (9) We shall hasten; (10) To destroy 
(Pi.); (11) Destroying; (12) Ye destroyed. 

- 2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Thou didst hear the voice 
of God from the heavens ; (2) I/et us mahe for ourselves large gird- 
les ; (3) They will hide themselves (Ni., or Hithp.) in the garden ; (4) 



Lesson 29. 113 



This is the day in which Jehovah spoke to the man in the midst of 
the garden of Eden; (5) God hicsscd the man and his seed; (6) Bless 
thou (f.), wy soul, the God of the heavens. 

3. To be translated into English:-(1) niH^'n.Nt D^5u^'^ I^ID*; 

(4) a§^'n ^n'??^ t]n3; (5) nin; d^' TjiD! p$<n ^d5- 

4. To be written in English letters : — T?ie new tvords of Genesis 
III. 7-10. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 7 — 10 of 
Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out: — Synopses as indicated in I 81, of the 
verbs numbered 2, 3, 8, 19, 24, 27. 

7. To be described :— The forms tjinn, HiDnitD, Dil^^lJ 

9. Topics for Study. 

(1) The *! of verbs V'£) in the Qal Impf. (2) The vowels 6 and o. 
(3) Cases of Niph'al and Hithpa'el stems in this Lesson. (4) O be- 
fore i^. (5) The peculiarities of gutturals as exhibited in verbs '^ 
guttural. (6) Synopses of verbs '^ guttural. (7) Synopses of the 
strong verb ^^p. (8) The personal pronoun. (9) The inseparable 
prepositions. (10) The Waw Consec. with Perfect and Imperfect. 



LESSON XXIX.-GENESIS ML 11-14. 

7. Note-Review. 

(1) i:iDD (229) ; (2) Dli^n (131) ; (3) 'H'm (255) ; (4) ^'O (49) ; 

JV • T T |T T • ' I • 

(5) ^mn^ (280); (6) t^'mn (273); (7) n^n:: (125); (s) n-^n (128); 

V -I - T T - T •• ; — 

(9) mtrn (171); (10) ^D^n (228). 



114 Lesson 29. 



2. Notes. 

317. n^^n— (^e) made-known; cf. ytDt^H, i?l^\ flS* : 

a. Hipli'il (H) Perfect 3 sg. m. of the ?"£) '^erb 1^^ make known, 

b. Cor. form, b^'tDpH ; Synopsis, n^^lH, y}\ ijih i;\\l, ^^n 
n^l5 ; tlie D. f. in jl is for the assimilated 1 ^ 84. 2. 6. 

318. '^ — preposition ^, with suffix ^, ? 51. 3. 

319. nnX-pausal for nilK, ^§ 50. 2 ; 38. 2. 

320. fPi*!— h*min— f/ro/Ti, §§46. 1; 48. 

321. ^^n^lV — §iw-wi-thi-kha — I-commanded-thee; cf. *)V^1 : 
a. Pi'el Perf. 1 sg. of the ^"'^ verb Hl'^ co»ma?ic?, ^ 100. 

h. Cor. form, ^^fl'p^p » ^^^ instead of ^^ , we have ^ = e = i ; 

§ 100. 3. Z^. " ' " ' 

c. ^i^ = /; ?| = ^7^66; D. f. in 'I, characteristic of Pi'el. 

322. ^^^75^ — to-not: prep. ^, and ^H^^' *^® ^^^- ^^^^ ^^^^ Inf 's. 

323. "'?DK — "*kh6lH {to)-ea#; Qal Inf. const, before Maqqeph, 

? 17. 2. 

324. iinn^ — na-that-ta — tliou-gavest; cf. n'p^p • 

a. Qal Perf' 2%g. m. of the p£) verb JHl § 84.' 2. R. 3. 

6. The J^ at the end is not usual ; the ending is generally f^. 

. T 

325. ^"iDi^^'ini-ma-dhi — with-me: note Zaqeph qaton, ^ 24. 4. 

326. ^'P'nin^^ Nin— bi' na-th^nal+li— s/ie gave-{-to-me, § 15. 3 : 
a. The pronoun used as subject of a verb is expressed whenever, 

as here, it is emphatic. 

327. ^p^)-via-'^-khe\—and-I-ate; cf. NDflNJ, N^iVV 

«• ^^5^ is for '?5NJ<, of which the radical J< [s lost, §"^88.^1. N. 
h. O. the form of Waw Consecutive with the Impf., becomes *1 be- 
fore ^, I 73. 2. a. (2). 

328. HNlmD— maz+zoth— w;/ia^+</u5.? U 54. 2. a; 52. 1. c. 

329. r\'''\^V—t^^ou-[l)-}iast-done; r\=tlioii (f.) ; on ^_ see ^ 100. 3. h. 

330. ^^J<*ti^n— bis-si-'a-ni— (he) deceived-me; cf. "I^JIH ^ 



Lesson 29. 115 



a. ^J is the pron. suf. of 1st pers., -^ the so-called connecting vowel, 

§ 74. 1. c. N. 1. 
2>. N^li^l, Hiph. Perf. 3 m. sg. of Kt:^'! <D being assim., § 84. 2. 5. 

T T 

331. JINT D^C^l^ — 'a-si-thaz zoth — tliou-[m.)-liast-done this : 

6. D. f. in t is conj., llo.Z\ accent over jli^t) S'gholta, ? 24. 3. 

332. ^^15^— 'a-rur— ciirsec?; Qal Part. Pass, of *T)X, ? 71. 1. c. 

333. !r|^h^-%-z>e%; cf. D^'?!^, niNp : 

a. The — of Jlnj becomes — when the suf. is added, I 125. 1. a. 
h. The 6 is written defectively ; the suffix is '7\ with t. 

334. Tl^n— the-lekh — tJiou-shalt-go : 

a. The root is Tj^pn, or 'nH\ U 102. 14, 15 ; 90. 2. R. 3. 
Z>. The prefix Jl = ^/low (m.); cor. form of /COp is '^lOpri. 

335. '^ty—ddys-of; sg. DV, plur. D^P^ pl^r- const. \tp\ 

336. ^^TT — hay-ye-kha — thy-Uves ; from the plur. D^"**!! : 
a. On the vowel ^ (e) see I 30. 5 and Z). 

3. Forms for Special Study. 

T -I- '^T • T : |T T : |T T T AT 

- • T T J- 't t -I- t t : |t t 

4. Observations. 

138. The radical ^, when it would stand at the end of a syllable, 
is assimilated. 

139. The Interrog. pronouns are ^p wJiof, and -n^D ichatf. 

140. ^ = f/iojt (m.), ]^ = ^AoM (f.), but both have their aspirated 
sound [th] when a vowel precedes. 

141. D. f. conj. may or may not be accompanied by Maqqeph. 

142. The personal termination ^ thou (m.) is generally written 

T 

without, though sometimes with, the vowel-letter H- 



116 Lesson 29. 



143. In pause "^ becomes —, and frequently the tone is shifted 
from the ultima to the penult. 

5. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. I 82. Tabular Yiew, Synopses of fltOp in various stems 

2. I 82. 1. a, 6, Preference of the guttural for a. 

3. I 82. 1. c, Insertion of Pathah-furtive. 

4. I 82. 1. c?, Insertion of "^ in Perfects 2 f . sg. 

5. I 82. 2, Preference of the gut. for comp'd S'wa. 

6. I 82. 2, Notes 1, 2, The Niph. and Pi'el Inf's abs. 

7. I 42. 1-3, Peculiarities of gutturals [to he learned), 

Note 1. — Treat as directed in former Lessons the familiar forms 
in I 82. 1, 2. 

Note 2. — In the study of '^ guttural verbs use for practice (1) 
n^b anoint, (2) tb^ send, (3) ^'Z'^ swear, (4) ^0^' liear. 

6. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List YIL, nouns numbered 85—94. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 11 — 14. 

7. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) I will anoint; (2) He will 
cause to anoint; (3) Sending, sent; (4) Thou (f.) didst hear; (5) Jle 
will send; (6) / swore (Niph.); (7) / will swear; (8) JShe caused to 
send; (9) To anoint; (10) We shall send {We\); (11) Cause thou [m..) 
to send; (12) To he sent. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He told the man that he 
was good; (2) Hast thou eaten fruit from the t7'ee of lives? (3) Who 
gave the woman to the man? (4) He gave me fruit and I ate ; (5) She 
gave him fruit and he ate; (6) I gave her fruit and we ale. 

3. To be translated into English :-(l) |*j;n-|p WN^fl fllD^ 

(2)n4<r ntr;^ ^d; o) ^:)Kni nt^Nrr-nK trmn N^trrr; (4) 

T 't • - - T • T ■• T T - • • 



Lesson 30. 117 



iimb D^^Dn-pn; (5) ijdd nnx '^ijn; (6) nin:i-nD 

T : )j-T -J- - I • -: jv • T - T -: t : |t - 

• T T • It 

4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
III. 11-U. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses II-I4 of 
chapter III., from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out :— Synopses as indicated in I 83, of the 
verbs numbered 1, 2, 9, 11, 20, 22. 

7. To be described :— The forms ^DV^ ^^\^ P^^ HDV!' J?1t, 

8. Topics for Study. 

(1) The j of verbs f "^ in the Hiph. (2) He Interrogative. (3) 
The negative used with the Infinitive. (4) The peculiarities of the 
verb filj. (5) O before J<. (6) D. f. conjunctive. (7) The Interrog- 
ative pronouns. (8) ^ and nD- (9) The peculiarities of gutturals 

T, T 

as exhibited in verbs '7 guttural. (10) Pathah-furtive. (11) The 
helping-vowel -^ in Perfects 2 f . sg. (12) Synopses of the strong 
verb. (13) Synopses of the '^ guttural verb llDp' 



LESSON XXX.-GENESIS III. 15-17. 

7. Notes. 

337. n!}^N1 — W'e-bha — and-enmity: a fem. noun, from root y'^. 

T •• : - T 

338. TVp^—I-fJi^ill-pnt; K = I, the root being r\*'p {*'"]}) put: 
a. Observe the R''bhi(a)', I 24. 5. h. 

339. 'TV^y—thy-seed; T\]fy_ her-seed; cf . Ij^lf his-seed. 

340. 'nDlui^* — he-shall-hruise-thee; ^^5^^^ thou-shalt-hruise-him: 
a. The Qal Impf . of tjItT" is t)^W\ (3 m.. sg.)," rjlt^^'fl (2 m. sg.). 

h. When the tone is shifted the a under *> and fl becomes t. 

c. '7\ with — = thee (m.); ^^ is a strengthened form of IH ^^^, 

2 74. 2. c. (3) and Note l.""' 



118 Lesson 30. 



341. t^ii^ — head, and Dpi^ heel are accusatives of specification. 

342. n^'in — causing-to-he-great: irreg. for nSIH? Hiph. Inf. 
Abs. of nn*n multiply. 

T T 

343. n5*^X — I-will-cause-to-he-great: Hiph. Impf. 1 sg. of HD*^, 
§ 100. 1. h. ''' 

344. T\^)^)i}?—ig-q'h]id-nekh—thy-{t)-sorroio: 

a. p^'^;? (root ^VJ7, formative addition |1, 1 119. 3) becomes \S2')f)f 

when the tone is shifted, as before the pron. suffix, § 125. 1. a. 
h. The 2 fern. pron. suf. is T[; ^^ is the so-called connecting vowel. 

345. n^l*!?! — fhy-conception: |1*in with T[ and ~, see 344. h. 

346. ^'^^—sonvw: an a-class Segholate. ^ 106. 1. a. 

347. '>'i7S:^~te-Vd'hi—thou-[t)-shalt-hring-forth : 

a. For ^"r'p^ri (cf. ^^^pD)^ but V being weak^ drops out and — , in 
an open sjdlabJe, becomes ^^, ? 90. 2. a. 

b. Root n':)^ = n^) -, Impf. 3 m. sg. 1^7^ for -t':)v. 

c. ^ and ^ are fragments of ^rij<, the older form of ^^, I 50. 3. c. 

348. D*^^ — bha-nim— sons; irreg. plur. of f3 so??. 

349. TinpVLr'n— t'sii-qa-thekh— %-(f .)-^es?Ve ; 
a. Abs. nplCi^n^ a feminine formation, I 115. R. 

?>. Const, rspwn^ suf. r[ with - ; cf. r\'r\r\ (345), ^ji::y;r (344). 

c. Before T[ . ~^ in an open syllable becomes ~t, ? 124. 2. 

350. r]5"^^b^— yim-sol+bakh— 7ie-sAa??-rw/e-f?*"-^Afe (f.) : 
a- "'^tr'o'*' for'^JT/!^* before Maqqeph, I 17. 2; cf. ^3, "^^2' 

T : • : • T 

5. T[3 = in-thee (f.); cf. ^5 '^^^-thee (m.), § 51. 3. 

351. ^^•ir>{— 'is-te-kha— %-26v7e; pausal for !r|r):?^'K. ^ 88. 1. N.: 
nr. Jn indicates the feminine, here attached to tV^ ; cf. const. jlii^K. 

6. S'gholta repeated according to I 23. 6. 

352. nnnN-fem. sg. of inN (332), Qal Part. pass, of IIN* 

T -; T - T 

curse. 

353. ^"11^J[^3~~ba-'*bhu-re-kha — on-account-of-thce : 



Lesson 30. 119 



a. A compound preposition, *1^D375 = on-account-of, for-the-sake-of. 
h. ^ with the preceding — changed to "7" as in ^Ilk^i^j ^ ^^» 1- ^ 
c. D. 1. in 3 because of preceding disjunctive, Tiphha ( J, ? 22. 10> 

354. n^ /5^^^ — to'-kh'^len-na — fhou-{m.)-sJialt-eat-it : 
«• '^^Kn is Qal Impf. 2 sg. masc. of 7^^ ^^f, ^ S8» !• 

h. (13— is for n^ , a strengthened form of Jl, j^st as ^3_ (in 

I^Sitr'n) was for'*in3_; note carefully ^ 74. 2. c. (3) and N. 1,2. 

jr.- : : J'.' 

2. Forms for Special Study. 
3. Observations. 

144. In pausal forms there stands between the verb and the 
pronominal suffix a sj'llable, 3_; the H of IH and H is assimilated 

T 

backwards and represented in the j by D. f. 

145. Between the usual form of the noun and the 2 fern. sing, 
pron. suffix T[ there stands the vowel -^. This is commonly called 
a connecting vowel; it is really an old case-ending (cf. H24. 1. b. (1)). 

146. The of the Qal Impf. is changeable (o), and before Maq- 
qeph becomes 6. 

147. The -r which stands before the suffix 1 is a volatilization 
of an original -^, which in pause is restored, and heightened to e. 

148. The -^ which stands directly before the tone is volatilized 
when the tone is shifted, as before affixes for gender and number. 

4. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ? 84. Tabular Yiew, Synopses of ^^^ in various stemSi 

2. § 84. 1. a, 5, Loss of ^ in Qal Inf. const, and tm\f. 

3. ? 84. 2. a, h, Assimilation of ^. 

4. § 84. 2. N. 1, The preformative vowel in Hoph'al. 

5. § 84. 2. R's 2, 3, The verbs Hp^ and |n^ 



120 Lesson 30. 



Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs, follow the order in- 
dicated in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar 
forms given under ? 84. 1, 2 and Remarks 1 — 3. 

Note 2. — Use for practice (1) *1^^ mahe known, (2) ^£3^ fall, 

-T - T 

(3) lu^^l approach. 

~T 

5. Word-Lesson. 

1. Li the Word-Lists, under List YII., nouns numbered 95 — 104. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 15 — 17. 

6. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Approach thou, to ap- 
proach; (2) She icUl approach, I shall approach; (3) They made 
hnown (Hi.), tliou (f.) icilt mahe hnoicn; (4) It will he made known; 
(5) / shall take, to take, take thou, taking; (6) Thou shalt give, 1 
shall give, to give, give thou (m.); (7) He will fall, he will cause to 
fill. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Between thee and between 
me; (2) Betioeen him and heticeen her; (3) God made known to the 
woman that the man should rule over her; (4) Thou (f.) didst hear 
the voice of tliy husband; (5) Cursed is the earth because thou didst 
eat from this tree; (6) I will give thee food all the days of thy lives. 

3. To be translated into English :—(l) t^*\'<n-^N TOItTH 5 

(2)D^^5 ni^^n -tS? nvr.?; (3) ^yT^\y''?D"!r|'7' '^nnj; 

4. To be written in English letters : — The new loords of Genesis 
III 15—17. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 15 — 17 of 
Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out : — Synopses as indicated in § 85, of the 
verbs numbered 5, 7, 8, 10, 13, 28. 

7. To be described :-The forms nt^}, ;^^, fliDV ;^tD^ II^JH, 



Lesson 31. 121 



7. Topics for Study. 

(1) Strengthened form of the pronominal suffix ^IH, of the pron. 

suf. n. (2) The pron. suf. of the 2 f. sg. (3) Thou (f.) shalt hear. 
(4) The accent S'gholta; its repetition. (5) Cursed (m.), Cursed (f.). 

(6) Change of -r to e. (7) jl and H • (8) Loss of J. (9) Assim- 

ilation of J. (10) -\ in sharpened sj^llables. (11) Synopsis and 
peculiarities of T}p^ ; of fjl^. (12) Synopses of '^tO^ in various 
stems. 



LESSON XXXI.-GENESIS III. 18-21. 

/. Notes. 

355. fl^t2'^r]—she-wiU-cause-to-spring- forth: Hiph. of HDV» 
^82. I.e. (1). ' 

356. Tl"?— pausal for Tp for-tliee (m.); Tf^ =for-thee (f.). 

357. n'?^^^! — Accent on ultima, because of the Waw Consec, 
U 21. 4 ; 73."3. h. 

358. rii?*5 — ^'ze-'ath — in-sioeat-of; const, of Hi^t. 

359. n^3J^ — ap-pe-kha — tliy-nostrils ; from t\^ nose : 

a. Sg. w^N*; dual D^|^^, form before IT] (or H) ^£)N ; cf. ITJ^^ 

6. The Daghes-forte in 5 also serves as Daghes-lene, I 13. 2. N. 1. 

c. On the disjunctive accent Pasta ( ') see II 22. 8 ; 23. 5, 6. 

360. on'?— le-hem— treac?; cf. Dfl'? n^3 Bethlehem. 

361. ^5^1^ — thy-returning ; Qal Inf. const, with pron. suffix: 
a. 9lDP is for ':)pp or 'ppp ; DILT' is for ^^CT" or JV^" 

6. The root is pronounced i^^, because the Perfect ^^ contains 
only two radicals, I 55. 3. 

362. r^:lr^'!2-from-her: for pfJ^O; cf. 1 "IDD for ^n:^r^r2. 1 51. 5. K 

363. DnD'7~lM-Qah-ta — thou-wast-tahen, U 59. 4. &; 38. 2. 

364. DV^*n— ^/ww-5Aa^^re^^Am; cf . ni^tDH (231) ; 

a. Qal Impf. 2 m. sg. of the V'^^ verb lltT' 'turn; cor. form, ^^D' 



122 Lesson 31. 



^- /Dpn is for 7^pr), the ^ being attenuated, the — heightened, 
c. y\lifPi (corresponding to ^ppH) becomes ^*ltJ^ri by contraction 
of 5 to ) and heightening of -=- to ^r. 

365. n^n— haw-wa— jEJi-e; cf. rTTl We. 

t^T - T - 

366. Nin— hi', not hiw'— she: for K\*l, ^ 50. 3. a. 

367. Hn^n — ha-y'tha — she-was : 

a. Qal Perf. 3 f. sg. of the '^) gut., and tl^b verb n\1 ^e, ? 100. 4. 
fe. Methegh with a long vowel before vocal S'wa pretonic, ? 18, 2. 

368. DK-but ION (266): Dl?^ is for pp{<, ? 106. 2. c. 

369. ^n — pausal for ^(1 ; an adjective meaning living. 

370. ilUn^ — koth-noth — tunics-of ; const, pi. of jlJilD- 

: T V -I : 

371. ^'^ln^\ — way-yal-bi-sem — and-he-caused-them-to-put-on : 
a. Hiph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of ^3^, with suffix Q joined by -^, 

h. The -r- under ^ is i, though written defectively. 

2. Forms for Special Study. 

1. Verbal Forms :-n*Pyi?, iP'P^f^l' '^^N^' ^?''^' ^C^iPr"?' 

Ditr'n, nn'n, tri^^i, d^^^^iV 

2. Nominal Forms :-at?y, DH'? ; n^i;;, DIK ; flp, ")1;^. 

5. Principles of Syntax. 

on? /DNH ^*5K ni?t5 — ^^' ^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^/j ^^^ st^ea^ of thy 

nostmls (= face) ^/j-oit s/iaZ^ ea^ bread. 

Priuciple 10. — The preposition ^ may denote the condition in 
which, or the cost at which a thing may be done, i. e., the manner 
or the price. 

4, Grammar-Lesson. 

1. 2 88. 1, 2, The peculiarities of verbs {<"£). 

2. § 98. Tabular View, Synopses of KtOD i" various stems. 



Lesson 31. 123 



3. § 98. 1, Final J< in verbs K"'?. 

4. § 98. 2. a, h, 3. a-c, Medial J< in verbs ^"^. 

Note 1.— In the study of verbs K"£3 and l^"^, follow the order 
.indicated in previous lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar 
forms given under l^ 88. 1, 2 and 98. 1-3, and Remarks. 

Note 2.— Use for practice (1) "ION say, (2) i^'^'Qfind, (3) {^^D 

- T T T t)t 

call. 

5. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., nouns numbered 105 — 115. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III., 18 — 21. 

6. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Ye will say, I shall say, 
she will say, thou (f.) wilt say; (2) I shall eat, we shall eat, they will 
eat; (3) He will he created, he will cause to call, he was created, he 
will he caused to call; (4) They called, she caused to find, thou (f.) 
iDilt find; (5) I created, ye were created, thou wast caused to call, we 
filled (Pi'el); (6) They (f.) ivill call, ye [f.) will he created, call ye (f.). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) The earth caused to sprout 
forth for man grass and herhs and thorns and thistles; (2) Wefou7id 
in the field the fruit which God commanded (HIV) '^^^t to eat; (3) 

T • 

The man shall die, and unto the dust he shall return; (4) I shall call 
the name of my wife Eve; (5) I have found my mother; (6) JEve ivas 
the loife of ( jlt?'^?) Adam, and the mother of all living; (7) Adam 
icas Eves hushand. 

3. To be translated into English :— (1) nifl t^^'^K n^'^ ^D ; (2) 

t't I .• I • T t'^t V : • |T T^T V -: T 

4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
III. 18—21. 



124 Lesson 32. 



5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 18 — 21 of 
Geyiesis III., from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out :— Synopses as indicated in ^ 99, of the 
verbs numbered 1, 4, 8, 9, 15, 18. 

7. To be described :-The forms "IDN^I, '^DKD, *75^^1 Nn^l, 

Nnp^ m^n. Nnp^ ^n':'d, r\mi ^n^n::, n^'^t^. n^?nil, 

T(: • ■• : - "It- : • |-:|t : • jtt t j- t t j-- 

7. Topics for Study. 

(1) The primary form of 'l^tOP- (2) The form ^*)tr. (3) DN, toK- 
(4) Peculiarities of verbs ^"^. (5) Inflection of '^JON in Qal Impf. 
(6) Peculiarities of verbs ^"^. (7) Synopses of ^i^T^ in various 

T )t 

stems. (8) Inflection of J^DD ii^ Q^l Perf., in other Perfects, in 
Impf's and Imv's. 



LESSON XXXII.-GENESIS III. 22-24. 

7. Notes. 

372. fn~ben — behold: same as n^H (145). 

373. 13^P nnN3-^i^'e-o«e-o/Lyrom]-7/5; 

«. nflK is the construct of '^^^^ ; here followed by a preposition. 
^- ^^9P is for IP reduplicated, and ?)J ws, ? 51. 5. a; cf. ^^pp for 
impp. 

374. r^Vfil—to-hiow : Qal Inf. const, of J^T >^?iow;, § 90. 2. 
H. 1; 'p. ^47l5. 

375. ^n*) — wa-hay— a?JcZ-(he-should)-Zi«;e .• 

a. *) is Waw Consec. with Perf., the -^ being pretonic, I 73. 2. Z>. 
5. ^"(1 is Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the ^'y verb '>\T^ live, I 8G. 1. 

376. ^nn'^'ti'^1 — wa -ysal-Mie-hu — and-{= therefore)-(he)-5e7i^ 
Mm : 

a J), f. of Waw Consec. omitted from * because it has not a full 
vowel. 



Lesson 32. 125 



h. Pi'el Impf. 3 m. sg. of the '7 guttural verb tw^ send ; corres- 
ponding form, ^n'?Lpp*- 
c. The pron. suffix ^H joined to the verb hy the vowel ~^. 
Zll. i^i^^—to-till : Qal Inf. const., U 78. 3. a; 47. 3. 

378. DuVP- • • -"li^^? — which. . . .from-there, = whence. 

379. t^njt^l — v^a.-y'gha.-Tes—and-he-drove-out : 
a. This is for 'C^^T)j Hke t^lp^'l, or ^LDp*'! ; but 

h. The ^, having only a S'wa, drops its D. f., while the gut. *) rejects 
its D. f., and "^ under j| becomes "t. 

c. The accent being drawn to the penult bj^ • 1, -^ becomes — • 

d. Pi'el Impf. 3 masc. sg. of the 'y guttural verb t^HJI drive out^ 
I 80. 1. a. 

380. f5t^^l — way-yas-ken — and-he-caused-to-diceU ; cf. '?^5^1 : 

a. Hiph. impf. 3 m. sg. (with -rr-, not *>_J from pt^* diccU, I 73. 3. R. 

381. D^lll")5n — hak-k'ru-bhim — the-cheruhim; — for ^ ; singular 

382. n55nri5n~^^"^"^'^^^'^^P"P^"^^^^^ — the-{one)-turning-it- 
self: cf. rijn-jb, '^ 122. 2. 6. 

383. ibtr'?— lis-mor— fo-Z:e<p; cf. H'l-tDC^''? (223), and IDU'? 
(377). 

.2. Forms for Special Study. 

1. Verbal Forms t-H^n^, n'2t:*\ ^Hl, IHIl'P^'n, (Ip'?, t^^'l^n, 

2. Nominal Forms i-nilN*, D'^i^,- ("l^V D^5")3,. DH^, D^H, Tj"!!. 

3. Principles of Syntax. 

^nv . . .'?DNV . . .np^i 11* n^:r'*-i£) nn;?i-^«^ now, ust he 

jpwi forth his hand and take and eat and live. 



126 Lesson 32. 



Principle 11. — In the narration of actions which are to occur in 
the future, or which can be only conditionally realized, the first 
verb is in the Imperfect while those that follow are in the Perfect 
and connected with the preceding verb by means of Wdw Consec- 
utive (§ 73. 1. h). 

4. Grammar-Lesson. 

1. ^ 100. Tabular View, Synopses of HDD in various stems. 

2. § 100. 1. a—f, Treatment of the 3d radical when final. 

3. ? 100. 2, Treatment of 3d rad. bef . vowel-additions. 

4. I 100. 3. a— e, Treatment of 3d rad. bef. cons.-additions. 

5. I 100. 4, The 3 sg. fern, of Perfects. 

6. I 100. 5. a, h (1) — (8), Apocopated forms [to he 7'ead). 

Note 1.— In the study of verbs tl'/^ follow the order indicated 
In previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given 
under § 100. 1-5. 

Note 2.— Use for practice (1) n'?il reveal, (2) H^^ huild, (3) H'?^ 

T T T T T T 

complete. 

5. Word-Lesson. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List II.. verbs numbered 51 — 60. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 22 — 24. 

6. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He built, he will build, 
building; (2) He commanded {FVe\) , he will command, commanding, 
command thou; (3) To coinmand [Bhs.], to build, to finish (Pfel) ; 
{^) I commanded (Pi e\), we built, thou didst cause to reveal; (5) We 
finished (Pi'el), ye built, they (f.) shall build; (6) They built, they 
(m.) will command, they caused to build; (7) She was, she made, she 
was made, she was caused to reveal, thou (f.) wilt build. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) I shall put forth my hand 
and take the fruit and eat; (2) The man knew good and evil; (3) 
God drove forth (Pf el) the man from Eden because he did that which 



Lesson 32. 127 



God had commanded Tiirn not to do; (4) The man will serve the 
ground whence he teas taken; (5) Behold the sicord turning itself; (6) 
77ie cherubim and the sword will heep the icay of the tree of life. 

3. To be translated into English :—(l) Dip? ^''tll^ P^t^^'l 

(3)i"i5^ D•l^^^^n1^'l did k'?; (4) on^in-ni^ n'rp^, niv 

T T -: It V ^-■.\- V : • t ■.■ ) -.-^ — • v: 

4. To be written in English letters : — The new words of Genesis 
III 22— 2J^. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 22 — 21^. of 
Genesis III. ^ from tJie unpointed text. 

6. To be written out : — Synopses as indicated in § 101a. of the 
verbs numbered 1, 2, 4, 11, 15, 19, 27, 28. 

7. To be described :— The forms tlpt^H, n^?!^*, il'lf^y, llDS, 

D'ltri^, niNn, nb^i^, n^, n?, vn,n^pnin^t?^;;/nrtr^^ 
nn\n, ]y\ "7^), iv;v 

7. rcp/C5 fo/? Study. 

(1) The Pi'el, Pii'al, Hiph'il, and Ilithpa^el stems of tlW- (2) 
The defective writing of ^1. (3) Waw Consecutive with the Perfect. 
(4) Waw Consecutive with the Imperfect. (5) The form nj/'l'?- 
(6) The third radical of verbs called M"^. (7) The treatment of 
this radical when final, before vowel-additions, and before conso- 
nant-additions. (8) The Perf. 3 sg. fem. (9) Apocopated forms. 
(10) S3'nopses of JlkOD i^ various stems. (11) Inflection of HtOD ^^ 

TJT t)t 

Perfects, in Impf's and Imv's. 



128 Lesson 33. 



LESSON XXXIIL-GENESIS IV. 1-4. 

7. Hew Words."" 

(1) nnrr, (2) n^p, (3) m (preposition), (4) r]D^ (5) nt;?, 
(6) ^5n, (7) nj;> (s) j^^'i^, o) j^p, (lo) nmo, (n) nniD?, 
(12) a'?n, (13) nrt^'. 

^. Notes. 

V. 1. nnni, for n"irT|1, ?^ 78. 2. ^i; 78. 3. h, d; 100. 1. h and 

5. 6. (5).— -l'?nr U 90. 2. a (1) ; 73. 3. a. (3).-^Tjp, ? 100. 3. Z>.— 
'^"jIKi preposition with. 

V. 2. r]pni, for r|p1jni, IJ 90. 3. 6; 68. 5. h. (1); 73. 3. a. 
(2) and (3).-rn^'?, U 47. 5; 90. 2. a. (3).-r^T^e, U 121. 2. c; 124. 
1. h. (2); 1=*irT Ms, \ 44. 4. c.-^JH, for ^50, §^38. 2.-nj;h, abs. 
rrj;;^ JUOO. 1. c; 123. 3. 

V. 3. D^pj (= ^'12y\ plur. of Di* (= pV).-N5;'1, for K15\ 
? 94. 1. c.(3),''and 2. a.— nlH^'?, read by Jews ^^IK^, ^^47. R. 2.' 

V. 4. N^5n (= J^inn), l'94. 1. &, and 2. h.-TsVOH'O. U 48. 
1; 122. 3; s.^. TTS^yZ. I 108. 1. a, and 2.-fn5'7TO1 (u-me-he- 
Pblie-hen), II 49. 3; 48. 2 ; 5'7rr (e defective), const, plur. of ^^11, 
§ 125. 4. e; § 51. 1. d.-^^^^ ^for nj^^'\ § 100. 5. 6. (S).-!]!!!)?, 
from nmO, ^^ 122. 2. a. '(2); 124. 2. " ' 

T : • 

5. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 2. — PTwy ^P^l — ^^"^ ^^^^ added to hear = and again she bore. 
Principle 12. — When the second of two verbs expresses the 
principal idea, the first merely modifying it, the second is often 
an infinitive depending upon the first. 



* Consult the Hebrew-English Vocabulary, or a Hebrew Lexicon. Be 
prepared to pronounce, transliterate, describe and define each word. Let 
this work be done before proceeding further in the study of the Lesson. 



Lesson 33. 129 



■ 4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ^ 86. Tabular View, Synopses of DJOp in various stems. 

2. ^ 86. 1. a, h, 2. a — c, The stem-vowel, and the preformative 

vowel. 

3. AYord-Lists, Lists II., III., Verbs numbered 61 — 70. 
Note 1. — Analyze the familiar forms under ^ 86. 1, 2. 

Note 2. — Use for practice (1) 77n hegin, (2) ^^D encompass^ 
(3) '?'?n he light (not heavy). 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He began (Hiph.), to begin, 
beginning; (2) Encompassing, he ivill encompass, he was caused to 
encompass, he will be encompassed; (3) He will be light, he ivill 
make light; (4) Cause to encompass, encornpass thou, he caused to 
encompass, be thou encompassed. 

(2) To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The woman conceived 
and bare a son; (2) The man begat^ a son; (3) And the woman spohe 
again; [^) Abel was a shepherd, and Cain was a tiller of ground; 
(5) Cain brought to Jehovah an offering; (6) Ece was the wife of 
Adam and the mother of Cain and Abel; (7) Abel gave to God from 
the firstlings of his flock. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 1 — 4 of 
Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out: — Synopses in Qal, Niph., Hiph. Hoph. as 
indicated in § 87, of the verbs numbered 2, 4, 5, 6, 11, 12, 14. 

5. To be described :— The forms ^H, "20^ DD, 1D^ ^DH, ^T)\ 

^nn, !iD^, '^mrr, ^d:i. 

6. Topics for Study, 

(1) Apocopation of jl . (2) Loss of *) in Qal Impf. of verbs V'^. 

(3) The ^ of verbs n"7 in Perf. before consonant additions. (4) 



nV in Hlph'll. 



130 Lesson o4. 



The 6 in V'iD Hiph'ils. (5) The Qal Inf. const, of verbs V'^. (6) 

The ^ of tlH before suffixes. (7) The endings H and H in 

n"^ participles and nouns. (8) The preposition ^ before nlH^ and 
DNi':'^. (9) Synopses of DtOp in Qal, Niph., Hiph., and^Hoph. 
(10) The vowel of the stem in verbs j/"J7, of the preformative. 



LESSON XXXIV.-GENESIS IV. 5-8. 

7. New Words. 

(1) nnn, (2) riD'?, m ^iSq, (4) dk, (5) !1D^ (6) 5<b^i (7) 
nr\Q, {^)hmn, (o) pn, (lo) Dip, (n) nn. ' 

'2. Notes. 

V. 5. nrr^ for rT•^^^ ^§ 100. 5. i (5); 73. 3. n. i.-j^p'?, on 

repeated accent, ? 23. (3. — ^'^B*'!' Methegh with a sharpened syl- 
lable ; on assim. of ^, ? 84. 2. a. — V.i5 (pa-naw), ^ 12. 3; on V i 

U24. 3. ^7; cf. V£)K (185). 

V. 0. r\d7 = HD with ^7, the D. f. being firmative, I 15. 6.— 

1 T< T T • , 

n^n, with accent on penult, ^ 21. 1.— tl/, pausal for ^7, 'i 51. 3 
(Tab. View).— in^^^ (pha-ne-kha), on >_ [ei g 124. 3. c. 

V. 7. ^■l':'n (h^lo') ^ 7io?i7?e, § 4G. 1 ; this 6 is for a, I 80. 6.— 
n^tO^n, for D^tO^? (cf. '?^ppn), but>^ becomes e (V) ^ 3^- 4. Z>; 
Hiph. Impf. 2 m'. sg. of ^D^ ^^ 92. 2; 93. (1).— JlK^, a seemingly 
irreg. Qal Inf. const, of K'^l U 102. 13; 84. 1. a.— n^^J^I, ? 23. 6; 
prep. 7K treated as a noun in plur. before the suffix ^, cf . ^^J)9 in 
V. 6, ? 124. 3. c; the -^ becomes "^ in an open syl. — l/lpltJ^^, 
U 124. 2; 18. footnotc.-l:3-'?LrDn, ^^ 17. 2; 51. 3. a. 

T : 

V. 8. VflK, see in v. 2.— DnVn? (bih-yo-tham), on — , I 47. 2; 
on Methegh, g'^lS. 5; on Hi, ^ 100. 1.' c; Q , as in DK^llnHln (167). 
"Dp**! (way-ya-qom), Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of Qlp ; paradigm-form, 
D1D^ ^^nt see § 94. 2. 11.4; the -r under h, in an unaccented closed 



Lesson 34. lol 



s\]., must be o-— ^HJl^in'^^ on -^ under ^, ^ 78. 2. a; on "^ under H, 
§ 78. 3. d; on — , i 74. 2. Z> (1) ; on j, § 16. 2 ; on --r-, ? 74. 2. c. (2) •, 
the second and tliird sj'llables are half -open, ^ 26. 4. 

8. Principles of Syntax. 

y. 7.— jlf^j^ yt?''^) D^5 Nl'?n :— /^ ^^ere ?ioi5 a lifting up, if thou 

doest iceU ? 

Principle 13. — A question expecting an affirmative answer is 
introduced b}' ^'^H {= nonne ?). 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ? 86. 3, 4, i^"i^ stems before vowel and cons, terminations. 

2. ? 86. 4. R. 1, Changes of stem and preformative vowels. 

3. ? 86. 5. a-c, Intensive stems in y^ forms. 

4. "Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 71 — 80, in List IIL 

Note. — After a study of the principles here given, write out a 
complete paradigm of DDH in the Qal, Niph., Hiph., and Hoph. 
stems. 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) She encompassed, they 
caused to encompass, thou (f.) iciJt encompass, they icill he encom- 
passed; (2) Thou didst encompass, I caused to encompass, ice icere 
encompassed, thou icast caused to encompass; (3) Thou wast light, 
thou shalt encompass, I have encompassed, I shall cause to encom- 
pass; (4) Cause ye to encompass, they (f.) will encompass, ye (f.) will 
cause to encompass, encompass ye (f.) 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) The countenance of Cain 
fell, hecause Jehovah looked not with favor upon his offering; (2) 

ViHiy was Cain angry (Heb., why icas it kindled to Cain?); (3) Did 
not God say, let there he light? (4) Did not Abel hring to Jehovah 
from the firstlings of his flock? (5) Did not Cain kill Ah el? (6) 

Why did Cain kill Abel? (7) God icill hless him who shall do v:ell 



132 Lesson 35. 



3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 5 — 8 of 
Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out :— Inflection of the Qal Perf. and Impf. of 
verbs in § 87. numbered 1, 2, 5 ; of the Niph. Perf. and Impf., of 
3, 4 ; of the Hiph. Perf., Impf. and Imv. of 7, 12 ; of the Hoph. 
Perf. and Impf. of 6, 14. 

5. To be described :— The forms 'l^p, H^tltl, ^5prT, ^Dn, 

n'i:iD, hivr^i ni^on, nT:ior), nT:io^ ^'tiiibx'' 6prit2. ' 

TJ- TJ|-: TJ--; T -IV • : t-iv •. • :j- : • | {■• : 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) Repetition of post-positive accents. (2) The ending V • (3) 

D. f. firmative. (4) The ending :n*__. {^) ^^H- (6) The ending jll 
in n"'? Inf's construct. (7) Raphe. (8) Change of — to — (9) 
^"^ stems before vowel-additions. (10) ^^''^ stems before conso- 
nant-additions. (11) y'i^ Intensive stems. 



I 



LESSON XXXV.-GENESIS IV. 9-12. 

7. New Words. 

(1) n% (2) pj;^, (3) nv|)> (4) na (5) -^^ (6) nb, (7) ^:i 

(na'), (8) iMnadh)/ 

T 

2. Notes. 

V. 9. ^f2^% I 88. 2.-:n^nN, I 124. 1. I. (2).-^rl;^-l^ a V'5 
and '7 gut. verb, cf. ^fl /Dp ; on the accent ^, § 24. 4. — "I^^PT, 
U 46. 1; 71. 1. a. * "^ ' 

V. 10. 'Sy'fV^ np, II 54. d; 100. 3. ^.-^p*!, sg. abs., D"!, 
const. D"T, plur. abs. D^P^l, const, ^p*!, §^ 125. 2.'.l; 122. 4. Z;.-- 
Dpij^' §? 71. 1. a; 125. 3.'r. 4 ; plur. in agreement with ^p"^, not 
'^•jp. — ^^K, cf. 'TIvK in V. 7; reallj'^ a plural noun. 

V. 11. nnjj'nm, II 71. 1. c; 38. 2, 3.-nm^, ^^ 18. 2 ; 
100. 4. and N.-h^i}, f/om n£), II 121. 2. c; 124. 1. \. (2).-n(lp'7, 



Lesson 35. 133 



g 47. 5; Qal Inf. const, of hp'?, ^ 8*. 2. R. 2; on -^ under fl in- 
stead of — , ? 37. 2.— ^n^p, pausal for ^yf2, H B8. 1. N.; 124. 1. 
E. 2. 

y. 12. *i^^ri, corresponding' to '^bpH ; on ^, § 78. 2. a; on 
■=r, ^ 78. 3. h; on o, ? 67. 1. — flbn (tlio-sepli), for tlDin ; on 6, 
? 90. 3. 5; on ^, I 68. 5. 6. (1).— nilD-nri, on Methggli, '^ 18. 4; on 
-^, heightened from — I 84. 2.'r. 3. '(1); on Pl—, ^ 51. 3. a — 

T 

"Ijl 1/^ (na' wa-nadh), on the t (a) under J in each case, ^ 94. 1. c. 

TT ^ T 

(1); the roots are J^*)^ and T)j, and these forms, Qal Part's act. — 

n\nn, ?? 78. 3. n.-, is. 5; 100. 1. h. 

3. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 9. — *3Ji< ^(IK ^Dii^n— ^wi / keeping my hrother, or, ?)i?/ 

hrotliers hceper ? 

Pi'inciple 14. — A question asking for information, without neces- 
sarily implying the affirmative or negative character of the answer, 
is introduced hy H- 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. I 94. Tabular View, Synopses of 7lp in various stems. 
The radical 1 uniting with — 
The radical \ changed to *, uniting with i. 
The radical ^ rejected when it would stand 

with a heterogeneous vowel. 
The form of the Qal Active Participle. 
The vowel of the preformative. 
The verbs numbered 81 — 90 in List IIL 
Note.— Use for practice (1) ^')p rise, (2) y\\^ turn, (3) fllO die} 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He will rise, thou shalt 
turn, turn thou, he will die, we shall die; [2) He caused to die, he 



2. 
3. 
4. 


§ 94. 1. a, 
§ 94. 1. h, 
I 94. 1. c. 


5. 
G. 

7. 


I 94. 1. N. 
I 94. 2. a-c, 
Word-Lists, 



1 This verb has e (naturally long) in Perfect and Participle of Qal. 



134 Lesson 36. 



% 



mill cause to turn, to cause to die ; (3) He turned, rising, dying^ h^e 
was turned, he will he turned ; (4) He established (= caused to ri^e), 
establish thou, he icas established, he will establish. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) I do not know the name of 
the man; (2) Am la ruler f (3) Who did this (f.) ? (4) Cursed am I 
from the ground ; (5) The blood (pi.) of thy brother hath cried out to 

God ; (6) Thou shalt not till the ground ; (7) Cain was a wanderer 
and a fugitive. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 9 — 12 of 
Genesis IV., from the unpointed, text. 

4. To be written out : — Synopses as indicated in ^ 95. of the 
verbs numbered 8, 9, 13, 25, 32, 36, omitting Synopses of the various 
Intensive forms. 

5. To be described: -The forms n1D^ Dlt^'H, DID, DtTirT, 

N^nn, J<D^ yi<n, DpD, j;x nx D1p^ ^id^ ' 

■ T • T ]■ •• ^ T T I • 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) The 6 in the Qal Impf. of verbs ?<"£). (2) The i of l^N*, (IN, 
and n? before suf. (3) He Interrogative. (4) The i of H"^ Perf 's. 
(5) The Perf. 3 f. sg. of verbs H"'?. (6) Qal Inf. const, of verbs ["£}. 
(7) ~ in pause. (8) Qal Impf. of verbs '^ guttural. (9) The 6 of 
V'iD Hiph'ils. (10) The a of V'^ Perfect and Part. act. (11) The 
forms in which *| (of V'J/ verbs) unites with ". (12) The forms in 
which 1 (of V'i* verbs) is changed to ^ (13) The forms in which 1 
(of yy verbs) is entirely rejected. (14) The 6 in yy Niph'Sls. (15) 
The pref. vowel in V'^^ forms. 



LESSON XXXVI -GENESIS IV. 13-17. 

7. I\/EW Words. 

(1) ]')y or 1))^, (2) nnO, (3) p^, (4) a\-]^2i:^, (5) OpX (6) 

nDl(7)atr>, (8)T;r, (9)D^-. 

T T - T ^- 



Lesson 36. 135 



2. Notes. 

Y. 13. '^JilJ, pi. D^'pllil ; on formation, § 108. 1. a—'^i)^, 

from flli^, of same formation as 'l?1"lj| ; before ^__, __ becomes , 

? 125. 1. a. — ^^1t^^!5, the o being incorrectly written ) ; 7p indicates 
comparison. 

T. 14. n^f'lX for Wn^, § 80. 1. a; synopsis ?-?|»J£)pi, U 
49. 2 ; 48. l'; on >_^, I 124.'' 3. c— inOi^, U 75. 2 ; 68. L a;' syn- 
opsis ?-^T\ni, I 100. 3. h; on *), § 73." 2. ?>.-*NVD' P^^*' ^V^ 
with ^^; on change of ^ to _ J 125. 3. R. 4.— ^^^nHMya-ha-r^ghe- 

ni), composed of ^IH j and ^^ ; on change of o to "i", and on -r^, 

I 74. 2. Z>. (1), and c. (2) ; on change of -^ to ^ J 78. 3. d. 

y. 15. D|>)^^ pausal for Dj^* ; on D. f. in p (for J), § 84. 2. 6; 
on — in Hoph?r^ 84. 2. N. 1.— bt?^H_, for ti^^\ I 73. 3. a. (3) ; ^ 
for ^_^, ? 96. 1; root, D^tj' (^";^).-ini<-nlDn ; on Methegh, I 18. 
4 ; on D. f. in 3 (for ^), § 84. 2. ?>; on H, g 60. 1. a; on ill, I 100. 

1. ^; on nN, ? 51. 2.-INV9. ^^- '^>*9 '''' '^- ^^• 

V. 16. ^<^;n (way-ye-9e'); for NV")'^^' ^^^ *| is dropped and \ be- 
comes e, g 90.' 2. «. (1) ; on -^ under V, ^ 07. 3 ; on Methegh, g 18. 
6 ; on the accented penult, § 21. 3.— ^^^'pp, (1) fp, (2) ^, (3) ^^S. 
— Di^*'V for Dl!^T''1, but ^ is dropped, and i becomes e, I 90. 2. a. 
(1) ; on shifting oiP tone, I 21. 3. 

V. 17. j/'l''1, for i^'lV^'X but *) is dropped, and i becomes e, § 
90. 2. a. (1) ; on -^ under ^^ instead of ^, I 90. 2. a. (1).— ^innV 
see note on v. 1. — I'pr^^' f°^' "^/''^r^l' ^^^ "^ ^^ dropped and i becomes 
e, I 90. 2. a. (1); on 'shifting of tone, § 21. 3.— TJ/ HJ:! ^'1^1, on 
the shifting of tone in the case of H^^^ ^21. 1; on D. 1. in 3, ^ 12. 3. 

5. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 14. — Di'Tl ^*l^^ nt^*)J — ^^ow 7ias^ driven me out this day. 

- • T : J — 

Principle 15. — The article often has its original demonstrative 
force. 



136 Lesson 36. 



V. 15. — pp jl*in"73 — ^^^y one killing Cain. 

Principle IG. — ^^ is used to make prominent a single one from 
among a plurality. '" 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. § 04. 3, Inflection of verbs V'^ before rot/;eZ-terminations. 

2. ? 94. 4. a, h, Inflection of verbs V'j/ before co/jso^iaw^termin- 

ations. 

3. ? 94. 5, The various Intensive forms found in V'^ verbs. 

4. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 91 — 100 in List III. 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) / caused to rise, ye (m.) 
caused to rise, they caused to rise; (2) Thou didst cause to turn, ice 
shall cause to rise, I shall he caused to rise, she rose; (3) Ye turned, 
I rose, they will rise, we shall rise ; (4) Rise thou (f.), rise ye (f.), she 
loas risen (Niph.), they were risen; (5) I died, she died, we shall die, 
thou shalt return, she was caused to return. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) God is greater than man; 
(2) / drove him out from the garden of Eden; (3) The ivoman will 
be hidden from the face of God; (4) Any one killing me shall die; (5) 
Any one finding him will kill Cain; (6) Cain was avenged seven- 
fold; (7) And Cain went out from Eden, and dwelt in the land of 
Nod. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 13—17 of 
Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out : — The inflection in Qal of Dip, pD ; in 
Niph., of y)^, ^')'0; in Hiph. and Hoph., of D^, DltT'; in Polel, 
of rjl^T; in Polal, of y\^; in Hithpo., of li;;. 

5. To be described :-The forms ?|Dp^, ')D1p^ n^^l^H, Hlp^p^. 

nin^tr'n, n:n^*n, ym. 1D1p^ n^^; r^Th:^wK^^^T' 

T J • -: T : -J- T • T l-i • T : J- t -jv : \ ■ ^ : 



Lesson 37. 137 



6. Topics for Study. 

(1) Nouns with the original vowels a— a (= 6). (2) The Pfel of 

verbs '^ guttural. (3) The ^ {= e) before suffixes Tl and pf, and 

before the plur. fern, tl^, (4)' The ^_ of ^'"'^ Perfects. (5) The 

T 

change of ~ before "t to -^. (6) The Hoph. of verbs T'^, (7) The 
nl of n"'? Tnf's const. (8) The ^ under ^ of V's] Qal Imperfects. 
(9) The n_ (e) of H"^ participles. (10) The Article used as a de- 
monstrative. (11) The separating vowel of \''^ verbs in Perfect 
and Imperfect. (12) The points of resemblance between verbs 
yy and verbs ^'y. 



LESSON XXXVII.-GENESIS IV. 18-22. 

7. New Words. 

(1) D^n:?^' (const, ♦iicpf-), (2) '^rij^, (3) n;jj?D, (4) tr^^n, (5) 
ni:i5, (6) 2y\i;, (7) t:;'d7, (s) trSn, o) n^m, m hp;2, 
(11) niHN. ' 

T 

V. 18. n^in, root -T*:)"! (= l'?^); on D. f. in ?), ?§ 13. 2; 90. 3. a; 

•• T-- - T -^ 

on the form, § 68. 1. a; cor. form, 7tpp^— *1"1^J^"J1^?, the sign of 
the def. object with a subject, see Principle 17 (below). 

V. 19. Hj?^!, for np^^'lj b assim. like 1 § 84. 2. K 2 ; on ^ 
under p, ^ 82. 1. a. — ^Ht^ (ste, ?io^ s'te), the S^wa silent ; the only- 
case in the language of a syllable beginning with two consonants 
without an intervening half-vowel ; fern, of ^t^, const, of D^.3t^- — 
D^:ri cf. (l)tr\X man, (2) ^f^ woman, (3) D'^)^? men,' (4) 
n\j;fH ivife-of, (5) ^ti^^ wj^yes-o/.-mti/n. . . .nnKPT, cf." the masc. 

fornis^4ti^n....nn^h. 

V. 20. n^ni, cf . note on v. 17.— ^^kS?, const, of 3K ; on ^_^, 
§ 121. 2. c; on accent, ? 24. 5. a.— ^^>, like *?£pp.— '?r7J^, a w-class 



138 Lesson 37. 



Segholate, cf. *)p^, ? 106.1c; here used collectively.— jl^pp (miq- 
ne), meaning substance, cattle, and governed by some word under- 
stood signifying possession ; on form, ? 113. 2 ; on meaning of 
form, § 114. 2. 

V. 21. VrrK, see note on v. 2. — t^^h, like ^dp—^W, on 
form, ^ 110. 5. c.—:})^)^, on form, § 109. 3. 

V. 22. n"T'7\ ? C3. R. 3; Synopsis in Qal, ^ 90. 2. a.— t:^'t?*?; 
like ':5bp.-irnn, nte '^bp.-nlni^l, const, of nlnX, and l with 
-^ according to § 49. 3. 



5. Principles of Syntax. 

Principle 17. — The subject of a passive verb, which would be 
the ohject of the same verb if it were active, is often preceded by 
jlK, the sign of the object. 
V. 20.— n^p^?l ^tli^ ^^^ — Dwelling in tent{s) a/i(^ (possessing) 

cattle. 

Principle 18. — Two nouns are sometimes connected with a verb, 
when, strictly speaking, only the former is applicable in meaning 
{zeugma). 

4. GRAMMAR' AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. ? 90. Tabular View, Synopses of ^tO* (= ^201) in various stems. 

- T - T 

2. ^ 90. 1, The treatment of original *) when initial. 

3. i 90. 2. a, h, The two treatments in the Qal Impf., Imv., 

and Inf. const. 

4. ^ 90. 3. a-c, The treatment of ^ when medial. 

5. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 101—110 in List IIL 
Note 1. — In the study of verbs V'^, follow the order indicated 

in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given 
under § 90. 1—3. 

Note 2.— Use for practice (1) 2t^^ sit, dwell, (2) "T^^ bring forth, 
and (3) l^/y (with a in Qal Impf.) be dry. 



Lesson 37. 139 



5. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) He will dwell,^ I shall 
dwell, thou (f.) shalt dwell, dicell thou (f.), to dwell, to hring forth, ^ 
thou (f.) shalt bring forth; (2) He will know,^ know thou, to know, 
tee shall know; [3) He will sleep,^ I shall sleep, we shall sleep; (4) 
He will be brought forth, thou wilt be known, he will be feared; (5) 
He will cause to dwell, I shall cause to know, to cause to bring forth, 
he was brought forth; (6) He was caused to knoio, she will be caused 
to bring forth. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) I will know the name of 
that city; (2) Cain was building the city Enoch; (3) Cain and Abel 
were born to Adam; (4) Lamech had {= to Lamech were) two loives; 
(5) Adam was the father of Cain, and Eve was his mother; (6) Abel 
was the son of Eve, and Tubal Cain was the son of Zillah; (7) Father, 
father-of, mother, son, daughter, husband, wife, wife-of brother, 
brother-of, sister, sister-of 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 18 — 22 of 
Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out :— Synopses as indicated in I 91, of the 
verbs numbered 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 29. 

5. To be described :— The forms ^^^;^ ^^•>, n'pp, ^^1\ \^''\ 

rrb, r\v:i. -1% ym -i^^in, nm ''" 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) nj< with the subject. (2) Assim. of ^. (3) The pronuncia- 
tion of ^ntJ'. (4) The words meaning man, men, woman, loomen, 
wife-of, wives-of (5) The e of V'^ Qal Impf's. (6) The o of Qal 
act. Part's. (7) C/'-class Segholates. (8) Nouns formed by means of 
preformative 0- (9) The meanings of nouns with pref. 12- (10) 1 
of verbs V'^D in the Qal Impf. (11) *| of verbs V'5 in Hiph. and 
Hoph. 



1 This verb follows the treatment described in § 90. 2. a. 
a This verb follows the treatment described in § 90. 2. lb. 



140 Lesson 38. 



LESSON XXXVIII.-CENESIS IV. 23-26. 

7. New Words. 

(1) ty^px irreg. fern, of u'm^. (2) ftN, 0) TTsm. (4) ;;v?' 
(5) n'?^ (6)'n^3n or nni^rr, w" d*;?5^', (s) n:^5^; (9) iiV. 

(10) fi (H) iTW, (12) nilK, (13) "fjn ' 

2. Notes. 

V. 23. V^*^'? (Pna-saw); on V_, I 124. 3. (Z. (cf. V£)K, V^D 

T. T : . T T - T T 

(v. 5)). — f J^D^i irreg. for PUj/Dt^j H— taving been dropped and 
-^ inserted, § 37. 2; Qal Imv. 2 f. pi., like H^'p^P ? on-^ under 0, 
§ 82. 1, a.—^'^X const, of D^t?^! cf. V^l above.— n|);Nr7, for 
r^^y^:^T^ Hke nj'7ppn; on n, ^ eO. l; on""-^, § 78. 3. Z>/root, \V^. 
— ^'S^iOK, cf. {nnjD in V. 4; on formation, I 106. 4. 5; on r\—, 
I 124. 2. — ^r)-?*]!!, from J|*)n ; S3mopsis in Qal ? on repetition of 
accent, I 23.' 6.— ^n^l^H, with — for 1; cf. Inil^D in v. 4, and 
^Jn^lpt^ above ; on formation, I 110. 7. 

V. 24. Dp^ (for Dp^*), see on v. 15.— nj;?;^", the sing, form, 
is seven, while D^J/D^' ^^c plur. form, is seventy. 

y. 25. ;;"lK see on v. 17.— n'?]!), see on v. 20,— ^^ri:^' (sath), 
on Methegh, 08. 4 ; the -r is a, coming from a+a, Jl^C^ losing ^ 
and contracting — and — §§ 94. 1. c. (1) ; 96. — ij^H = j^n+l ; 

T -: - T 

1jl*)n becomes iJIIH, ^r being volatilized, and -^ being heightened, 
|74ll. /;.(!), (2).'" 

V. 26. J^^n"D^, the pronoun inserted thus to emphasize the 
preceding noun. — /H^n^ from the root 77n ; uncontracted form 
'^^fin, I 86. 2. c; what stem ?-Knp^, ^^-^"l^l^dl, iDtf^'?) Qal 
Inf. const. 

3. Parallelism in Hebrew Poetry. 

^'?ip \::m rh'^) nnj; (d 



Lesson 38. 141 



^. . . . . . _ ^ ^. _|. 

:'ni?n'? n'^n (4) 

n|5;D|^^ D^n;;?-^' ^p (5) 



Note 1. — The characteristic feature of Hebrew poetry is paral- 
lelism. 

Note 2. — In this song there are six lines or members ; the second 
line is, in the main, a repetition of the thought expressed in the 
first ; the fourth, a repetition of the third ; hence the parallelism 
in the case of the first and second, and of the third and fourth 
members is called synonymous. 

Note 3. — The same relation, however, does not exist between the 
fifth and sixth, the latter being necessary to complete the thought 
of the former ; such parallelism is called synthetic. 

Note 4. — Another kind of parallelism not illustrated in this pas- 
sage is the antithetic, in which the second member is in contrast 
with the first. 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

The shortening of vowels. 
The heightening and volatilization of vowels. 
The attenuation of a ; the deflection of i and u. 
The sharpening of e and o ; lengthening or contrac- 
tion. 
5. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 111 — 120 in Lists III. and TV. 

5. Exercises. 

1. Explain in writing (1) the shortening v^hich. has taken place in 

tr'iDr'^D, iriDk^'^D, id':'^*; (2) the heightening, in r\2::^\y^n. 

•-•-I/ T : - : : - : • • t 

Dtr'.V ^^X, nlKH, Nn^, D'^l^, ^^l »T.T; (3) the volatUization, 
in ninp^, IVntr'!, D^9n4' T^^, 0^'?*^R' '^VP ; (4) ^^^ attenuw 



1. 


§36. 


1, 


2. 


§36. 


2,3, 


3. 


§36. 


4,5, 


4. 


§36. 


6,7, 



142 Lesson 39. 



Hon, in ri3t?^■^ ^Dp, b''t:;i'pr\^ "l^^):^ ; (5) the deflection, in Tb^^. 
b\:^r)r\, n^m, '^^Dl^n ; (6) the sharpening, in iDN, Dp^ (7) the 
lengthening (contraction), in ^^1 11 \*7^X |L^''^ Dip, D^tp^fl, pjr 

^m T|in5, c]pn, NVin. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Hear ye (m.) my voice, 
and give ear to that lohich {^^t^f^'TS^) I shall say; (2) Adah and 
Zillah were the wives of Lamech; (3) Why didst thou hill the man 
whom I sent to thee? (4) Cain was avenged seven-fold; (5) He gave 
him to Godj; (6) They hegan (Hiph.) to call on the name of God. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : — Verses 23-26 of 
Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out in tabular form: — The result of the following 
changes, — the heightening of a, i, ii ; the volatilization of a, i, ii ; 
the attenuation of a, and the deflection of i, ii ; the sharpening of 
e and o ; the contraction of a-\-a, a-\-i{y), a-\-u {w)\ the contraction 
of i-{-i, i-\-y, y-\-i; the contraction of u-\-u, u-\-w, w-\-u. 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) The ending V • (2) The form of the fem.-ending before 

suffixes. (3) The Hoph. of verbs p£3. (4) The a in the V'^^ Qal 
Perfects. (5) The Hoph. of verbs ^^'i^. (6) Synonymous parallel- 
ism. (7) Synthetic parallelism. (8) Antithetic parallelism. (9) 
Heightening and volatilization. (10) Sharpening and deflection. 
(11) Shortening and lengthening. (12) Attenuation. 



LESSON XXXIX.-REVIEW. 

7. Word-Review. 

1. Arrange in alphabetical order the roots of all verbal forms, 
both old and new, occurring in the third and fourth chapters. 

2. Arrange in alphabetical order the nominal forms of these 
chapters, using in each case the form of the absolute state. 



Lesson 39. 143 



3. Arrange in alphabetical order the various particles, preposi- 
tions and adverbs occurring in these chapters. 

2. VERSE'REVIEW. 

1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 

2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each 
verse can be pointed without mistake. 

3. Grammar-Review. 

1. Compare the forms of the Qal Perf. (3 m. sg.) as they appear 
in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak verbs, I 104. 
1. Perfect. 

2. Compare the forms of the Qal Impf. stem yaq-tiil (3 m. sg.) 
as they appear in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak 
verbs, ? 104. 1. Impf. with o. 

3. Compare the same of the stem yaq-tal, and of yaq-til, ? 104. 1. 

4. Compare the forms of the Hiph'il Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) 
as they appear in the strong verb, and in the various classes of weak 
verbs, I 104. 3. 

5. Compare the forms of the Niph'al Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) 
as they appear in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak 
verbs, I 104. 4. 

Note. — This includes (1) the statement of the forms, and (2) an 
explanation of the vowel-changes which are seen in each form. 

4. Exercises. 

To be translated into Hebrew : — 

1. He made man in the sixth day, and rested in the seventh day. 

2. He will sanctify the seventh day, and will rest in it. 



144 Lesson 40. 



S, The woman will eat the fruity and of it she will give to her 
husband, loho will eat with her. 

4. In the day of your riding the earth. 

5. This is the day in which Jehovah spohe to the man. 

6. Let us make for ourselves large girdles. 

7. I gave her fruit, and we ate. 

8. She gave him fruit, and he ate. 

9. Cursed is the earth, because thou didst eat from this tree. 

10. God made known to the ivoman that the 7nan should rule over her. 

11. I shall call the name of my wife Eve. 

12. We found in the field the fruit which God commanded not to eat. 

13. The man loill serve the ground ivhence he loas taken. 
14' I shall put forth my hand and take the fruit and eat. 

15. The looman conceived and hare a son. 

16. Did not Abel bring to Jehovah from the firstlings of his flock? 

17. The blood of thy brother hath cried out to God. 

18. And Cain went out from Eden, and dwelt in the land of Nod. 

19. Abel loas the son of Eve, and Tubal Cain ivas the son of Zillah. 

20. Why didst thou kill the man whom I sent to thee? 



LESSON XL-GENESIS V. 1-16. 

7. New Words. 

(1) n$p, (2) n^n, (3) u'^'ip, (4) HNo, (5) -iHK, (6) T\ipp, 
(7) n?, (8) ;^r"n/(9) vm. do) j;dc^ ud nn^j;; D^n^> (12) 
Dwn, (13) D^;?3nist, (14) ic^^_, (15) D^t^'^'. 

2. Notes. 

^- !• n5P Hi. This (is the) book-of ; this book would be 
'n'^;n ngpn.-nn^ln [= taw-Pdhotli), l 115. S; usedonly in pL, 
from n'?!— "^$- N1^ DV!D, in the day of the creating of God; 



1 Twelve, not g-iven in the Vocabulary in this form. 

2 "^ is the abbreviation of DTi^N. 



Lesson 40. 145 



"K being definite, Xh^ is definite, and consequently Q*)* is definite, 
Principle 4.-^*^3, Qai Inf. const, of J^l^. 

: T T 

V. 2. DJ^^TS, on — § 74. 1. 6. (1) ; on — under 1, I 74. 1. h. 
(2) ; on — under ^^, g 74. 1. c. N. l.-Tj^l^n,, U 80. 1. a; 21. 3; 36. 
1. a. — DJ^I^n^ the first —, Methegh, the second Silluq ; on D. f., I 

|T : It • ^ 

75. 2 ; the Q , same as in DK i3» 

T T T : 

V. 3. »nn_, for n*nn_ from r^T} Uve, as ^nn_ for n.^n**! from 
n^tl ^e- — H-^C^ n5*^Di D^'l^'V^ lit-) ^^^V^y a?ic? a hundred of year; 
note that (1) the word for thirty is the plural of three [\^T\^), (2) 
the word for hundred is const., (3) the word for year is sg. — "l'7T'*1, 
Hiph. of 1^5 n^^l I 90. 3. h; on — for -^, U 21. 3 ; 36. 1. a; on 
-^for»_^, ^73. 37ll. 

V. 4. ^t?^ ^ 132. 12.— nriK, noun in plur. const, used as a 
preposition, I 135. 3. a. — l"!^'?"^!!. Hiph. Inf. const, (for haw-lidh) 
with sufl&x \ — jll^DI D^^3i see the various forms of these words, I 
132.9,10. 

Ts. 5, 6. ^n, Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the ^y root ^^jl, I 86. 1.— 
nb*'") (way-ya-moth), pausal for r\f2^\ I 94. 2. K 4.— D^JtT' ^t2tl, 

I T- ^ TJT- • T •• T ' 

the numeral sg. in form, the subst. plural. 

Ts. 8—10. n*)t?^i? D^r^tf^ lit., ^i(;o ^e>i = i^ioe^ve; D^HS?^', a con- 
traction of U\T)\if (cf. ^rit^",' ch. lY. 19), and n"]t?^J/, a form of 

nir^ ^en.-D^^Vn, pi. of nj;t?^'n or ;?^"n ?u-;ie.-nitri^. Lrbfi 

lit.,j^fe ten = fifteen, cf. above. 

Vs. 13, 16. D^j;:3nj<, plur. of nj;5")N* or ;r5-)K/oi^r.-D^ti^"tr', 

plur. of 'n^ti; or tJ^'j^' sia:. ^ "^ ' " • 

T 

5. Principles of Syntax. 

Y. 4.— "il^'pin nriN— 4Aer/iis legetting = after he had begotten. 
Principle 19. — Where the Hebrew uses a preposition and an 
Infinitive, the English prefers a conjunction and a finite verb. 

V. 6.-DOt:^'tron; V. 7.-D^^tr';^Dc^'; V. i4.-D^:tr' nc^;;;- 

■ T •■ T • T ^ --IV • T V ^V 

jPivc years; seven years; ten years. 



146 Lesson 40. 



Principle 20. — With the numerals 3—10 the noun is put in the 
plural. 

Principle 21. — The numerals 3 — 10 assume tbe secondary or 
masculine form, when the noun is feminine. [D*.3ti^ is feminine, 

• T 

though it has a masculine ending.] 

T\)!^* — Thirty years; ninety years; seventy years. 

T T 

Principle 22.— The tens, formed by changing pf— of the units 

T 

to D^ (except DHt^J^ twenty^ from *n^J^ ten)^ have the accompa- 
nying noun in the singular. 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. I 133. General view, The numerals 1—10, 11, 12, 20—90, 100, 

1,000. 

2. ? 133. 1—8, The formation and use of the Cardinals. 

3. I 133. 9—12, The formation and use of the Ordinals. 

4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 121—130 in List lY. 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Seven years; (2) Nine 
years; (3) Forty years; (4) Sixty years; (5) Three sons; (6) Three 
daughters; (7) Thirty sons and thirty daughters; (8) Forty days and 
forty nights; (9) Four heads; (10) Fifty days; (11) The seven stars; 
(12) Seven of^ the stars; (13) Four seasons; (14) Twenty-seven days; 
(15) One hundred and Jifty-nine years. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) This (is) a good hook; (2) 
This good hook was given to me; (3) In his own likeness God created 
m/in; (4) In the day that God made earth and heaven (Heb. order, 
In day of making of God); (5) In the day that God created man 
(Heb. order, In day of creating of God man)\ (6) After he hod begot- 
ten a son (Heb., after his begetting a son); (7) And the man lived 



1 The word of after a cardinal must be expressed by ?D. 



Lesson 41. 147 



three hundred and forty-eight years; (8) And he hegaf four sons and 
three daughters, and he died; (9) And all the days of the man ivhich 
he lived upon the face of tJie earth after he had hegotten sons, iccre 
nine hundred and ninety-nine years, 

3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 1 and 2 of chap- 
ter V. 

4. To be written : — A verbal form of the Qal Imperfect 3 m. sg. 
in each of the classes of weak verbs. 

5. To be written : — The numerals 1 — 10 in English letters. 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) Position and agreement of the demonstrative. (2) Nouns 
formed by prefixing il» (3) The vowel-changes in D /^D- ("i) 

T T |; 

Apocopation of H"/ Imperfects. (5) Position and agreement of 
numerals. (6) V'^ Hiph'ils. (7) Prep, with plur. form. (8) ^"^ 
Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. (9) V'^ Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. with Waw consec. in 
pause. (10) Formation of numerals 20—90. (11) The various forms 
of the word for one hundred. (12) The form of the numerals 3 — 10 
with fem. nouns, with masc. nouns. 



LESSON XLI.-GENESIS V. 17-32. 

/. New Words. 

(1) Dm, (2) ntrr^: (3) y. 

2. Notes. 

Vs. 17—21. Vn-^'X on Methegh, §18. 5 ; on -^, ? 78. 2. h. R. 2; 
on omission of third radical, I 100, 2; on syn. in Qal, I 102. 4.— 
ti'*/?^!, used with a fem. noun ; form with masc. noun, rfu*-pn ; 
ordinal, ^tr'^P^.-D^n^■, fem. of D.^5^"; cf. ^^t^*, ch. TV] 19.— 
ny^ n^PI \\i., and-{2.)-hundred-of'year. — rh*0r\J2 (v. 21), 
pausal for rh\^')r\0- 



148 Lesson 41. 



Ts. 22—24. Tj^nn^l, form and synopsis ? force of Hithpa'el 
expressed here by the word Uve.—'>f2'^''^^ ^*^^1, D. 1. in 3 after 
disj. accent ; verb in sg. agreeing with '^3, while in v. 17 it was pi., 
agreeing with ^D^— ^^J^NI (w^'e-nen-nu)/on ^^, ^ 127. 2. R. 1; on j_ 
(en), U 134. 2. c; 74. 2. c.'(3) and N. 1; on the D. f. in X ? 74. 2. c. 
N. 2; four elements, \ TK, ^_, )n ; on -i^, § 24. 5. 

V. 29. |7f, these accents need not be considered here. — 
1^D^^^ Pf ellmpf. 3 m. sg. of the V'^ and 'V gut. root 0(1^ com- 

<■■ -:|-: I _ "^ - T 

fort, with the suffix )^ its; on D. f. of Pi'el in H, ^ 80. 1. h; on ^^, 
I 74. 2. c. (2).-blj^JL^^pp, made up of fp, HtTi^p (^ 113. 1), and )X 
— j1^Vi?0^' i^ade up of 1 (§ 49. 2), f2 (^ 48.'2)''and the const, state 
of fliyi?, the — becoming S^wa, ^ 125. 3. a.— ?ljn\ sg. n^ c^j;. 
D^l* ; before suffixes the old construct ending ay is used ; this be- 
fore"?!^ is contr. to e, ? 124. 3. Z>.— imnK {'e-r^rah), Pf el Perf. 3 m. 
Sg. of the '£3 gut., '^ gut. and ^^"^ verb n*)5^ curse ; for *T^K? but 

^ refuses D. f. (§ 80. 1. <x), hence *T1K ; H is contracted to H ? 

I 74. 1. c. N. 2.—"^ n")lK 'It:^'?^ lit., ^'/a'cA cursed-lier Jeliovah = 

T-:|" V -: 

which Jehovah cursed, 

3. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 27.— n'^^'iriD ^'ty'b^ Vn^'l — ^^^^ were an the days of 

-jv : •• : T : |-- 

Methusaleh. . 

V. 31.— T]/p'7 ^D^"'?^ \'1^1— ^?ztZ WAS a?Z ^/^e days of Lamech. 

Principle 23. — The verb in such cases as these may be placed 
either in the singular or in the plural. 

y. 29.— n'ln* ni"lK '^Z'^—^yhlch JeUvah cursed. 

T : T -; I" V -; 

Principle 24. — When the relative is governed by a verb, it 
stands at the beginning of the clause and the appropriate pro- 
nominal suffix is attached to the verbal form.^ 



1 In the majority of cases, however, the pronominal suffix is not employed. 



Lesson 41. 149 



4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. § 105. 1 — 5, What is included in inflection of nouns. 

2. § 106. 1, 2, Strong and weak Segliolates. 

3. § 107. 1, 2, Nouns with two, originally short, vowels. 

4. ? 108. 1, 2, Nouns with one short and one long vowel. 

5. I 109. 1 — 3, Nouns with one long and one short vowel. 

6. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 131—140 in List IV. 
Note. — In the studj^ of noun-formation, copy promiscuousl}', on a 

slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun 
and classify it, noting (1) its root with the meaning of the same, (2) 
the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes which 
these original vowels have suffered, (4) the force of the formation, 
(5) the meaning of the word. 

5. Exercises. 

1. Form nouns as follows : — (1) From '^fjl, a w-class Segholate, 
a noun of the third class (a — a); (2) from S^Hfl, a w-class Segholate, 
a noun of the second class, (a — a); (3) from ^^^H, an a-class Seghol- 
ate, a ii-class Segholate (masc. and fem.), a noun of the fourth class 
(a — i), a noun of the second class (a — i); (4) from ID J/, an a-class 
Segholate, a fem. noun of the third class (a — a); (5) from fOK-. a 
ii-class Segholate, a fem. noun of the third class (i — u), a noun of 
the third class (a — a), two nouns of the second class (a — a, a — i); (6) 
from pn^Di an i-class and a w-class Segholate, a noun of the third 
class (a — a); (7) from Dip, a noun of the second class (a — i), a noun 
of the third class (a — a). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Will Noah comfort 
Lamecli from tlic icorh of his hands? (2) God cursed {Fi' el) the 
ground which he had created; (3) I loill icaJk (Hithpa'el) icitli God, 
who created (Heb., the one creating) the heavens and the earth; (4) 
The sorrow of Cain teas exceedingly great; (5) The man whom God 
cursed will die. 



150 Lesson 42. 



3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 28 and 29 of 
chapter V. 

4. To be written : — A verbal form of the Hiph'il Perf . 3 m. sg. 
in each of the classes of weak verbs. 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) The Qal Impf 's of n^n, H^H. (2) The word D^nt^'- (3) 
Various forms of the word for one hundred. (4) Particles with 
verbal suffixes. (5) Synopsis of Dn.D in Pi'el. (6) Synopsis of ^j'lK 

- T - T 

in Pi'el. (7) Mappiq. (8) J.-class, /-class, 6^-class Segholates. (9) 
Guttural, f";;, yy, yy, ^'y and X^"'l Segholates. (10) Feminine 
Segholates. (11) Meaning of Segholates. (12) Nouns with two 
short vowels. (13) Nouns with one short and one long vowel. (14) 
Nouns with one long and one short vowel. 



LESSON XLII.-CENESIS VI. 1-8. 

7. New Words. 

(1) yrS. (2) ^ra, (3) p^, (4) D^^' (in the text, D^^'), (5) D^^£)l 

(6) ni^^!, (T) T^:^ (8) nnt^'np, (o)'^'?, do) pn, (id om (in mpL), 
(i2)a^^^,(i3)nno,(iVfn! 

2. Notes. 

V. 1. 7nr7i foi* 77nrT, but the ^'s contract and -^ goes to 
(1, I 86. 1. h; on -^ under H, 'i 86. 2. h; synopsis in Hiph.?— ^h'?, 
prep. ^ with pretonic a; ^h, for ^3^1, ^ 86. 1; synopsis in Qal? 

V. 2. IXnn, Qal Impf. 3 m. pi. of nN*! ; on loss of third radical 

(^), § 100. 2.-Vi5 and ni:!:j, constructs Jf D^^^, nij^.-mo, cf. 

DID, n^lD, DOIl), niDiD ; written defectively.-nJirr, D. f. 
firmative, |§ 15. 6 ; 50. 3. e.— ?inp^l (way-yi-q'hu), from np7 take; 
on assim. of ^7, ? 84. 2. R. 2 ; on omission of D. f., and Raphe, 



Lesson 42. 151 



U 14. 2 ; 16. 2 ; synopsis in Qal ?-D^tri ^ 132. T.-nfl^, pausal 
f or ^ 



V. 3. pl^ unusual for p'l^l Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of pi judge, 
rule (or, perhaps, remain), I 94. 1. a. (1).— DJ^3' rather to be read 
DJIti^5 = "^'^ (their) wandering ; the traditional rendering in that 
also is based on the analysis 5 ^'^^ * ^ ~ "^^^^ ^^^^^ (^ ^3. 2), Dj| 
aZso.-Vn^ cf. ViDK, V^£D J 124. 3. f?. 

T T T - T T 

Y. 4. It^N p'^"^D^ lit., CT/Ve7* 50, -zMe?! = afterwards, when. — 
IJ^D^j cf. the paradigm-form ^'^Ip^ the 6 is for a, the form corres- 
ponding to yaq-tal, not yaq-tiil ; ii\y = ^y = ^y, I 94. 2. R 3 ; 
the Impf. designates hahitual action in past time. — D^*l!3Jin, ? H^* 
5. c— D^l;^, ^ 109. 1— *t?^■;^f, const, of D^i:ON, which is plur. of 
tr>K, ^ 132. 5. 

V. 5. n^n, an adj. fern, sg.2 from a") = yT). ?^ 106. 2. c; 125. 
5. 6.— nj^*^,' const, of n^^.-*)V^ ? lOe. l.' i>.— nbt^HD, const. 
pl. of nSc^'TO.-l:^^, any';r'z--class Segholate ; ^^ = 55*7, §§ 
106. 2. c/ 125.' 5. Z>. 

Vs. 6-8. Qni^^, §g 21. 3; 68. 1. a.-y^^_r\'\ cf. 'r]'pnn^1 in 
ch. y. 22.— nrrpi^. on rr^., ^ lOO. l. ?>.--^nX'15, on repeated ac- 
cent, ? 23. 6 ; on — under K, § 98. 3. «.— ^riDlli, for ^riDn.!!J, the 
second ^ being assimilated and the D. f. implied in PT ; Niph. Perf. 
1 c. sg. of DH^ ; Niph. = repent^ Pi'el (ch. Y. 29) = comfort. — 

- T 

Dil^C^i^, on -=: instead of -r, I 74. 1. 6. (1) ; the i with jl, written 
defectively. — ^^^^^5' ^"^ ^^^^ ^— ' ^ ■^^^* ^- ^^* ^^ second * , ^ 123. 5. 

5. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 4. — Dnn D^0*'-}» — I^^ ^^*6 (7a?/s ^Ae ^/iose = In those days. 

Principle 25. — The personal pronoun is used as the remote de- 
monstrative [that, those), and as such stands after its noun, agreeing 
with it in gender, number and definiteness. 

1 Perhaps p"1' would better be classed with J<1^\ and the o regarded as an 
obscuration of a, in a stative form, § 94. 2. R. 3. 

2 The Qal Perf. 3 f . sg. of 33"^ would be r\iy 



152 Lesson 42. 



4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ^ 110, Nouns with second radical reduplicated. 

2. |§ 113, 114, Nouns witli f2 prefixed ; their signification. 

3. § 115, Nouns with H prefixed. 

4. § 116, Nouns formed by means of affixes. 

5. ^ 119, Nouns formed from other nouns. 

6. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 141 — 153 in List TV. 

Note. — In the study of noun-formation, copy promiscuously, on a 
slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun 
and classify it, noting (1) its root, with the meaning of the same, (2) 
the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes which 
these original vowels have suffered, (4) the force of the formation, 
(5) the meaning of the word. 

5. Exercises. 

1. Form nouns as follows : — (1) from ^t^, a noun with t2 pre- 
fixed (a — a), and one with Jl (a — i) ; (2) from 72J>J, a fern, i^-class 
Segholate, a noun with f2 prefixed (a — a) ; (3) from Ht^n, a if-class 
Segholate, a noun with 12 prefixed (a — a) ; (4) from 1^j|, an c/-class 
Segholate, a noun with second radical doubled (i— a) ; (5) from "l,*^*, 
an a-class Segholate, a fern, i-class Segholate, a noun with ^ pre- 
fixed (i — a) ; (6) from *)5Di an i-class Segholate, a noun with f2 
prefixed (i — a). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — The daughters of men icere 
exceedingly fair i^')^) ; [2i) Mankind midtiplied; (3) We chose wives 
from all the daughters of men; {^) I have found favor in his eyes; 
(5) From eternity unto eternity I am God; (6) I grieved in my heart; 
(7) I will not repent that I have made them; (8) Those heroes are the 
men of renown [name). 

3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 1, 2 of chapter VI. 

4. To be written : — A verbal form of the Hiph'il Impf. 2 m. sg. 
in each of the classes of weak verbs. 



Lesson 43. 153 



6. Topics for Study. 

(1) ^'y Hipli'ils. (2) The loss of ^ in verbs H'^^. (3) The vari- 
ous forms of the words for son, daughter. (4) The personal pro- 
nouns. (5) The demonstrative pronouns. (6) The words ?1l^ and 
D^L^*3' ('^^ ^^^^ words meaning his faces ^ his nostrils, his days, his 
eyes. (8) The Impf. of habitual action in past time. (9) y^ 
i-class Segholates. (10) The remote demonstratives. (11) Nouns 
with second radical reduplicated. (12) Xouns with prefixed. (13) 
Nouns with H prefixed. (14) Nouns with affixes. (15) Nouns 
formed from other nouns. 



LESSON XLIll.-CENESIS VI. 9-15. 

7. New Words. 

(1) p^nv, (2) Drt3n, (3) 1)% (4) nntr", (5) o^n m n^n. 

)•- -T -T TT T- 

(7) nt?! (8) fp, (9) nM, (10) ph, (11) n^b, (12) n?N, ds) 
^n^^ a4)nnh, (i5)n?'ip. 

2. Notes. 

T. 9. n^K, ? 52. 1. cz.-n-i'?in, ^ n^. s -vn'inn = (d 5, 

(2) nl^, (3) hi (4) V_ (cf. VDN*)'; oil the pi. ending V_ after the pi. 
ending oth, § 124. 4 and N. -bn^, ^ HO. 6.— D*,t:n, ^ 108. 1. h. 
— "Kn°nK, here the prep, loith, not the sign of the def. object. 

Ys.'lO, 11. n^T^I, U 90. 3. h; 73. 3. a. (2), (3).-nil*^*r)1, Syn- 
opsis? — N'^DHI, SjMiopsis? 

Ts. 12, 13. nnTOO. pausal for tintlt^'X ^'iP^- Pcrf. 3 f. cf 

T At ; • T -_: : ■ 

nfl*C^ ; Synopsis ?— n^Hu*)!. Synopsis?— i^'l'l, from Tl'l'l \ cf. 
^nUnd 1;;'ir, D^^ and 10^V-~k^? (^^')' ^i^^^^^^' ^^^^' ^'^ ^''^^^^- ^" 
form, I 94. 1. c. dt— ^J]^':', 2 124. 3! a. (1). — HN*':'!:, Svnopsis?- 

- T : T : |T 

'^^nX the adverbial particle jH or H^n witb a verbal suffix, ? 134. 
2. a.— Dn^njrO, Hiph. part, of TSVWl}, with suf. D_. 



154 Lesson 4 3. 



Ys. 14, 15. nt?^;^ C'se), g 100. 1. /.-n?^, const, of ^^ 
the -^ being unchangeable. — ^VJ^, const, of D^Vi^' ^^' ^f)9 from 
D*^3- — D*-!lp5 plur. of Tp, an yj7 i-class Segholate, § 125. 5. h; 
cf. ^^'p. — il*l53"1, with ace. on ultima, ^ 73. 3. o; cf. change from 
ult. to penult in 1,t?K''1. — riflp*) n^5P' /'"^^"^ house and from out- 
side =ioithm and without— nty Up),' cL ilfc^j^pjch. I. 26).— H^H"! 
(roh-bah), on t (o) under 1, ^ 127.' 1. E. 2;' on'n_, ^ 124. 1. K l/ 

T 

5. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 10.— D^^^ n^"'?C^— ^/"-^e so7?5. 

" T T ; 

Principle 26. — When the substantive is masculine, the feminine 
form of the numeral is emploj^ed ; and when the numeral is a 2uut, 
the plural form of the substantive is employed. 

V. 15.— nrii^ t^^i!.^ ^*^i^ rij)—-^nd tUs is (the manner in) 

which (= this is how) tliou shall make it. 

Principle 27. — The antecedent of the relative must in manj^ 
cases be supplied from the context. 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ? 120, A^arious ways of forming noun-stems. 

2. ^ 121, 1. a, Z>, Eelics of the nominative case-ending u. 

3. § 121. 2. a — <:/, Eelics of the genitive case-ending i. 

4. ^ 121. 3. a, The accus. ending a, in the form of He directive. 

5. I 121. 3. l), The accus. ending a as a so-called connecting 

vowel. 
G. § 121. 3<:,f?, Other traces of the accusative case-ending. 

7. AVord-Lists, The verbs numbered 154 — 166 in List IV. 

5. Exercises. 

1. Point out the relics of case-endings in the following words: — 



Lesson 44. 155 



2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) Noah Imd (Heb., were to 
Noali) three sons; (2) The so7is of Noah were not righteous; (3) The 
earth icas corrupt, and it was full of violence ; (4) The way of all 
flesh teas corrupt; (5) God will destroy the earth and all icho dwell 
iqyon it; (6) Thou sJialt make a house; its length shall he ticenty 
cubits, its breadth, twelve cubits, its height, twenty four cubits. 

3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 14 and 15 of 
chapter YI. 

4. To be written : — A verbal form of the Niph'al Perfect 3 m. sg. 
in each of the classes of weak verbs. 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) The demonstrative pronoun. (2) Xouns formed by reduplica- 
tion of second radical. (3) "jlJ^r a preposition. (4) The 6 of V'5 
Hiph'ils. (5) The characteristics of the Niph'al Impf . (6) Primary 
form of -M-class Segholates. (7) Adverbs with verbal suffixes. (8) 
The e of H"'? Imv's. (9) ^'y i-class Segholates. (10) Change of 
accent after Waw Consec. of Perfect. (11) The form of w-class 
Segholates before pron. suffixes. (12) Relics of the nominative 
case-ending. (13) Relics of the genitive case-ending. (14) The He 
Directive. (15) Other relics of the accusative case-ending. 



LESSON XLIV.-GENESIS VI. 16-22. 

7. New Words. 

(1) nn'v, (2) n'?^,?'?/!?, (3) nV' (4) '>r)t^r), (5) n'^^, (6) 
D^::*^'?:^^ m b)2^. (S) Vu O) Dip, (lo) nn?, (ii) r]DN. ' 

2. Notes. 

y. 16. nn^, § 106. 1. c— r7t?^;^n (ta-'^se), on -^ under n, i 
78. 2. a; on the — under y, I 78. 3. b; on H^, ? 100. 1. h.— 
)n, made up of (1) Vh^^T), of which H—is dropped, (2) n^_, 



156 Lesson 44. 



which is for jl^ , H heing assimilated backwards, ^1 75. 3; 74. 2. 

c. (3) and Notesl, 2 ; cf. ^y) (ch. II. 2).-rr'7^b'7D (mi-Pma'-la), 

made up of ?p, 'p, ^H^ ^^^^ H directive ; note (1) the Raphe, (2) 

Zaqeph qaton, (3) simple S'wa under V; on n_, ^ 121. 3. (7.— 

n*l"^5 (b^gid-dah), from "l^" with suf. T\ , the original -^ being 

attenuated in sharpened syl.— O^'t^tl, Q^l Inipf. 2 m. sg. of the *"J7 
verb D^j^^?/^. — Tl'^/V^, same as the word above, with pron. suf. H* 

V. 17. ^j)^\ (wa-'*ni), |§ 49. 3; 50. 3. d; here empliatic, being 
cut off by Il*bhi(a)'. — ^^^H, ^ particle with verbal suffix, ^ 134. 2. a, 
— ^^^55' ^^^' ^^15'? ' ^^^ *^ became *, and ?// = i, then i in an open 
syl. became ", i'94. 1. h and 2. ?>.~nilC^*'7, Pi'el Inf. const, of the 
y gut. verb Hfi:^', the D. f. being implied in H, § 80. 1. ?>.— ;^U^ 
pausal for y)y, Qal Impf. of ^1^, ^ 82. 1. a. 

V. 18. ^nbpm, on \ U 49^ 3; 73. 2. /.; on H, ^ 94. 4. Z>. R.; 
^^ is i, written defectively; 6 is separating vowel, § 94. 4. «; DIpH 
= ^^'T^T} — D^prr = D^*?^T, which before ^*1 becomes ^nOprT*— 
T]ilJ<, pausal for ^rjilK, the prep. HJ*^ ?6-?VA; cf. ^ilK, in which jlX 
= jlK, the sign of the def. object. — HN^I, Qal Perf. 2 m. sg. of 

T T 

Kl^i with Waw consecutive. 

Ys.19, 20. ^rrn, instead of "fnT] with D. f. implied.— ^t^5r), 
Hiph. Impf. 2 m" sg. ; N*nn = K^in =^ K^D^ = N^^n, ^ 9^. h 
?> and 2. a—r\'\^r]rh. Hiph. Inf. const, of H^H ; on Hi, § 100. 1. e. 
— ^^^!3^, a seemingly irreg. Qal Impf. 3 m. pi. of {^l^. 

Ts.^21, 22. np, Qal Imv. of Hp'?, ? 84. 2. K 2.-^^Kp. ^? 
113. 1; 114. 2.— ^75^^ ^ 78. 1.— n^Dk^"], on the shifting of tone, 
I 73. 3. I; on Methegli, ? 18. l.-n*lV,' Pi'el Perf. 3 m. sg. of ,11^ 

T • T T 

command; on ^, ? 59. 1. a; on ^7 , ? 100. 1. a. 

T 

3. Principles of Syntax. 

Y. 17.-^^^55 ^^^n ^iN*1— ^«cZ /, helwld lam about to bring. 

Principle 28. — The Participle is often used to designate au action 
which is to take place in the immediate future. 



Lesson 44. 157 



T. 17.— D^p b^'2!QT]'r\'i^— The flood, (that is) loater; not the flood 

of loater. 

Principle 29. — A noun in the construct state cannot receive the 
article ; hence, in cases like this, the second noun must be in appo- 
sition with the first. 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ? 122. 1, 4, The masculine singular and plural. 

2. I 122,2. a — c, The three-fold treatment of the original fern, affix n» 

3. § 122. 3, 5, The fern, plural and the dual. 

4. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 167—180 in List TV. 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be written : — (1) Masc. and fem. sg., masc. and fem. pi. of 
DID good, of ^'l^ great; (2) Fem. pi. of jTJK sign, *1lN0 luminary; 

(3) Dual of p^ e^e. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) Behold, I am ahout to rain 
upon the earth; (2) / will destroy all flesh in which is the spirit of 
lives; (3) Thou didst establish (= cause to stand) a covenant with me; 

(4) Will he keep the covenant which he established ivith them? (5) 
3Iale and female they shall enter the ark, and for them thou shalt 
taJce food which may he eaten; (6) Noah collected food in order to 
preserve alive the fowl and the heast{s) and the cattle, and all that 
was in the ark. 

3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 18 and 19 of 
chapter VI. 

4. To be written : — The Niph al Perf. 3 m. sg., and Impf . 3 m. sg. 
of a verb of each of the weak classes. 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) The rr^ of n"^ Impfs. (2) The suffix n|_. (3) He direct- 
ive. (4)Eaph^. (5) Zaqeph qaton. (6) The Qal Impf. of verbs ^";;, 
(7) ^ before a guttural with S'wa. (8) The vowel-changes in K*55' 
(9) y gut. Pi'els. (10) The vowel-points in ^nbpHV (H) Dif- 



158 Lesson 45. 



between HJ^ with, and JIN sign of def. object. (12) '£3 gut. Niph- 
'als. (13) The retention of the original Jl* (14) A later usage of jl. 
(15) The origin of H • (16) Affixes for plur. fern, and masc., and 

T 

for the dual. 



LESSON XLV.-GENESIS VM. 1-8. 

7. New Words. 

(1) ninD, (2) ni;;, o) o'V.T^^^ (4) niio, (5) n'\\:^\ 

2. Notes. 

V. 1. "S'Q^^X I 88. 1. — K^, on synopsis in Qal, I 102. 3.- 
Tjn^J?, on ^_^, U25. 5. a; on -, § 124. 1. a. (2).— W^N^n, the i be- 
ing attenuated from e, ? 100. 3. h. — ^^^7 to my faces^ on *> , \ 124. 

3. a. (1).— n'11, on 6, ^ 30. 6. c. 

Vs. 2, 3. rr^inp, ^ 122. 2. c.-Kin, i so. 3. a.-ni'^n'?, pi ei 

Inf. const, of XX'h ; cf. TSS'^nTS in ch. YI. 20. 

TT -:l- 

Vs. 4, 5. *^*pp5' synopsis in Hiph'il ; cf. Principle 28. — 
DV D*i^^*^^, the numeral being plur. in form, the subst. is sg. — 

^Tnrji^ on »_ (cf. ^m^"n above), 1 100. 3. h; from nnD--DipNn 

(ha-y'qum), on omission of D, f . from ^ ? 14. 2; on formation, ^ 112. 
3.-^7tf^^, on i, ? 100. 3. I; cf. ^n^HD, and ^n^Nn.-^n1^^ for 

r\'^^ and ?in ; = sm rr:^ (vl 22).' 

T • T • 

Vs. 7, 8. J^^^X see synopsis, ^ 102. 3 ; the 6 is obscured from 

T— 

a, KD^ being for ^?15^; the 1 being elided, S becomes a, and this 6, 
I 94. 2. R 3.— lODI, on V_, § 124. 3. ^.— IflK ^^'^'^/^ A^*^; cf. 1nj< 
== t-liim.-TMm, for rr-y-r^ ; on ^„, § 125. 5. a; on ^_, I 74. 

2. c. N. 1 ; on the contraction, Hil -, ^ 74. 2. c. N. 2 ; on particle 

with suff., § 134. 2. c. 

5. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 2. — ni^5^-^ '^i^?^* — S^'ven, seven = by sevens. 
V. 9.— D»4^' D^^tJ^— ^wjo, hoo = by twos, in pairs. 



Lesson 45. 159 



Principle 30. — Words are often repeated in order to express the 
distributive relation. 

T. 5.— njti^' niND t^'^^*"D m—^Jid Noah (was) the son of six 

T T •• ■• I •.• - : 

hundred years = And Noah was six hundred years old. 

Priuciple 31. — In Hebrew "time is viewed as the parent of that 
which is produced within it, and a person or thing as the offspring 
of the time during which he or it has existed." 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ^ 123. 1, 2, The Absolute and Construct states. 

2. ^ 123. 3, Substitution of H— for jl in the construct. 

3. § 123. 4, Restoration of original jl— in the construct. 

4. § 123. 5, Substitution of ^^ for D»_ and 0*-:^. 

5. ? 123. 5. N. Explanation of the Construct form. 

6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 181—194 in List lY. 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be written : — The corresponding construct forms of Hi^'^i 

v): • T- T T .J-*'.. -r •• ^T : • • t 

2. To be translated into Hebrew : — (1) The shepherd of the flock 
was a good man; (2) What did God call the collection of loaters ? 
(3) The eyes of the man were opened and he saw; (4) Noah's ark 
was made of gopher wood; [b] Noah took into the ark of the clean 
cattle and of the cattle which were not clean; (6) The man icas forty 
years old; (7) God rained upon the earth forty days and forty 
nights. 

3. To be written in English letters: — A^erses 1, 2 of chapter VIL 

4. To be written : — Synopses of the verbs in I 836, numbered 3, 
5, 8, 14, in the various stems in which these verbs are there said to 
occur. 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) The 6 of verbs i^''^. (2) Synopsis in Qal of N*"l3- (3) '''y 
Segholates before suffixes. (4) The i of H' / Perf's before consonant 



160 Lesson 46. 



terminations. (5) Omission of D. f. (6) The vowels in H^^^J"^. 
(7) Explanation of the Construct form. (8) The substitution of 
n^ for rr^, of ^^ for D V a^^ Q V- ^^^ ^^® restoration of fl-^ 
in the construct. 



LESSON XLVI.-GENESIS VII. 9-16. 

7. /\/EW Words. 

(1) t^fp, (2) t^'in, (3) n^;j-n:^n:?^', (4) ;^pa (5) j^o, 
(6) n:nnK, (7) nnB'/(8) dw! (9) ^m. m n;^^ 

.2. yi/or£5. 

Vs. 9, 10. ?|{^;3, synopsis, § 102. 3.— 1^'tO, according to the 
manner which, the prep, governing the antecedent of the relative. 
— D^p■^'^ nj^5^7 ^^^•' ^^ ^^^ heptad of days, the numeral being 
in const, relation with the subst. — ^^, const, of Q^Q- 

Vs. 11, 12. ri-3:^"3, on i, i 47. 2; abs., pf^^", const., ^JL^", the 

- ; • T T . ~ •. . 

— being volatilized, and jl__ restored, ^ 122. 2.— D'lK^'^W' ^"^ 
Methegh, I 18. 4; cardinal for ordinal, I 133. K 11.— ^^H, const, of 
D^-^5 ^ 123. 5.-i;?p5X Niph. Perf. 3 pi. of ^^p^". - ni^j^/P, 
const, of m^^Di a denominative from p^_, ^ 119. 2. — HB*!? fcm. 
of adj. y\ ; on'the D. f., ^ 125. 5. &.-inn£3^ pausal for "^.nn?! 
I 38. 1. — D^4 (ge-sem) an a-class Segholate. 

Vs. 13, 14. T]^i;^ DVn D>^J^.5^*'i^^ie^^«eo/^A/5<:?a?/ = onthis 
very day. — DDK? the original i being found in a sharpened syl. — 
—'nr^'h. § 50." 1; on D. f. firmative, I 15. 6.— rtjnn, II 18. 1; 45. 2. 
-r^Tdl. ^^ 1«. 1; 124. 1. a. (1) and R. l.-in3rob, ^ 124. 1. h. (1). 
■ — 115 Vi on formation, ^ 110. 5. c. 

Vs. 15, 16. D^^ti^ D^<3^, repetition giving a distributive sense. 
-nt:^:Sn, cf. nt^^D dl 23).-D\H3n, Qai Part. act. pi. of K13 ; 

XT- • T : • • T - 

Part, with article = a relative clause : those that went in. — *UD'']i 
with i atten. from a, and o heightened from ii, § 66. 1. «, and 2.— 
1"li^5 (ba-'"dh6), prep. 1^5 (^^'ound, behind, with suff. ) him. 



Lesson 46. 161 



5. Principles of Syntax. 

T. 9.— "{< ni^ ^'Z*^'2— According to (that) ichich God com- 

T • V -: r 

manded. 

Principle 32. — "When 1C*K follows a preposition, the preposi- 
tion governs, not the relative, but its antecedent. 
T. 11.— n^t^* n'lNtD"C^'li^' n^C^"-l— ^^i (the) year of six hundred 

T T |-- - : • 

years = in the six hundredth j^ear. 

Principle 33. — There are no ordinals above ten; hence the cardi- 
nals must serve as ordinals, whenever the context demands. 
V. 13.— niD^I Dm"Du*'l h^ iS^- TFe/i^ m Xoah and Shem and 

V-r.T T : |-- : - t 

Ham and Japhet. 

Principle 34.— The predicate of several subjects united by and 
may stand either in sing, or plur., but it is generally in sing, when 
\t precedes. 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ^ 124. Tabular View, The noun D*lD '^ith pron. suffixes. 

2. § 124. 1. a, 6, and R's, Masc. nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 

3. § 124. 2, Fern, nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 

4. § 124. 3. a—d, Masc. nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 

5. § 124. 4, Fern, nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 

6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 195—208 in List lY. 

5. Exercises. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew :—(l) ^/5 day, her day, your 
(m.) day, thy (f.) day, our day, their (m.) day, thy (m.) day; (2) Thy 
Jives, her lives, his lives, thy (f.) lives, our lives, my lives, your lives; 
(3) 3Iy saying, her saying, your (m.) saying, our saying; (4) My 
sig?is, your signs, our signs, their signs, thy signs; (5) 3Iy father, 
thy brother, our father, your father, thy mouth, her mouth. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) Our FatJier tcho (art) in 
heaven; (2) Take with thee into the ark thy father and thy sons and 
thy daughters; (3) The fowl according to his kind and the beast ac- 



162 Lesson 47. 



cording to Tier hind shall enter the arh two hy two; (4) Everything 
in which is the spirit of life shall expire; (5) I was horn in the eigh- 
teen hundredth year of our Lord^ in the seventh months on the twenty- 
fourth day of the month; (6) The waters of the flood were upon the 
earth many days. 

3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 13 and 14 of chap- 
ter VII. 

4. To be written :— An exact statement of the origin and force 
of the following suffixes (including the ending of the stem): (1) 

v_, (2) n^, (3) ^^_, (4) i:)>_, (5) 1, (6) n_, (T) ?|_, (s) r^_, 

T • T 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) A preposition with the Relative pronoun. (2) Use of cardi- 
nals for ordinals. (3) Denominatives formed by prefixing ^. (4) 
)f"^ stems with affixes. (5) The prep. JIK with suffixes. (6) The 
pronominal suffixes. (7) Qal Part's act. of verbs V'^. (8) The orig- 
inal vowels in *nj|p^ (9) Agreement of predicate. (10) Suffixes 
attached to the stem-ending a. (11) Suffixes attached to the stem- 
ending e (from Vj, (12) Suffixes attached to the stem-ending — . 
(13) The various forms assumed by the old construct ending ay be- 
fore suffixes. (14) Plural feminines with pronominal suffixes. 



LESSON XLVM.-GENESIS VM. 17-24. 

7. New Words. 

(1) on, (2) ^"2^ (3) riDD, (4) "nn, (5) nbji, (6) rrnnn, (7) iNtr". 

-T TT - -T TTlT "T 

2. Notes. 

Ys. 17, 18. '^^yX on rejection of the third radical *| or ^ 2 
100. 2.-?)5<t^-^') (way-yi-s''u), from 5<^^ ; ^ assimilated, but D. f. 
lost, I 14. 2 ; the S'wa remains vocal, the preceding syl. being half- 



Lesson 47. 163 



open. — D*nni (wat-ta-rom), the second — , being in an unaccented 
closed syl., must be o ; usual form of V'j^ Qal Impf., is with ^, e. g., 
D1*in ; but with Waw consec, o is employed, which becomes o 
when' the tone is removed, § 94. 2. K. 4.-^3^1!, (D ^ (2) 1^}, the 
root, (3) V 

Ys. 19, 20. ?|D3*l (1) • 5 with D. f. lost from \ U4. 2 ; (2) ^ ; 
(3) — = passive ; (4) D. f. in p = intensive ; (5) ^ = plur.; the root 
being npD, cf. ?l^^n (ch. II. D.-DnHH, on the - {^), ^ 45. 4.- 
D^nUJli from ri^}, \ 125. 1. a; but Pathah-furtive disappears when 
r? ceases to be final, nor is the Mappiq any longer necessary. — 
rbV'd^O. see ch. VI. 16. 

Vs. 21, 22. y"\y\ ? 82. 1. a—r\W^ (ni-s^math), construct of 
nDtrJ.-V5K, from'nj^ = £):iK, dual,^ D^DK ; on V-, ^ 124. 3. d. 
— ni^inS (be-ha-ra-bha), on — (e), H5. 4 ; -r under H, on account 
of rejection of D. f. from "H, the formation being according to 1 110. 
1 — inp, on e under D, I ^^' 2. R. 1. 

Vs. 23, 24. noh, for niip^l (Qal Impf.); H^ lost, and a help- 
ing vowel -^ inserted, I 100. 5. h. (5) ; Raphe over 'Q, to show that 
no D. f. is to be expected. — ^HD^'X Niph. Impf. 3 plur., of same root 
as t^ty* — "IKC^'^I, another Niph.; tone receding to penult, -^ is 
shortened to — § 21. 3.— n^ri^ IHN, D. h in l^, because of 
preceding disjunctive accent. — Di*, sg., although pi. in sense. 

8. Principles of Syntax. 

V. 19.— nkD "i^'Q— Mightily, mightily. 

Principle 34. — Words are often repeated to express intensity or 
emphasis. 

V. 22.— V3K3 .... ^t^'j< ^"2— All in whose nostrils, etc. 

T ~ : ■." ~: 

Principle 35. — The *)^K which serves as sign of relation for a 
following pronominal suffix is generally separated from the word to 
which the suffix is attached by intervening words. 



164 Lesson 47. 



4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. ^ 125. 1, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone one 

place. 

2. ? 125. 2, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone two 

places. 

3. § 125. 3, Stem-changes in the singular construct. 

4. ? 125. 3. E. 4j Qal act. participles, and nouns with ultimate e. 

5. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 116—133 in List YIII. 

5. Exercises. 

1. In the case of 1ti^3 flesh, 071 V eternity, write out (1) the 
const, sg., (2) the form with suffix for m?/, (3) with suffix for your 
(m.), (4) the plur. abs., (5) the plur. const,, (6) the plur. with the suf- 
fix for m?/, (7) with the suffix for your (m.). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew :— (1) This is my word which 1 
have spoken to you; (2) The earth and all wMch (is) in it is God's; 
(3) All the mountains were covered^ and the waters prevailed upon 
the earth; (4) Three men were left with him in the arh; (5) The man 
to (^) whose word I listened was forty years old; (6) And he destroyed 
man and heast, creeper and cattle from upon the ground. 

3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 22, 23 of ch. YII. 

4. To be written: — Exhaustive analyses of (1) D^DH^i (2) 

Dnnn, (3) rhv^'iJ^, (4) n^nMi, (5) ni^r2* 

6. Topics for Study, 

(1) Loss of 1 or ^ in verbs il"7» (2) Assimilation of ^ in verbs 
p£3, (3) The vowels in V'^ Qal Imperfects. (4) The article with 

— . (5) The suffix and ending V • (6) Each vowel in tlD'^l and 

inD*'*l» C^) ^- 1- after a disjunctive accent. (8) When does the 
tone move one place ? (9) When does it move two places ? (10) 
The vowel-changes in either case. (11) The formation of the singu- 
lar construct. (12) Nouns with e in the ultima. 



Lesson 48. 165 



LESSON XLVIII.-GENESIS VIII. 1-7. 

7. New Words. 

(1) n:)r, (2) n:iir, o) riDt^", (4) n:)D, (5) k'^d, (6) -ion, (7) 
nvp, (8) ^D' (9) p'^n, (10) ::i;^, (id t:^'3\ 

V. 1. *i3?^1, 1 atten. from a, o height, from u ; Qal Impf. 3 m. 

sg.; synopsis ? — ^Dy*^!, on -^instead of *' , 1 68. 5. h. (1); synopsis? 

— *l3kf^*^1, from r[5^', I 86. 1, and 3; the — height, from orig. -^\ 
the with first radical instead of with second; the D. f. represent- 
ing the contracted radical. 

Vs. 2, 3. n?pn, Niph. Impf. 3 m. plur. of ^^D = I^D-- 
^^y\ ^ 75. 2.—^^0^\ for lDlti^'*'1 ; hasis of the form is y\Z*'' 

■• T • - 5,'-. T- J T- •. ; - 

(like yaq-tiil), but w+u = u, and a in an open syllable becomes a, 
I 94. 1. a. (1), and 2. a.-r]l'7r?, Inf. abs.; on 6 (= a), I 70. 1. h. (1). 
— Dlt^^'l, on — , I 49. 4; on ^iV, Inf. abs., for l^ll^', ? 94. 1. c. (1). 
— ^*npn^V on -^ before (1, ? 78. 2. a; on — under H, ^ 78. 3. c. — 
n^fpP (mi-q''9e), for n^PP 5 ^^ omis. of D. f ., I 14. 2; on t" under 
p, instead of "f, ? 125. 6.' 5; on H^ (e), ? 123. 3. 

Ts. 4, 5. mnr from m^ (cf. mmn ch. II. 15); usual Impf., 

-<T - - -!•■ ■ 

fl^^^ but the form with Waw consec. has o, I 94. 2. c. R. 4; but the 

- T 

gut. changes the usual o to a. — '*ir7, const, pi. of IH, which is from 
'n'ln ; hence the T'is unchangeable, and stands in the const., |§ 125. 
5. h; 31. 4. N. 2.-1lDn, Inf. abs. ; on 6 (= a), I 70. 1. h. {!)- 
*IK11 Niph. of (IKI. — ^t^■^^1, const, plur.; another case of un- 

• ■ T T •• T 

changeable -r in const. ; irreg. plur. of t^K*^, § 132. 17. — DnnH 
(he-lia-rim), on the ^r under jl, I 45. 4. 

Vs. 6, 7. nrS^^X I 82. 1. a.-fl^^'n_, on -^ under ^7, I 82. 1. 5. 
-iV^5fn, ^ 90. 2.'a;'(l).-K1^,^ ^ 70."l h.{V).-TWy^ a fem. Inf. 
const., I 90. 2. Z). R. 1. 



166 Lesson 48. 



8, Principles of Syntax. 

V. 3. — ^it^l Tfl^n 1D^*'1 — ^^^ ^^y returned, going and re- 
turning. 
y. l.—y\\^^ K1^^^ ^'^^'S—And it went forth, going forth and re- 

T T •• • — 

turning. 

V. 5. — ^TJOfT) Tll'^n Vn D^Drr*! — ^^<^ ^^ waters icere going on 

and diminishing. 

Principle 36.— The Infinitive absolute, coming after a finite 
verb from the same root, gives to the latter the force of continued 
and lasting action. This idea of continuance is also expressed by 
the use of the verb Tl^rf, in which case the principal idea is added 
in the form of a second Inf. abs. The thought of the phrases given 
above is: (1) "They went on going backwards"; (2) "It went re- 
peatedly to and fro "; (3) "And the waters were abating continually." 

y. h.—^'irb *^n{S?5 n^b^i^D— /^^ the tenth (month), on the first 

(lit., one) (day) o/(lit., to) the month. 

Principle 37. — In dates (1) the words day and month are often 
omitted, (2) the cardinals are often used instead of ordinals, and 
(3) instead of the construct relation, a periphrastic expression by 
means of ^ is employed. 

4. Grammar- and Word-Lesson. 

1. § 125. 4. a—f Stem-changes in the inflection of Segholates. 

2. I 125. 5. a, 6, Stem-changes in the inflection of V'^^, ^"^^ 

and y')J Segholates. 

3. I 125. 6. a, 6, Stem-changes in the inflection of t^"^ nouns. 

4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 134—151 in List YIII. 

5. Exercises. 

1. In the case of -|'?^ HID, H^, pH, H^P, write (1) sg. const., 

V-JV VJT -J- I VJT 

(2) sing, form with suffix your, (3) plur. abs., (4) plur. const., (5) 
plur. form with suffix 7ny. 



Lesson 49. 167 



2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Remember tJiou the days 
in which God blessed thee; (2) God caused the waters to return from 
iipon the earth; (3) He died in the sixth year^ in the seventh months 
on the fifth day of the month; (4) The words of God are good; (5) 
Se will live unto eternities of eternities; (6) The Icings of the earth 
shall return unto their land. 

3. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 2, 3 of ch. YIII. 

4. "Write a complete analysis of the following forms : — (1) 

ni^jfD, (2) tr'in'?, (3) amn, (4) nNpi, (5) tivi^'x 

6. Topics for Study. 

(1) Vowels of tbe Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of a strong verb. (2) ^'^^ 
Qal Impf. (3) V';^ Qal Impf. (4) Niph'al Impf. 3 m. sg. (5) Form 
of Inf. abs. (6) The 6 of the Inf. abs. (7) The e of M"'? nouns. 
(8) Unchangeable — in const.plur. (9) Article with — . (10) '^7 gut- 
tural Pi'el Impf. (11) V'5 Qal Impf. (12) Various forms assumed 
by Segholate stems in inflection. (13) V'^^ and ^"p Segholates. 
(14) ^"i^ Segholates. (15) H"'? nouns ending in H— • 



LESSON XLIX.-GENESIS VIM. 8-14. 
7. New Words. 

(1) n:v, (2) "7^^, (3) ni^D, (4) f]5, (5) "7^, (6) '^^n, (7) niiN, 
(8) nj;/(9) nn, do) c^n^, (n) ^ll^ (12) pm'i, (13) nnn, (14) 
niD, (15) np5b- 

2. Verbal Forms. 

[In the case of each form, state (1) stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., gen., (4) 
class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding form of SdD, (8) the varia- 
tion from the strong form, the reason for the variation, and the section in the 
"Elements" which explains it. The superior figure indicates the verse in 
which the word occurs.] 

(1) rr^^\« (2) ni5<i^« (3) ^^p/ (4) n^v^.' (5) nt^-n,^ (6) 
rf?{f^V c^) OOi?''" ^^^ ^^? ^^^ '7nji,iMio)'^pHio (ii) nW>« 



168 Lesson 49. 



(12) KDn," (13) i;i%^^ (14) ^^^1,12 (15) :i*)t:^;i2 (i6) ^-^^^,13 (17) 
^T\w^ (18) ^D'v^ (19) ^nn,i^ (20) nt^■:J^l* 

:|T -<T- :-- T :|T 

8. Nominal Forms. 

[In the case of each form, state (1) abs. sg-., (2) meaning, (3) formation, (4) 
const, sg-., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more suflBxes in sg. 
and plur. J 

(1) nDiK,« (2) riirs,^ o) it,^ (4) D^D^l« (5) an;;,ii (6) r\%^^ 

T T -: T : - T • T vtiV 'J- 

(7) t:^*-trT,i3 (8) np?D.i3 

4. Particles, Prepositions, Suffixes, etc. 

[In the case of each, state all that may be known concerning it.] 

(1) 'Di^.' (2) f9,8 (3) nN« {with), (4) n/ (5) ■ n,8 m ^j;,^ (7) ^,9 

(8) k'?,^ (9) -'??^,' (10) ^5,9 (11) 1,9 (12) n,9 (13) 'p,!! (14) n:rr,ii 
(i5)r_.^2 _ • 

T 

6. Grammar- and Word-Lesson, 

1. ^ 126. 1 — 5, Classification of Noun-stems. 

2. ^ 127. 1. Tab. View and R's, Strong and Guttural Segholates. 

3. § 127. 2. Tab. View and R's, yy, ^X n"*? and ^^''^T Segho- 

lates. 

4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 152 to 168 in 

List VIIL 

6. Exercises. 

1. To be written : — A word-for-word translation of verses 8 — 14 
of Genesis VIII. 

2. To be written:— A transliteration of verses 9 and 10 of 
Genesis VIII. 

3. To be written : — Five Hebrew sentences of not less tban eight 
words each, based on the verses constituting this lesson. 



Lesson 50. 169 



LESSON L.-GENESIS VIII. 15-22. 

7. New Words. 

(1) njn, (2) nratf^'D, (3) rap' (4) n'?;^, (5) nn, m r^n, (7) 
nho, (8)' nn^^i (9) n^vp' do) ip, ud on, (i2) |^^p_, (is) 

[In the case of each form, state (1) stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., gen., (4) 
class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding form of hl^'D, (8) the varia- 
tion from the strong form, the reason for the variation, and the section in the 
" Elements " which explains it. The superior figure indicates the verse in which 
the word occurs.] 

(1) ranys (2) iDN^,^^ (3) nv'^ (^ Q^- 2. «), (4) nv>t (^cc. to 

Q'ri, NV^*1 ; usual form would be ^<^f1^r, U 19. 1, 2, 3 ; 90. 3. h\ 

(5) n^i,!^ (6) ^Tv^ (7) ^NVV' (8) \yv' (9) npn.'' d^) "^^IT 

(in Hiph., not Qal), (11) H^^^i (cf. n^ni v. 4), (12) tp^?^ (13) 

*7^p^,2i (14) n'j3n'7,2i (15) ^n^^;;,2i (16) inbt?^^ 



22 



5. Nominal Forms. 

[In the case of each form, state (1) abs. sg., (2) meaning, (3) formation, (4) 
const, sg., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more suflaxes in sg. 
and plur.] 

(1) n-^nn,i7 (2) ^m?-' (3) npra,!^ (4) '^r^y (5) p^e5,^^ 
(6) nhipVp.'' (7) rarD,2o (s) ninD,^^ (9) fb'v?' m) '\:h'f'^ hi) 

nr/l (12) Vnr^,21 (13) y-J^f,22 (14)^^^,22 (15) f^^n. 



22 



^. Particles, Prepositions, Irregular Forms. 

[In the case of each, state all that may be known concerning it.] 

(1) fD,i^ (2) "^t^P^}^ (3) ?|^J5,i6 (4) ^^4,16 (5) r[pK,i6 (6) 

iru^,i« (7) k'?,2i (8) noi?^,2i (9) n^'{^;3,2i (loj ^d^^^ 



170 Lesson 50. 



5. GRAMMAR' AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 128. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Second Class. 

2. I 129. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Third Class. 

3. § 130. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes. 

4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 169-185 in List VIII. 

6. Exercises. 

1. To be written: — A word-for-word translation of verses 15-22 
of Genesis VIII. 

2. To be written : — A transliteration of verses 17, 18 of Genesis 
VIII. 

3. To be written : — Five Hebrew sentences of not less than ten 
words each, based on the verses constituting this Lesson. 



MANUAL. 



A HEBREW MANUAL 



FOR BEGINNERS 



Text, Traj^slation, Tkansliteration, Yocabtjlaries 
AND Word-Lists 



WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph. D. 

PROFESSOR OF SEMITIC LANGUAGES IN TALE UNIVERSITY ; PRINCIPAL OF 
THE SCHOOLS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HEBREW 



TWELFTH EDITION. 



NEW YORK 
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 

LS96. 



copyright 1886 by 
The American Publication Society of Hebrew 
Chicago 



PREFACE. 



This Manual is intended to accompany the author's Introductory 
Hebrew Method. It can be used to advantage, it is thought, by any 
who desire to begin the study of Hebrew. It contains some matter, 
not to be had elsewhere, which will be found of real service in the ac- 
quisition of the language. A few words of explanation are offered :— 

1. The text of chapters I. and II. is printed with only the 
most important accents ; that of chapter III. with the accents of 
secondary value, while in the remaining chapters, all the accents 
are given. The beginner is thus saved much needless difficulty and 
annoyance. The text is that of Baer and Delitzsch, which differs 
in a few particulars from that which is in common use. 

2. The word-for-word translation of the first four chapters of 
Genesis is not intended to serve as a help in the rendering of the 
original. The student will compare, in each case, the Hebrew word 
with the English equivalent. He will note, for example, that the 
equivalent of n^Ji^?^*15 ^^ In-heginning. He will then proceed to 
learn the Hebrew word. He will pronounce it and write it until he 
has mastered it. He will, however, continually associate with it the 
English equivalent ; and the phrase will be mastered only when the 
sight or sound of the English suggests the Hebrew, and vice versa. 
The first word being mastered, he will take up the second in the 
same manner, and so on, until each word in the verse is learned. It 
is understood that he has been given the correct pronunciation by 
an instructor, or that he has learned it from a transliteration. 
When, now, each word has been studied, it remains to learn the 
verse as a verse. With the English translation before his eye, he will 



4 Preface. 

write and pronounce the Hebrew, each time comparing his work 
with the original, until he has obtained a perfect mastery of it. 
When the verses of a given chapter have been learned, the chapter 
as a chapter must be mastered. 

3. The unpointed text of Genesis I.— lY. is inserted, because 
no exercise will be found more profitable than that of pronouncing 
the unpointed Hebrew. It is well also to copy the unpointed text 
on the black-board, or on paper, and to supply the points and vowel- 
signs. 

4. A Hebrew-English Vocabulary is added, containing, besides 
the words with their meanings, etc., the number of times each word 
occurs in the entire Old Testament, and a transliteration. The lat- 
ter is inserted, not to assist in pronunciation, but to indicate the 
character of the sounds. Corresponding to the Hebrew-English 
Vocabulary there is also an English-Hebrew Vocabulary. In this 
way there is kept continually before the mind the origin and value 
of each particular vowel-sound. In no other introductory book is 
this feature so emphasized. 

5. The words occurring most frequently in the Old Testament 
are inserted in "Lists." Each word is numbered, and the corre- 
sponding number in the English Lists is in each case the equivalent 
of the Hebrew. The translation is separated from the Hebrew, in 
order that the "Lists" may be used to better advantage in the 
class-room. 

For further particulars as to the method of instruction em- 
ployed, the reader is referred to the Preface of the author's Intro- 
ductory Hehrew Method. 

W. R. H. 
New Haven, Conn., July 1st, 1887. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

I. Genesis I.-IV., The Hebrew Text 7-17 

U. Genesis I.-IV., A Literal, Translation 18-28 

m. Genesis I.-IV., The Unpointed Text 29-38 

IV. Genesis I., A Transliteration 39-41 

V. Genesis V.-Vin., The Hebrew Text 4a-53 

VI. Vocabulary (Hebrew-English) of Gen. I.-VIII 53-71 

Vn. Vocabulary (English-Hebrew) of Gen. I.-Vni 73-78 

VIII. Word-Lists— Hebrew 79-87 

IX. Word-Lists— Translation 88-93 



EXPLANATION OF SIGNS 

USED IN THE TRANSLATION AND TRANSLITERATION. 



1. Parentheses ( ) enclose words for which there is no equivalent in 

the Hebrew. 

2. Brackets [ ] enclose words which are in the Hebrew, but are not 

to be rendered into English. 

3. )( stands for 'eth, the sign of the definite object. 

4. The Hyphen (-) connects those English words which, in Hebrew, 

form a single word. 

5. The sign of Addition (+) stands for Maqqeph. 

6. The Asterisk (*) stands for the 'Athnah (tt) ; the Dagger (f), 

for S'gholta (-^) ; the Period (.), for Soph Pasuq (j "r) Pre- 
ceded by Siiluq. 



THE HEEIEeE-UJT TE^^T'. 

CHAPTER I. 

I ... |T T •• : •-!- T - •• A" v: XT 

nni Dinn ^j?-'?;? r|t^ni irini irin nn^;^ p^Jnl 2 

: D^^n o^-'?;? ^55*1? D'^*^^? 

I • :|- A • : • v: v j- 

niNH r:: o^n^i^ '^nn^ aito-^D niNn-nj^ D^i'?K n-i^i 4 
P3 '^nip ^nn d^dh ^in? r^pn ^n^ D^n'??^ n,p?<;i e 

• |t t ■_!- 

:ip"'nn j;^pn|? "y^it^ y^i<. a'^n [^31 rpn|? 
DV np3-^*ln n");^-snn o'w i^^pn'? o'tib^ j<npn s 

D'ip!:-'?N D^^Lrn nnnD D^^n ^ip^ D^i'?K n^Kn 9 

I T V •_!- T - - J- • -J- - )t" • v; V J- 

: p-^*ln ntr3\n rr^nni nnt< 

* l|-- • :|- AT T- - V Tl" : T V 

D^D^ Hnp D^DH mpD'71 pN ntr':n-^^ D^i'?K ^npn ^ 

A- t|t -j ••):•: | v-iv t t-- • t| : • - 



Genesis I. 



11 inr. yn\f2 d^^ Nt^n p.j^rr j^^'in D^^'7^^ npK^i 

12 f;;*! ^m^p^ ;^ni;. j;np ::^:ir. Nt^''i. p^rr j^v'^irii 

/ • • v: :- A" ■ : : v : • : •.• | 

14 bn:^n'7 o'mti ;;^p")5 nn^p ^*^| D*n'?iNt *igj^^i 

'^ : fp-^*ln_ n,^n-^r ^'i^O'? ^W^ J^'PI? nn'iKo^ vm 
16 n■1^^Dn-nK o'^iiyn rh'^r^n ^:ltr'-n^5 D^i'?^ c^i^-n 

T - V A- : - : - •• : v • v: ^j— 

1^ : n^O""^^ *^'^0^ '^'a??^'^ J^'PI? ^'•^'^^ ^0^ If*''! 

r)Oi;;| ^■i;^l rj^n u/^)_ pf ' D*gn i^n:p^;^ D^ri'??;? np^n 
C]^3 ^ir-':'? nj?i DD^^p'? D'pn •i^^nt^' 'im r^?^.0'"^n 



D 



Genesis I. 



•J V : • : : A " • v: r | v-it:- 

HDH^ riTdi n'n tr"^:) p^^n N^nn D^n'??^ n,!:^^ 24 

T •■ : T • : T - v-iv P VJT T •• • v: v -J~ 

D^ii'^N Nnn ^nii^D':' ^^-I^^n t^Dn-'?^ n^i n:i^Q'? 

:~ A" • : T T-:|T v jv t •• : t • : 

lire-':? 
nnn ^jiniDiD •i^d'^i^:} dhn ntr;^:i D^n':'^ n^K-n 26 

T : I VJT T t: t":- -j-t- ): t- -:• 

TT • v: VJV : : - : t t |t v • v: t : • - 

|T T T ».T )•• : T T (S 

: : • •." V T -.J - • v: t | -.-it : - 

: pKH-'?;^ nt^^hn n-'^n-'^Dn^ ymn 

I V |T T •.• -!•.■ |T T ~ T : 'J- T " 

^ -JV ^- •• V ^•- T V V T • J- T •• • v: V J- 

: n^?t<^ n^7;. 05^ r^, ;?i^ yi^. 

AT : T : •.••!(•• I •.•JV T •-• T - •.•JV •.• -: I ".jt t 



10 Genesis II. 



• :|- rt : •• • : t '^t v -: t v • v: :— 

CHAPTER II. 

|T T : T : I v-iT T : -j- t - •. : - 

: • - rtT •^T V -: : - : '^^ • : - - • v: - : - 

4 nitri; DV3 DNn;!^^ pj<n^ D^p^n nn^in n'pK 

V T - V n-- T : P V T T V : |- vjv v t - - • : 
I •.• T T '^ • v: T : • : • • At : • ■:-i\- 

~ •" T T -; |T I • T T T T |T V ' VI T : V -I' - 

tn^n t^^^"? DnN*n ^nn d^'tt nDt^'Ji vsn:: 

|T- v-iv : TT|T •:- i\- - - : ■ t - : 

V ; -* : T : V I ^^ t t t -: |t I • • v: t : - ; — 



ov. 4. t^^^tj /n 



Genesis II. 11 



HNni "iHi^ D^'pi [iin-n5< nip^n'p n^5 J^V' ^n^i ^ 

I • T ^T T : - : 

n'^nnn pN-'?^ n^ nbbrr Kin fitr'^s nn^rr Dt:^" n 

T • -: 1- I VJV T •• .. - I rt • T V It 

|T T - T V -: 

nj^-'?^ riK abiDH Nin fin^ji 'Jirrr nn-in-Dtr'i 13 

ni^'i< no'^p rp'nn Nin '^p'ln ^^'^'ptf^n nn|n otri h 

:m£iKinT:i^nnmni 

|T : ^* • : |T T T - : 

nn^j;'? nJ^1^5 inmn onNn-n^t a^rib^. n)n\ npn, ^^^ 

It : T : 

-rrtf^i^s^ 1*15'? D";5<n nvrr did-k'? d^H'??< nini 15^^ i^ 

I : •.■ : •.■•j" 

... .. ^ - — ^ ^ ^ _. 1^ I . . ... ^ . VJ— 

A Tj: • - : • T T |T V •• T- • - T - ] ^ T 

:1D^' Nin n'n t^^^, ay<n i^"K^[p* "^m '^bi 
'?b'?i D^birn :i"i:i^':'i nDn:^^-'?^'? nibtr' Dn^^^ ?^npn ^ 

: • - T - I : T •• : - t : " t t |t t|: •- 

|: V : v'^" t t ] tt : Av t - 



12 Genesis III. 



T |v : - XT : •- T '^ : - ■ ^^M 

22 D>Nt,;i-fD np7'^m r'7¥n-n^ D^i':'^e njn| ]y) 

|t T |T V T -IV • : - AT ■ : 

rDN-r-nnp'? ^\vo ^3 rrirK ^^np^ n^^"? 

I t)t:i'-. • •• • T • "It- : 

24 rm ')'hm2 pn-ii isN-nNi v^K-nK ti^'^N-ari^^ iTb:; 

T : : • : ) - t: A • V : • t v • t*^:|- I" '^- 

• It V T T : 

HD nt^^'^'^ri' Hb] )r\m) D^^^p D^bn;r on';!!?^' vnp 

CHAPTER III. 

« ntr;r ^m rrntrrr n'-n '^dd on); n^n trmm 

T T V -: V T - • T T T T T - : 

v: - T T I - T • I T V V J- A- v: t : 

2 :^p^:i firr-fj}; n|)p t^^nin-'??? nmn "ipKni 

3 1^?^^■;^ n'? n'n% im f^D'^li^? '^??^■^? fi^n n$P*i 

: pippin [5 1^ ^j^-in ti:"?) ^ipp 

4 :nnpn n1o-^i^ nti^Krr-^N tr'mrr n^^n 

I I V : AT • |T V t t - V -J - 



o V. 25. 1^:1^ 'D 



Genesis ni. 13 



^pNni insp njpni '^^ip^^n'? fjrn n,5f7.^i D^i^j;^ 

I -: V T '^:|— T" ••^: 

D\'i^N nin^ ^:£)D int^'Ki Dn^e^ j^:}nnn D■T^1 

v: T : •• : • : • : t t |t ..-..- ^ - 

T|v- V J- i^T T |T V • v: T : t|: •- 



T : |T T -IV • T -: • : • : ) j- • • 

-n^np Nirr ^n^;r nrin: ntr'K nt^^rr dikh n,t:Kn 12 

T : |T • • T "^ T -I- T V -: T • |T AT T |T V J- 

-• ~ AT - T • |t •. v: T : V -I- 

ibiio ^HH't^n trmn ti^Hn 

I" |T . J- . . T T - T ■ |T 

t^'^p '91"':'? ':'3^^n 1^:;] 

o V. 10. S';?Sd 



14 Genesis III. 



:n)7.j; ^liSi'i^^ri nr\^) tr'^^ !r]5*itp> Kin 

17 fi?rT-fp b^m) r\r)m "^"^p? r\yp^ ^5 im dij^^'i 

T T -: |T T -: Av • - •• ) J- • • V -: 

:^;;:n ^0* '^b n^^^^r) fmj^5 n^'J^ri 

18 :n;7^n i^tj^^-n^? n^5^^) ^J? n^PVn n^^n) fipi 

19 ^3 nb-i^n-'?i^ ^5itr nj; dh"? '^s^n ^^gN nrr5 

^ D^^ nn^n Kin ^d nin m^K Dtr' on^rr t<ir?'^ 

T : |T • • At- : • •• t t |t t|: •- 

|T T 

21 n'l;; ni:in3 'intr't^^i dik^ d^H'??^ n'ln^ ir;^n 

^ : T V : • : t t : • v: t : "^j — 



V • - - : T T T T |t I •• • v: t : ;■ j- 

D^ tip?) ')r n^t?^"^-f5 ' nr}y_] i^ni did n^n^ 

I Oft? nj>)^ n&;^■^^ 



:D7r?p 



Genesis TV. 15 



CHAPTER IV. 



j^p-iiN ibr\) 'lnr)^ ')m^ mn-n}< :;y Dn^?^') « 

I* J- V VJ"- ~ A : ■ -JT- V ^ I.-T T T JT : 

|{«k ni^"} '^^D'^nn, '^gn-n?^ vrT?<-nt< n-1'7'7 ^?^7- ^ 

:nD•^^^ nai; n^n m) 
nn:)0 nDn^n n^t^ m i^y) d^d^ rpD ^nn 3 

(.T : • v»T T -: |T s- : • I ) - " t - at J h* • (.- : - 

|T |- 

It:- V : -.(.v v t : 

nKO pp'? niiji ny^^^' K^ ■inmp-'?j<i np-"'^^'?! ^ 

I P.-T V : fr T I.T : |t tjt ^t t< \'}i^t v (.t : v j- 

n^t^n nnsih a^b^n j^"? D^^1 Hm y^^n-o^ Ni'?rr 7 

JT - - v.- ... J . ; •. . ... . < -: 

/T>rr- V T - JT : |- ■:- A" t v jv v I)^- v j- 

nnnnn VHN ^nn-'?K vp 

• *: -T J V - I A- T VJV (.- I*J- T v -;- 

• I T «,• T ;•• -: 

It T-: |T 

n*s-nK nnvB ntr'^e hDn^^n-fD ^rn^^ nn?^ nn;^i n 

T • V JT : Tt jv -: t t -; (t I • t at j t <,t^- : 

I |-.-r • ) V r J- : - lj~r 



16 Gekesis ly. 



^.TT ^/T Iat (.t |- )j- 1 T t-:jt V ^: |- <• 

14 nnoK n^jfD-t:i nb'^^^^ ^jb ''?ro Di^n ^nk ntrnji ]n 

A" T V ) I.VT • T T-: |T J-' : •^ ■■ - • T : -•• I •• 

■ ]•• : -(- >.• : I T >T T : p V T T tt *^<t • • t : 

V 1— I^T-. • \.-*T : • I J- J- T I •• T T : J V s- 

:)Ki^b''7:D inK-ni^n ^n'?^':' nik Vpb nw 

* I : 1 T !> !-;•:•: I •)- : <t : 

I V |T V j-T \." r I : •• T J : v -t 

19 rvy^n DiT'i nS;^ nn^n Dt:^" n^m ^n^" tid'? i':5-np^i 

|v|: • V !> y • -: T T -i att v i.t't •.•;••- 

21 :n:iiri nto tr^jh-^^ ^'ix nSn ^^1^ '^nr vnx Dt:^i 

;•• T •• I-)- - J V T :|T • - -TT • : 

23 v^'^^ rp7 "^ON'l 

^I'lp 1;???^" n^Vl nn;; 

rt- T : • Tk--: r ) V V J" : 



O V. 18. /^ -IM' 



Genesis TV. 17 



•-.... . . _ ^ ^. J. 

I- T|\ - : -Av: 

totr'-ni< Nnpni rb n'^ni in:r'j<-nK 11;; d-ij< r"!'") ^^ 
i:inrr ^d *7ih nrrn nnK :nt b'Ti"?^ ^^-n;r' ^3 ntr 

V, T-: y V V -J- .. - ^ -_,._. . ... ^. Yr J- A" 

"ritin m jtun iDsr'-nN Nip»i p-iV hrroi nty'?! 26 

|T : J" : (.): • 



OEIVESIS I -IV. 

CHAPTER I. 

1. In-beginning created God* )( the-heavens and-)( the-earth. 

2. And-the-earth was (a) desolation and-(a)-waste ; and-darkness 
(was) upon+faces-of abyss;* and-(the)-spirit-of God (was) 
brooding upon+faces-of the-waters. 

3. And-said God: Shall-be4-(or, let-be)+light ; * and-(there)- 
was+ light. 

4. And-saw God )(+the-light that+good ;* and-caused-to-divide 
God between the-light and-between the- darkness. 

5. And-called God to-the-light day, and-to-the-darkness called-he 
night;* and-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was+moming, day 
one. 

6. And-said God: Let-be (an) expanse in-(the)-midst-of the- 
waters;* and-let-be (a) dividing between waters to-waters. 

7. And-made God )(+the-expanse,t and-caused-to-divide between 
the-waters which (were) from-under to-the-expanse and-be- 
tween the-waters which (were) from-upon to-the-expanse;* 
and-(it)-was+so. 

8. And-called God to-the-expanse heavens ;* and-(it)-was+even- 
ing, and-(it)-was-(-inorning, day second. 

9. And-said God: Let-be-coUected the-waters from-under the- 
heavens unto+place one, and-let-be-seen the-dry (land) ;* and- 
(it)-was-fso. 

10. And-called God to-the-dry (land) earth, and-to-(the)-CQllection- 

of [the]-waters he-called seas ;* and-saw God that-f good. 

18 



Genesis I. 19 



11. And-said God : Let-cause-to-spring-forth the-eartli grass, herb 
causing-to-seed seed, tree-of fruit making fruit to-kind-his 
which seed-his+in-him [i. e., whose seed is in it) upon-fthe- 
earth ;* and-(it)-was-f so. 

12. And-caused-to-come-forth the-earth grass; herb causing-to- 
seed seed to-kind-his, and-tree making+ fruit which seed-his-f 
in-him to-kind-his ;* and-saw God that+good. 

13. And-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was-{-moming, day third. 

14. And-said God: Let-be luminaries in-(the)-expanse-of the- 
heavens, to-cause-to-divide between the-day and-between the- 
night ;* and-they-shall-be for-signs, and-for-seasons, and-for- 
days and-years. 

15. And-they-shall-be for-luminaries in-(the)-expanse-of the-heav- 
ens to-cause-light upon-J- the-earth ;* and-(it)-was-f so. 

16. And-made God )(+(the)-two-[of] [the]-luminaries the-great;* 
)(+the-luminary the-great, for-ruling-of the-day ; and-)(-[-the- 
luminary the-small, for-ruling-of the-night, and-)( the-stars. 

17. And-gave )(-them God in-(the)-expanse-of the-heavens ;* to- 
cause-light upon-f the-earth[.], 

18. And-to-rule in-the-day and-in-the-night, and-to-cause-to-di- 
vide between the-light and-between the-darkness ;* and-saw 
God that-fgood. 

19. And-(it)-was+ evening, and-(it)-was+ morning, day fourth. 

20. And-said God : Let-swarm the-waters swarm(s), soul-of life ;* 
and-fowl shall-fly upon-fthe-earth, upon+faces-of (the) ex- 
panse-of the-heavens. 

21. And-created God )(+the-sea-monsters the-great ;* and-)( all-f 
(the)-soul(s)-of [the]-life the-creeping [or, which-creep), (with)> 
which swarmed the-waters to-kinds-their and-)( every+fowl. 
of wing to-kind-his and-saw God that-j-good. 



20 GiiNESis I. 



22. And-blessed )(-them God, to-say {or, saying) :* Be-ye-fmitful 
and-multiply-ye and-fill-ye )(4-tlie-waters m-tbe-seas,and-the- 
fowl let- multiply in-the-earth. 

23. Aiid-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was+momiiig, day fifth. 

24. And-said God : Shall-cause-to-come-fortli the-earth soul-of 
life to-kind-her, cattle, and-creeper, and-beast-of4-(the)-earth 
to-kind-her ;* and-(it)-was+so. 

25. And-made God )(+(tlie)-beast-of the-earth to-kind-her, and-)( 
+the-cattle to-kind-her, and-)( every+creeper-of the-ground 
to-kind-his f and-saw God that+good. 

26. And-said God : We-will-(or, Let-us)-make man in-image-onr, 
according-to-likeness-our ;* aRd-they-shall-have-dominion in- 
(the)-fish-of the-sea, and-in-(the)-fowl-of the-heavens, and-in- 
the-cattle, and-in-all+the-earth, and-in-all+the-creeper(s) the- 
creeping [or, which-creep) npon+the-earth. 

27. And-created God )(+the-man iu-image-his ; in-(the)-image-of 
God created-he )(-him ;* male and-female created-he )(-them. 

28. And-blessed )(-them God.f and-said to-them God: Be-ye-fruit- 
ful and-multiply-ye, and-fill-ye )( -f- the-earth and-subdue-ye- 
her;* and-have-ye-dominion in-(the)-fisli-of the-sea, and-in- 
(the)-fowl-of the-heavens, and-in-every+beast the-creeping 
upon-(- the-earth. 

29. And-said God : Behold ! I-have-given to-you )(+eYery-f herb 
seeding seed which (is) upon+faces-of all-f- the- earth, and-)( 
all-j-the-tree(s) which+in-him [i. e., in-which) (is the) fruit-of 
+(a)-tree seeding seed •* to-you it-shall-be for-food. 

30. And-to-every+beast-of the-earth, and-to-every+fowl-of llie- 
heavens, and-to-every creeping-cne upon-f the-earth whlch-f 
in-him (i. e., in-which) (is the) soul-of life, (I have given) )(+ 
every+greenness-of herb for-food ;* and-(it)-was4-so. 



Genesis n. 21 



31. And-saw God )(+all-f-which he-had-done, and-behold+good 
exceedingly ; * and-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was-f morning, 
day the-sixth. 

CHAPTER II. 

1. And-were-finished the-heavens and-the-earth and-all+host- 
thetr. 

2. And-finished God, in-the-day the-seventh, work-his which he- 
had-done;* and-he-rested in-the-day the-seventh from-aU+ 
work-his which he-had-done. 

3. And- blessed God )(4-day the-seventh and-sanctified )(-it;* 
because in-it he-rested from-all-|- work-his which+created God 
to-make. 

4. These (are) (the) generations-of the-heavens and-the-earth in- 
being-created-itheir ;* in-(the)-day-of (the) making-of Jehovah 
God earth and-heavens. 

5. And-every shrub-of the-field not-yet had-been [lit., will-be) in- 
the-earth, and-every+herb-of the-field not-yet had-sprouted- 
(Zii., will-sprout )-forth;* for not had-caused-to-rain Jehovah 
Godupon-j-the-earth and-man was-not to-serve )(+the-ground. 

6. And-(a)-mist used-to-go-up [lit., will-go-up) from-fthe-earth,* 
and-cause-to-drink [i. e., used-to-water) )(-f aU+(the)-faces-of 
the-ground. 

7. And-formed Jehovah God )(-fthe-man (out of) dust froni+ 
the-ground, and-breathed in-nostrils-his breath-of lives f and- 
was the-man for-(a)-soul-of life [i. e., and-became the-man (a) 
soul-of life). 

8. And-planted Jehovah God (a) garden ia-Eden from-east,* 
and-placed there )(+the-man whom he-formed. 



22 Genesis II. 



9. And-caused-tosprout-forth Jehovah God from-j-the-ground, 
every+tree pleasant to-sight and-good for-food * and-(the)- 
tree-of [the]-lives in-(the)-midst-of the-garden, and-(the)-tree- 
of [the]-knowiiig good and-evil. 

10. And-(a)-river goes-forth [lit., going-forth) from-Eden to-water 
)(+the-garden* and-from-there it-is-divided and-becomes 
four heads [Ut.^ and-is for-four heads). 

11. (The) name-of the-one (is) Pishon;* it {lit, he) (is) the-(one)- 
encompassing [or, which-encompasses) )( all+(the)-land-of 
[the]-Havilah, which^- there [i, e., where) (is) the-gold. 

12. And-(the)-gold-of the-land the-that {lit., she) (is) good ;* there 
(is) the-bdellium and-(the)-stone-of [the]-onyx. 

13. And-(the)-name-of +the-river the-second (is) Gihon ;* it (is) the- 
(one)-encompassiiig )( all+(the)-land-of Cush. 

14. And-(the)-name-of the-river the-third (is) Tigris ; it (is) the- 
(one)-going eastward-of Assyria ;* and-the-river the-f ourth is 
[lit., he) Euphrates. 

15. And-took Jehovah God )( -ft he-man,* and-caused-to-rest-him 
(i. e., placed-him) in-garden-of+Eden to-serve-it {lit., her) and- 
to-ke«p-it. 

16. And-commanded Jehovah God upon+the-man to-say {i. e., 
saying):* Erom-every tree-of+ the-garden eating thou-mayest- 
eat[.] ; 

17. Bu J-from-(the)-tree-of [the]-knowing good and-evil, not shalt- 
thou-eat from-it {lit., him);* for, in-(the)-day-of eating-thy 
from-it, dying shalt- thou- die. 

18. And-said Jehovah God : Not+good (the)-being-of [the]-man 
to-separation-his ; * I-will-make+for-him (a) help as-over- 
against-him {or, as-his-counterpart). 



Genesis III. 23 



19. And-formed Jehovah God from-f-the-ground every-}-beast-of 
the-field and-){ every-|-fowl-of the-heavens, and-caused- to- 
come {i. e., brought) unto+the-man to-see what+he-will-call 
+to-it, [lit., him) * and-all which will-call+to-it the-man, 
soul-of life, is [lit., he) name-its [lit., his). 

20. And-called the-man names to-all+the-cattle, and-to-(the)- 
fowl-of the-heavens and-to-every beast-of the-field ;* and-for- 
man not+did-he-find (». e., there was not found) (a) help as- 
o ver-agains t-him . 

21. And-caused- to-f all Jehovah God (a) deep-sleep upon-fthe-man, 
and-he-slept,* and-he-tool? one from-sides-his and-closed (the) 
flesh instead-of-it. 

22. And-built Jehovah God )(+the-side which+he-took f rom+the- 
man for-(a)-woman,* and-caused-to-come-her [i. e., brought 
her) unto-j-the-man. 

23. And-said the-man f: This, the-tread [L e., now), bone from- 
bones-my, and-flesh from-flesh-my ;* to-this it-shall-be-called 
woman, for from-man was-taken+this. 

24. Upon-fso {i. e., therefore) shall-leave+(a)-man )(+father-his 
and-)(+mother-his,* and-shall-cleave in-wife-his, and-they- 
shall-be for-flesh one. 

25. And-were (the) two-of-them naked, the-map anf^-wif e-his ;* 
and-not weie-{lit., will-be )-they-ashamed. 

CHAPTER 111. 

[In the two remaining chapters, the translation of the pronoirinHl siuffix is 
placed before instead of after the noun which it limits.] 

1 . And-the-serpent was crafty f rom-every beast-of the-field w>vich 
had-made Jehovah God ;* and-he-said unto-f the- woman : (Is 
it) so that+has-said God, not shall-ye-eat from-every tree-of 
the-garden[.] ? 



24 Genesis III. 



2. And-said the-woman unto+the-serpent :* rrom-(tlie)-fniit-of 
(the)-tree(s)-of+the-garden we-may-eat[.] ; 

3. But-from-(the)-fruit-of the-tree which (is) in-midst-of+the- 
garden,t has-said God : 'Not shall-ye-eat from-it, and-not shall- 
ye-touch in-it,* lest ye-die. 

4. And-said the-serpent unto-|-the-woman : * Not-f-dying shall- 
ye-die. 

5. For knowing (is) God that in-(the)-day-of your-eating from- 
it, then-(Zii., and)-shall-be-opened your-eyes,* and-ye-shall-be 
like-God, knowers-of good and-evil. 

6. And-saw the-woman, that good (wa§) the-tree for-food, and- 
that (a) delight-(was)+it to-the-eyes, and-desirable (was) the- 
tree to-make-wise, and-she-took from-his-fruit and-she-ate ;* 
and-she-gave also-f to-her-husband with-her and-he-ate[.] ; 

7. And-were-opened (the) eyes-of (the) two-of-them, and-they- 
knew that naked (were) they,* and-they-sewed leaf -of tig-tree, 
and-they-made for-them-( selves) girdles. 

8. And-they-heard )(+(the)-voice-of Jehovah God walking in- 
the-garden to-(or, at)-(the)-breeze-of the-day;* and-hid-him- 
self the-man and-his-wif e f rom-f aces-of Jehovah God in-midst- 

of (the) tree(s)-of the-garden. 

9. And-called Jehovah God unto+the-man,* and-said to-him: 
Where-art-thou[.] ? 

10. And-he-said : )(+thy-voice I-heard in-the-gai-den,* and-I-was- 
afraid, because+naked (was) I ; and-I-hid-myself . 

11. And-he-said: Who caused-to-know {i.e., made known) to- 
thee, that naked (wert) thou;* ?-from+the-tree, which I-com- 
manded-thee to-not eat+from it, hast-thou-eaten[.] ? 

12. And-said the-man :* The-woman whom thou-gave (to be) with- 
me, she gave-j-to-me from+the-tree and-I ate. 



Genesis III. 25 



13. And-said Jehovah God to-the-woman : What+(is)+this thou- 
hast-done ?* And-said the-woman : The-serpent corrupted-me 
and-I-ate. 

14. And-said Jehovah God unto+the-serpent : Because thou-hast- 
done this,t cursed (art) thou from-all+the-cattle, and-from- 
every beast-of the-field ;* upon+thy-belly shalt-thou-go, and- 
dust shalt-thou-eat all-l-(the)-|-days-of thy-lives. 

15. And-enmity will-I-put between-thee and-between the-woman, 
and-between thy-seed and-between her-seed ;* it [lit., he) shall- 
bruise-thee (as to the) head ; and-thou shalt-bruise-him (as to 
the) heel. 

16. Unto-|-the- woman he-said: Causing-to-be-great I-will-cause- 
to-be-great [i. e., multiplying I will multiply) thy-sorrow and- 
thy-conception (t. e., the sorrow of thy conception); in-pain 
thou-shalt-bring-forth sons,* and-unto-fthy-husband (shall-be) 
thy-desireand-he shall-rule+in-(o)', over)-thee. 

17. And-to-man he-said: Because thou-hast-hearkened to-(the)- 
voice-of thy-wife,t and-hast-eaten from+the-tree which I- 
commanded-thee, to-say : not shalt-thou-eat from-it,* cursed 
(is) the-ground for-the-sake-of-thee ; in-sorrow shalt-thou-eat- 
(of )-it all (the) days-of thy-lives. 

18. And- thorn and- thistle shall-it-cause-to-sprmg-forth to- thee;* 
and-thou-shalt-eat )(-}-(the)-{-herb-of the-field. 

19. In-(the)-sweat-of thy-nostrils, shalt-thou-eat bread, until thy- 
return unto-fthe-ground ; for from-it [lit.^ her) w^ast-thou- 
taken ;* for-j-dust (art) thou, and-unto-f-dust thou-sbalt-retur?i. 

20. And-called the-man (the) name-of his-wife Eve,* for she was 
mother-of all+living. 

21. And-made Jehovah God for-man and-for-his-wife tunics-of 
skin, and-caused-to-put-on-them. 



26 GEiiTESis ly. 



22. And-said Jehovah God: Behold! the-man has-become like- 
one-of [from]-us to-know good and-evil;* and-now lest+he- 
put-forth his-hand and-take also from-(the)-tree-of [the]-lives, 
and-eat and-live for-ever. 

23. Therefore-(Zii., and)-sent-him Jehovah God from-(the)-garden- 
of+Eden,* to-serve )(+the-groimd which he-was-taken from- 
there. 

24. And-he-drove-out )(-f the-man * and-caused-to-dwell [i. e., 
placed) from-east to-(the)-garden-of+Eden, )(+ the-Cherubim, 
and-)( (the) flame-of the-sword {i. e., the flaming sword) the- 
(one)-turning-itself to-keep )(+(the)-way-of (the) tree-of [the]- 
lives. 

CHAPTER IV. 

1. And-the-man knew )(-f Eve his-wife ;^ and-she-conceived, and- 
she-bore )(+Cain ; and-she-said : I-have-gotten (a) man with+ 
Jehovah. 

2. And-she-added to-bear [i. e. , and again she bore) )(-|-his-brother 
)(+Abel;* and-was+Abel (a) shepherd-of flock(s), and-Cain 
was (a) tiller-of ground. 

3. And-it-was, from-end-of days* and-caused-to-come (i. c, 
brought) Cain from-(the)-fruit-of the-ground (an) offering to- 
Jehovah. 

4. And- Abel caused-to-come, also+he, f rom-(the)-firstlings-of his- 
flock and-from-their-fats;*and-looked-with-favor Jehovah un- 
to-j-Abel and-unto+his-offering. 

5. And-unto+Cain and-unto+his-offering not did-he-look-with- 
favor;* and-it-kindled to-Cain [i. e., and Cain was angry), 
exceedingly, and-fell his-faces [or^ countenance). 

6. And-said Jehovah unto -f Cain: For- what [or, why) has-it- 
kindled to-thee, and-for-what have-fallen thy-faces[.] ? 

Q 



Genesis IV. 27 



7. (Is there) ?-not, if-|-thou-makest-(or, doest)-good, (a) lif ting-up 
(of the countenance) ? and-if not thou-makest-good, at-the-door 
sin (is) crouching ;* and-unto-thee (shall be) his-desire, and- 
thou shouldst-rule+in-(or, over)-him. 

8. And-said Cain unto-f-Abel his-brother ;* and-(it)-was in-their- 
being in-the-field, and-rose Cain unto+Abel his-brother and- 
killed-him. 

9. And-said Jehovah unto+Cain : "Where (is) Abel thy-brother ?* 
And-he-said : Not have-I-known {i. e., do-I-know) ; ?-keeper-of 
my-brother (am) I [.] ? 

10. And-he-said: What hast-thou-done?* (The) voice-of (the) 
bloods-of thy-brother (are) crying unto-me from-f-the-ground. 

11. And-now cursed (art) thou,* from-|-the-ground which has- 
opened )(-f her-mouth to-take )(-|-(the)-|-bloods-of thy-brother 
from-thy-hand. 

12. When thou-shalt-till [or, serve) )(-f the-ground, not-{-will-it- 
add to-give+her-strength to-thee;* (a) fugitive and-(a)-vag- 
abond shalt-thou-be in-the-earth. 

13. And-said Cain unto-j-Jehovah :* Great (is) my-iniquity from- 
bearing. 

14. Behold ! thou-hast-driven-out )(-me the-day [i. e., to-day) from- 
upon (the) faces-of the-ground, and-from-thy-faces shall-I-be- 
hid ;* and-I-shall-be (a) fugitive and-(a)-vagabond in-the-earth, 
and-it-shall-be (that) any-|-finding-me will-kill-me. 

15. And-said to-him Jehovah : Therefore (/li., to-so) any+ killing 
Cain, seven-fold shall-he-be-avenged ;* and-placed Jehovah 
for-Cain (a) sign to-not smite+)(-him any-ffinding-him. 

16. And-went-forth Cain from-to-faces-of [i. e., from the presence 
of) Jehovah;* and-he-dwelt in-(the)-land-of+Xod, eastward- 
of-fEden. 



Genesis IV. 



17. And-knew Cain )(-|-his-wlfe and-she-conceived, and-bore )(+ 
Enoch ;* and-he-was building (a) city, and-he-called (the) name- 
of the-city according-to-(the)-name-of his-son Enoch. 

18. And-there-was-born to-Enoch )(4-Irad; and-Irad begat )(-}- 
Mehujael ;* and-Mehujael begat )(+Methusael ; and-Methusael 
begat )(+Lamech. 

19. And-took-f-to-him Lamech two-[of] wives -* (the) name-of the- 
one Adah, and-(the)-name-of the-second Zillah. 

20. And-bore Adah )(+ Jabal ;* he was (the) father-of (the) inhab- 
itant-of tent(s) and-(the-possessor-of )-cattle. 

21. And-(the)-name-of his-brother (was) Jubal;* he was (the) 
father-of all+performing-on (the) harp and-(the)-flute. 

22. And-Zillah, also+she, bore )(+Tubal Cain, hammerer-of every 
-j-cutter-of [i. e., cutting-instrument-of ) bronze and-iron;* 
and-(the)-sister-of Tubal+Cain (was) Naamah. 

23. And-said Lamech to-his-wives : — 
Adah and-Zillah, hear-ye my-voice, 
Wives-of Lamech hearken-unto my-saying ;* 
For (a) man I-have-killed for-my- wounding ; 
And-(a)-youth, for-my-hurt. 

24. If seven-fold shall-be-avenged+Cain,* 
Then-Lamech seventy and-seven. 

25. And-knew Adam again )(+his-wife and-she-bare (a) son ; and- 
she-called )(+his-name Seth :* For has-put-f to-me God seed 
another instead-of Abel, for slew-him Cain. 

26. And-to-Seth, also+he, was-born+(a)-son ; and-he-called )(+ 
his-name Enosh;* then it-was-commenced to-call on-(the)- 
name-of Jehovah. 



OEivESis i-rr. 



ttxp: •:j-2<t:poxi^t:^jd 



CHAPTER I. 

nni D^nn ^^^d '^p "|c^m in^i inn nn^n pNni 2 

:ni{^ ^nn niK \n* D'n"?^ nt:N*n 3 

nij^n p D^n'^K ^nnn aito *d nixn n^ D^n'7^^ Nnn 4 

: ^::*nn pni 

an;r ^nn n'?^^ Nnp •^^rn'?') dv niN'? D\n'7N ^npn ^^ 

nnN DV npn^T^ 

p ^n!JD ^nn o^on "|in3 ypn ^n^ D\n'7i^ n,t:Nn g 

nnnf2 n:^K D^t:n pn ^nnn rp^n nK D\n'?K c*;^n 7 

:p ^nn y'p'i? b^^o nc-'K Drt:n pni rp^':' 
DV npD \nn nn;^ ^nn d^dc^ rp^':' D'n':^^^ ^^^P'^ ^ 

Dipo^5< D^oe^n nnnD D^^n )y D\n'?N nt:Kn 9 

:p \Ti nc^n\n nNnm nas* 
0't2' Nnp Drt:n nipD'?^ pN* ntyy"? D^n'7N* Nnpn * 

: nvj ^^ D\n'?K ^^nn 
r^r yn^D at^j; Ntrn pKn NJ^nn D^n'?K nt:Nn n 
p^n ^y in in? ^t^^i< ^i^^tD"? nfi ntr;^ n^i f;r 

♦ p *nn 



30 Genesis I. 



12 pi )nTt±f yy ];n\o :i^y K*^n y^^n Ki^nni 

13 : ^t^^'^^t^ Dv npn ^nn ::n;^ ^nn 

14 '?nnn^ D^Dt^n rp'^^ n^N't: ^n* D\n'?K n^^n 

^^ pNH '?p 'i\vrr'? D^Dt^rr i^^pnn nniND'? vm 

:p \nn 

: D^DDi:)rr n^^ ii'?^'?rr 

17 : p^^rr b:; n^N*n^ D^Dtrrr rp^^^i D\*i^i^t dhk pn 

18 ^t^^nrr pDi ^it^rr p y-TDn'71 n^^'^rii Dv:n '7t^*d7) 

: niD ^:) D^n'7^* ^y) 

19 : ^r^n DV npn ^nn nn;r ^^n 
^ f]ipi rr^n t^^:i psr D^on i^;nt^'^ D^n'?^* n^Kn 

:D*otrn rp^ '^5 ':^;^ pi<n 'pjir ^i^i^ 

• 21 t:»r):i ':)^ n^i n''?i:in ayunn nn D^n'?^? Nnnn 

riNi Dnr)^'? D^Drr i^^tr ntr^ nt^'^in n^nn 

:piv:} ^T fiwii D^oo 

23 :'>m2n dv npn wi :in;; ^1n 

24 n^rrD nJi^D^ rr^n t^5:i pKn K^nn D^n'7K nnxn 

:p ^T1 mv^^ pN* in^m t^^oni 



Genesis II. 31 



nnn ijnTt:-TD ii!:7VD dtk nr;^:) D^n'?K n,t:.sn 26 

:pNn "7;^ c^onn c^,t:nn '^nm 
Nnn D\n'::'K D'?y:i ir)'7vn dikh hk DNn'^K ^^1nn 27 

^:}ni niD D\n'?N* on'? n,t:Nn D\n'?N Dn5< ^nnn 28 

:pN*n '?;; nc^-t:nn iTn ^mi Drt:c*n 
:nt 2cy ^D n5< d:)'? ^-inj mn □\n^N ntD^vn 29 
in ntrx frn ':'3 hn*^ y^^n '^:i ^Jid '^i^ nt:*N nr 
:n'?DiX'? .T.T d:)"' >nr n* f;^ hd 
tr^n '^D^i Drt:c*n v^i;^ '^d'^i pNn n^n ^rj'^i "? 

: p ^T1 
\nn -iNo :31l: mm ncy 1:^^^ 'r':) n^ D*n'?j< Nnn 31 

: 'o*c^n DV npa ^nn nn^r 

CHAPTER II. 

nac^ in o inK c^-ipn Tn:rn or hn* dni'^n ^nnn 3 



32 Genesis II. 



4 n^try Dv:3 DJ^narrn p^m D^Dtrn nin'^in n'?H 

^ nnc^n ntrr ':^:)") p^^:} nsn* onto rrntrn n^c^ "7^) 

6 : ranNrr ^J5 '?:) n^e nps^ni p^n jd n'?;;* '1H^ 
:rr^n trfi^'? D-r^^n ^^n o^^rr n^tr^ v^nd 

^ ^r^*l1 1*^ Dtr^i prr n^ niptrn'? pyo t^T '^n^^ 

11 n'^nnn pN ^^d nx nnon Kin ptr^D nn^n d:^ 

12 : Dncrn pH) n^inrr Dtr niD Ninn p^n :in\) 

13 pK '?:d r\i^ n^iDH xin pn^ji ^:ic^rr nnjin Dtri 

14 nitTN r\f2ip '^'7nn Nin ^p-in ^tr^'^c^n in:in D:^n 



Genesis III. 33 



:r\)t2n did ijdd 'i'?dn* 
nrj'? DiNn nvn nit: ^^'? D^n'?K nin^ irj^n is 

I*? Nnp^ HD nM^ib D•^^trr ':'k ^nn o^otrn t)i;r '7D 
nDtr Nin n^rr tr^j d-inh ')'? ^<np^ ntr^ b^) 
D^Dtrn «]ir':'i nonnn ^d'? niot^ onNrr Nipn ^ 

npn ftr^n DiNn ^y nDinn D^n'?N mn^ '^^in 21 
:n:)nnn nc^n njion vn;^'?!^o nni< 

:n^^r nnpb ct^nd ^d n^^^ Nnp^ n^tb 
inc^ND pani iDJ^ nj<i vn^ nx ::^\s D?;r^ p b:; 24 

i)t^i^2r\^ Hb) inc^Ki D-iKH D^Dn;^ dh^jc^ vnn ^^^ 

CHAPTER III. 

ntry ntr^^ nn:rn n^n ^dq Dn;r n^'^ trmni « 



34 Genesis III. 



3 i':^DNn j^'? D^'l'?K nD^^ pn "|im n^j< f;?n n£3Di 

:m DID ^;^T D^^'?K:D DiTNii 

6 Kirr niNn-^Di *?dkd^ f;^rr did ^d ntj^^rr h^d) 

'^Dj^ni vn^o npni '?^Dtrn'? f;^n n^mi d*:i^j;^ 

DNn'?^^ mn^ ^:dd intr^v^i on^rr ^rirrnn Dvn 

:pn fr n'inn 

12 njin^ i^)ii nt^:^ nnn:i nt^j^ ntr^n an^n nn^n 

:^:)Ni frrr p '"? 

t'^DNi ^:iN^t:*n trmn nt^Nn 

o V. 10, hyhi2 



Gen:esis III. 35 



:Dp;; i^iDitj^n rrnj<i c^^n ^^)ty' ion ny^t 

trrntrn ntr;^ n?< n'^DKi "j'? n^mn mini pp*i is 

DK rrn\^ Kin o mn intr^ d::^ DiNrr ^npn ^^ 
•niir n):n:) inc^N'?i d-in^ D^n^K nin^ t^^ri 21 

fro d:i rrp'71 n^ n^LT^ j^d nn;^i r^i ^10 n^i':' 

nDiKH riK na;;'? pr pD D^n':?K nin^ inn'?^:^^ 23 

: DtTD rrp'? ntr^ 
D^anDrr iiN pr p'? Dipo pt^n dinh n^ t^njin 24 
yi; y)i nK ^otj^'? nD£)nnorr T\nn dh'? n^i 



36 Genesis IV. 



CHAPTER IV. 

« pp nK i^n) nnm intr^ mrr riN ;?n* DiKni 

:mn^ riN tr^j< w:ip no^ni 

2 f}<y rm ':':3n \*in '^nrr n^{ rn^ n^ ni'?'? ^on) 

ino^H "iny iTH ppi 

3 nmD rrDiNH ntio pp Kan d^d^ f pD ^nn 

^ n^D pp'? nnn rrytr n'? *inn:)D '?i<i pp '^ni 

7 rrni)^ yt^'n n^ dki nxtr a^D^n dk i<i7n 

na '^t^^on nn^^i inpit^n 7'?ni pn n^ton 

8 n-iLra DDvna ^nn vhk .'?Drr ^7^ pp noxn 

:imnnn vhk '?:3n '?^5 pp Dpn 

r^^^t ^HK not^n *n;^m 

: rrQ-iNH 

11 mfi DN rrnir^ itrx rrDiNrr p nn^ nn^ nnyi 

:*]mo ^HK ^oi iiK nnp'? 

12 y: ^'^ nra nn ^on n'? nDn^n n^ nD;^n *:) 

:pN!i mnn n:i 



Genesis IV. 



rNitrjo '^)^ '?)i:\ rrin^ ^n yp n^j^n is 

7J5D1 HDiNn *:iiD '^^^D Dvn ^n^ nc^-):i |n i^ 

: iN^;o "7:^ inK norr ^n'^D^ niN pp'? mn^ dj:^^ 

:pjr riDip ni: pND :}Lrn n^T o^'^o pp ?^yn le 

'nn ^i:n riN n^ni nnni inc^N n^ pp rin n 

Dtri niv nn^n Dtr D^t^:) ^itr p*? i'? npn 19 

^nx atr» ^^N n\n xin ^a» nK rn;; n^ni ^ 

: mpDi 

: DJiv^i ^"^^^ t^sn ^D ^D^^ hm Kin '?:iv vhn Dtri 21 

: no;;^ f^p '^^iin n)ni<) ^nni ncrm 

rtr^'7 ^0'? nD^^n 23 
''^ip f^Dcr n^vi no; 



38 Genesis IV. 



24 pp Dp^ D^n;rn:r ^:d 

^:) '^an nnn nn^ jnr D\n'?K ^^^ nt:^ ^o ntr 

:pp inn 

:mrr^ Dtrn Nnp^ ^mrr 



Transliteration of* Oenesis I. 



1. B're'-sitli ba-ra' '®16-him* 'eth has-sa-ma-yltm w*'eth ha-'a-reg. 

2. W'ha-'a-reg ha-y'tha tho-hu wa-bho-hu, w'ho-sekh 'al+p'ne 
th'hom;* w'ru(a)h '*16-him m*ra-h^-pheth 'al+p'ne ham-ma-jam. 

3. Way-yo'-mer '^lo-hini, y'hi+'or ;* wa-y'hi+'6r. 

4. Way-yar' '*16-him 'eth+ha-'or ki+tobb f way-yabh-del 'n6-him 
ben ha-'or u-bben ba-bo-sekh. 

5. Way-yiq-ra' '*16-bim la-'6r yom, w*la-bo-sekb qa-ra' la-y*la;* 
wa-y*bi+'e-rebb wa-y'bi+bbo-qer yom 'e-badh. 

6. Way-yo'-mer '*16-bim, y'bi ra-qi(a)' b'tbokh ham-ma-yim;* 
wi-bi mabb-dil ben ma-yim la-ma-yim. 

7. Way-ya-'as '*16-bim 'eth-|-ha-ra-qi(a)' ; t way-yabb-del ben 
bam-ma-yim '*ser mit-ta-hatb la-ra-qi(a)' u-bben bam-ma-yim 
'*ser me-'al la-ra-qi(a)';* wa-y'bi+khen. 

8. Way-yiq-ra' '"lo-bim la-ra-qi(a)' sa-ma-yim;* wa-y^bi+'e-rebh 
wa-ybi+bbo-qer yom se-ni. 

9. Way-y6'-mer '^16-him, yiq-qa-wu bSm-ma-yim mit-ta-batb 
has-sa-ma-yim 'el+maqom 'ebadh, w'tbe-ra-'e bay-yab-ba-sa ;* 
wa-y*bi+kben. 

10. Way-yiq-ra' '*16-bim lay-yab-ba-sa '^-re§, u-l*miq-we 
b^m-m^-ytm qa-ra' ySm-mim;* wS,y-y^r' '*16-him ki+tobb. 



40 Genesis I. 



11. Way-yo'-mer '*16-him, tadh-se' ha-'a-re§ de-se', 'e-sebh inaz-ri(a)' 
ze-ra\ 'e§ p'ri '6-se(p) p'ri Pmi-no, '*ser zar-'o+bho 'al+ 
ha-'a-rey ;* wa-y'hi+khen. 

12. Wat-t6-§e' ha-'a-re§ d^-se', 'e-sebh m^z-ri(a)' z^-ra' I'mi-ne-hu, 
w^'eg '6-se(p)+p'ri '*ser zar-'6+bh6 I'mi-ne-hu ; * way-yar' 
'*16-him ki+tobh. 

13. Wa-y'hi+'e-rebh wa-y*hi+bho-qer yom §'li-si. 

14. Way-yo'-mer 'io-him, y'hi m*'6-r6th bi-r*qi(a)Vhas-sa-ma-yim, 
I'habh-dil ben hay-yom ii-bhen lial-la-y*la ;* w*ha-yu l''6-th6th 
u-Pmo-'Mhim u-l'ya-mim w*sa-nim. 

15. W'ha-yu li-m''6-r6tb bi-r'qi(a)' has-sa-m^-yim, I'ha-'ir 'al+ 
ha-'a-rey f wa-y'hi+kben. 

16. Way -y a-' as '*16-him 'eth-fs'ne ham-m''6-r6th hag-g'dho-lim,* 
'eth-f-ham-ma-'or bag-ga-dhol I'mem-se-leth hay-yom, w'''eth+ 
ham-ma-'6r haq-qa-ton Pmem-s^-leth hal-la-y*la, w''eth 
hak-ko-kha-bhira. 

17. Way-yit-ten '6-tham '*16-him bi-r*qi(a)' has-sa-ma-yim * I'ha-'ir 
'al+lia-'a-re§[.], 

18. W'lim-sol bay-yom u-bhal-la-yi3, u-l*babh-dil ben ha-'6r 
u-bhen ha-ho-sekh ;* way-yar' '*16him ki-f tobh. 

19. Wa-y'hi-f 'e-rebh wa-yhi+bho-qer yom r'bhi-1. 

20. Way-yo'-mer ''16-him, yis-r'Qu ham-ma-yim Se-re^, n^-phes 
hay-ya;* w*oph y''6-pheph 'al+ha-'a-reg, 'Sl+p'ne r'qi(a)' 
lias-sa-nia-yim. 

21. Way-yibh-ra' '^o-him 'eth+hat-tan-ni-nim hag-g'dho-lim * 
w''eth kol+ne-phes ha-hay-ya, ha-ro-me-setli '*ser sa-r'§u 
ham-ma-yim I'mi-ne-hem, w*'eth koln'oph ka-naph I'mi-neThu; 
way-yar' '*16-him ki+tobh. 



Genesis I. 41 



22. Wa-y'bha-rekh 'o-tham '*16-him, le'-mor,* p'ru u-r«bhu u-mi-l*'ii 
'eth+ham-ma-yim bay-yam-mim, w'ha-'opli yi-rebh ba-'a-reg. 

23. Wa-y'hi+'e-rebh wa-y'hi+bho-qer yom h"mi-si. 

24. Way-yo'-mer '*16-him, to-^e' ha-a-re^ ne-phes hay-ya I'mi-nah, 
b*he-ma wa-re-mes w'ha-y'tho+'e-rey Pmi-nali;* wa-y'hi-|-khen. 

25. Way-ya-'as 'io-him 'eth+hay-yath ha-'a-re9 I'mi-nah, w'eth 
+hab-b'he-ma Pmi-nah, w''etli kol+re-mes ha-'Mha-ma 
I'mi-ne-hu ; * way-yar' '*I6-him ki+tobh. 

26. Way-yo'-mer '*16-him, na-'*se 'a-dham b'gal-me-nu, 
ki-db'mu-tbe-nu ;* w'yir-du bhi-dh'gbath hay-yam u-bh^'opb 
has-sa-ma-yim u-bliab-b'he-ma u-bh'kbol+ha-'a-re9, u-bh'khol 
+ha-re-mes ha-ro-mes 'al+ha- a-re^. 

27. Way-yibh-ra' '^16-him 'eth-fha-'a-dham b'^Sl-mo, b''9e-lem 
'^16-him ba-ra' '6-th6 ;* za-khar u-n'qe-bha ba-ra' '6-tham. 

28. Wa-y'bha-rekh '6-tham '^16-him,t way-yo'-mer la-hem '*16-him, 
p'ru u-r'bhu u-mi-P'u 'eth+ha-'a-re9 w'khi-bh'su-ha,* u-r*dhu 
bi-dh'ghath hay-yam u-bh*'6ph has-sa-ma-yim, u-bh'kholH- 
hay-ya ha-ro-me-seth 'al+ha-'a-re9. 

29. Way-yo'-mer '^16-him, hin-ne na-that-ti la-khem 'eth+kol4- 
'e-sebh z6-re(a)' ze-ra' '*ser 'al-f p'nekh61-l-ha-'a-re9, W'eth 
k61+ha-'e9 '^ser+bo ph'ri-|-'e9 z6-re(a)' za-ra\* la-khem yih-ye 
P'okh-la. 

30. u-l'khol+hay-yath ha-'a-re9 ii-l'khol+'6ph has-sa-ma-yim 
u-l*khol ro-mes 'al-f ha-'a-re9 '°ser+b6 ne-phes hay-ya, 'eth-f- 
kol+ye-req 'e-sebh l''6kh-la;* wa-y'hi+khen. 

31. Way-yar' ''16-him 'eth+kol+'^'ser 'a-sa, w'hin-ne+tobh m^'odh;* 
wa-y'hi+'e-rebh wa-y'hi+bho-qer yom has-sis-si. 



THE lEXEBIE^E-^Sr I'E^SII'- 

CHAPTER V. 

niDiiD Dix b^rl'?N ^^12 Dib dt?^ m^in nsb nr « 

I ;t •t (.- v: 

Di?< bDsr-nj< Nnpn DhK n^^'^J ^^^^ nDp:ii n:Dr 2 

T T T : V <t|: •- T I V-iT : - rtr t : i.t|" : ;t t 

|T : |T • (. : 

ID^^^D inion:n n^i-^i njitr* h?<Di D^tJ^'?tr' dik ^nn 3 

A : ■" : <. : • V /— t t - : <• : t t J- : - 

(, •• r: : •• v J • | •• -: |- t t j" : j : |- - 

:ni:ini do:^ n'^in n:tj^' 

I T (.- T V ;- ATT 

*.• : TT ■■ ^ <- : - :• —. t t <•: t : I" ~ 

:tri:^<-nK n'^i^i rr:!tr n?<Di D^jjtr' trDn n^-^nn e 

I v: V V V- ATT J- : «.- T r- r •■ • :|- 

tnipi d^j:;} n'^in mt:^ ni^D 

It (.- t V ;- ATT (. •• 

l|T I" V V k- ATT ^ : • ». v: r : - 

TT ••:".• <•■ -: It |" v j • | ••-:!- v: J- :- 

:n'ipi O'n:^ ibr) n:^' n'iKD rr^b:^*) 

43 



44 Genesis Y. 



11 njtr* niKD v^tr\ n^y tr'^n ^'liiK 'ry-b::^ vnn 

I" : - -: |- V V k- rtTT fl- : ■ Kt I" r : - 

:ni^ni D^:3 I'^'Tn n^ir r\y^r2 r^±m 

\ T I.- T V ; - At T >. •■ jv : 

14 :r\D'^ n:)^' niKO r^ni d^^s^' nc^y pp vj^-^3 ViTi 

I T- ATT K •• ^ J- : • T V *-JV It )" _i" : t : |-- 

•.•|T V V v.- ATT J- • : V T y T ••:--:!- j- : - 

16 m3^' D^trV* '^T^'^^? '^J^V '^^^^ '^^'ii^j?- v>- 
\my\ n^n n'^Vi rrr^' n■1^^!: nib:r'i 

I T (.- T ■: J- ATT «. •• r: : 

;v : T T ^- : • : <•• t ••:--:!- -i" : t : |-- 

18 -!'7Vi rr^tr nxDi n:ir D^ti^'c^i D^ntr" in'^-^nn 

V *.- ATT -1- : (.t T J- ■ : • s- : vv • :|- 

Tt- ATT 

21 :nV^nD-nK ib'v) ny^^ d^lt'^^'i iron r]):n ^nn 

• - (t : V V 1. - AT T K- ■ : J" T I -: J- : - 

:ni:iDi d^:i3 n'^vi m^ niKD tr':':^* 

I T »,• T V ;- AT T V •• J : 

V. •• ^ : T T • • : <•• T ) A ~: J" : t ^ . 



Genesis VI. 45 



|- v: V, J;-T T v " : r^• v: |t v ) (. -: )y - : •- 

nb'v) n^tr nNDi n:tr' a^^bm yn^' n^tr'^n^ *nn ^^^ 

V ^ - AT T -I- : I.T T •;• : ^ - v.' - :• : j- : - 

:nij:Di d^j:^ n^Tn mt^" dind ;^nt:^'i nitr' 

|T VT :■ J- i\Tr \ •• ^ )- : tt 

I. •• ^ ;- : TT . . . ^ _ ^.. _ ._. : J" : t : |- - 

IT- ATT 

:D nVn njt:^' n^Di njLr u'±;m D^^icr ri^'^'^nn 28 

• r V (.-ATT J- : 1.T T •;• : • v : \ v v • :|- 

|t : (.T-:|-- r: -; t t -:jt I ■ --t 

:ni^Di Do:^ liv) n^sr' n^.t: t^'tDm 

T T I.- t :■ J- ATT 1, •• r- -:|- 

DH-nx Dtr-nj< rtj -i'?t''1 n:jr' hikd c^bn-p m-^nn 32 

^T V V V - V J- ATT V •• ;•• -: I v - • :|- 

•.•|T V : 

CHAPTER VI. 

V. T At T -: |T J- : *=■ v t t t |t j-- •• J^ • :|- 

|v t V : •. 

ta" V ^- TT |t J : V • v:|T •• : < :••= 

:nra nir'N* ^b,t: D^tr': bn'? ^npn 

|T T j:- —. (. • • T V T < I : • - 



ov.29. j^iySnn Dnip K^njin D';;d' x^iipm, 'd;?d nn 



46 Genesis YI. 



3 K^n d:\^2 aV};'? bn^^n ^nn fn^-K'? riin^ ^pK-n 

J (.-- : T*^ : T T |T <• It j t : V -i- 

|t T t.* : . : ;t •• t t J t : At t 

4 nt^'N p-nnK d:ii bnn a't2'':i p^n vn D^'7i):irr 

V -; P ■■ •• ~: |- -i~ : " t -i- t - | v t t j t • • : - 

rrDn anb n'^n dHkh n'ljn-'?^ btib^n ^^:j ^^b^ 

t s" AV T v. : It: t t |t -i : v • -."It <•• : t 

V" t : J vat t (.t t |t O" t jt - y t : :j — 

tDVn-'^D v^ rrs 'y±> ratr'no 
6 nv;^nn pf^!i D1^^^"'^^^ rs^v^ nin^ Dmn 

(^..*!: . |._ J VAT T (.T T JT V ;t 't ~ T : V-1T-- 

_!•• : ^- •• • T T V -; <T T |T V V : V t : v -i~ 

D^Dti^n ^^V'^V^ '^^'^"^v r^'ar^'2•^v b"iKO nbnj^n 

•AT t - I ^ "^ ; V IV "^ t •• : ^^ t t |- t t -: |t 



AT 1 : V.TT 1- T \ ■)■ - )■ - - -J : I V ••< 

♦ - 1 I -. - : • V •.•: IT 

■. |T V : ;t V >.■• V A' T -JT ; -v v ;- 

11 \^^u pKrr n'?^^ D^n7i^n ^>!)^ pi^n nrrt^'ni 

|T T J VkT T ;•• r • - A' v: |t j" : • | v i.t t y t ■ - 

12 iTH^n-^p nnnt^':i r^lrr\ pNn-nN* D^n'?K Kin 

s- : • Y t AT ; • J-- • : | v(.t t v •;• v: :s — 

:n^rr-'7;? iplTn^s "tr?"'^? 



Genesis VI. 47 



jT : \t ' - T : JT T T T I !<•• - : • v: v - 

rrbnn rI'^^^ rifej^ niKD t:;"?^ nn^ rrb^r^i "^^i"^ nh ^^ 

|T T I I *.T - J- : T : T T - < • -; 

: ntri^n D^tr'?t:^'i o'nt^ D'-nnn D^t^n n'ly:^ nnnn 

T |v '^i \- V ' : J-- : •;••:- at -it • : kt - - 

J • AT T - - *.- • • - - J :—. T T T 

<T •• - V J- r •) • -s- : T T T • - T T • 

I : I- *.t)" : ;tt | At • -i -: i" : 

: ni^nrr'? n^'?^^ ^'^y ^730 d^j^uT' ^inr.t:'? 

I -: |- : I c- ■• IT ■) ■ -s- : A" • : 

I Av •• >.t : - |T : •• t|" j.- -: x -; |- t • ) : )- -it - : 

: Thy^b urt>^ ^ rvrrs 

|T : T : I.V T : •;) : ;t x : 



48 Genesis YII. 



CHAPTER VII. 

« -*3 nnnn-'^N qn^:!-'?:)^ rtr\^'ii2 nh nin^ n,!DKn 
: np nins 0^^ pnv ^n^K"! ^i-iN 

2 tr'^K ny^tr' rr;^ntr" 'n'^-npn nnint^n n^r7:}n i ^bD 

3 ni'^n^ rrnpjii n:)r nirair n:;y^ Q'ot^n ni;^D dji 

|T T-: |T ;•• : "-•• • • ^t 

* |T : i,T • V -: J : - A '^V" 

6 : pi^n-'?;^ d^d n^n '^i^^ni ny^ hind :rt:^-r3 nil 

I V |T T ^- ■ <- XT J - - : ATT ». •• ;■• I V - : 

V : • AT •• - V !> • VT T p : s : • : t t j t- 

At : T(.v •• >.• -: t " : - I • t : - t • . - I ■ 

■;v -: r At)" : -itt vt " - •.•-■> v st •- : •- : 



Genesis VII. 49 



: *inn5:i D^^irn nhn^i nbn 
-^Di nro'? n^n^n-'^Di ni^^'? »Tnn -'?:)•) hot h 

T : T • : T ■• : - t : t • : jt - |- t : t •• 

•• • : I ^J T T : A"" • : I vi.t t '^- ;• |t v r: r 

T T - T • • - : •<- : AT ■• - V - 1. V ; T - 

V ylT • VV ~:|~ T T T T • <t)'- : TT • T - : 

: n;^3 mm njion D^n'?}^ 
^Ntrn D^on i:iin p^^n-'?;^ di^ d^^'ih ^i:3Qn ^nn 17 

: •- • - - _| :■- I VAT T ^- (. '^^ T : - •>( - - y : - 

-*?;;_ rrDnn :]'?ri5 pt$0"'^i^- "^^^ ^?1''! ^''P'^ ''^?'?'"! ^^ 
bnnm^s iDon p^$n-'?;^ '^^^,o -iko na:i D^bm 19 

• T |.- T ■. :- I VAT T ^- V : ; : •; : |t • - - : 

• |r T - T - (.- V -: • : - 

:Dnnrr iD^n ort^n n^Ji n^^^b'^D ^D^^ nn^;^ tron ^ 

|- T |v ^ •. :- -AT - 1. : |T T^: - : • t - <•• : ^■.- ■■ -. 

It t jT I. : P VAT t ^- I j- - I -.Av - T ; t - -i- 



50 Genesis YIII. 



<.T T |T V ;•••-: V • T - : • - - - : • v -: 

<T T p T T -: |T J- : ^- jv -: H : ~ t v - •- 

pjjn-fD ^ren D^b^'n ^ij;-!j;i 1:5*9^-!]; nDn^-n;; 
: n^ns in^ nt?'Ni m-r[^t n^^n, 

I V- : y • -: I vrtTT ^- •«.- - ^ : : •- 



CHAPTER VIII. 

T •• : - T V : T - |- T <•• : - v ■ v: <:•- 

^:^m rni^n-b:; rrn D^rt'?^^ i^p) rran:n inx ntr>< 

2 D^'iirr )^y^ D^oti^rr mnxi oinn ni^;ro n^D-^i 

3 D^bn noh-^i nitr'i r&>r^ p?«rr '^i^d D^^rr ^nr'i 

•/A - *. VT ^T Ht : • : ^* • : - v j - t " " - <t - 

^ Wtrj^;? ^7^^^ ^yp "^V- ^''^Ol T*"?? '''O ^'^'^l 

|- T |v )•• T >. : • V - -IT V : 



Genesis YIII. 51 






T •• T <T - T : - I - : - T T - T : |T ; 

nhpn W ri?t:;') v^^^'"^^ '^^'"^i^ d'-^"^ nbnn 

T vIt-- t <-; •- I VAT T T J- : ^- • v" t •• - 

: nnnn-'?N v'?^? nn^^ xan 

|T •• - V VT •• •;t J--T- 

n^|?5 ^"2^ ni'nb)^, mni ani^ n^.'? h)'n v^k i^ini n 

n VT •• I jr : IT 

triH^ T0^5 fit^Ni^ rri^" niND-t^^pr'i nn^? \np' 13 
niinrr noDD-nK m ^o') r^i^n b^^D d^^dh )T)n 

T •' - J" : • V - -<T- I vrtT T J- •■ •*.- - -< : |T 

: rrDn?<n ^;$ )T\n mn) ^ 

».T :|T V A - V -J- : ^:: ^t ; • : • •• - v - 



n";pN'? m-'?}^ D^ri^^e n^T^ ^^ 



62 Genesis VIII. 



17 -^0^1 n?2n2:i) ni;r^ nt:;:s-'?3^ ^nt^-ntr'^ n^nn-^D 

T : -jT ■• : - I ^S T T T T • I ■■ ■ .• -: t - |- t 

I V T T J : ]T : I AT • J" : - J -.ht t '^- j- |t v vv t 

I • (.TT I" : ; : • : -jt t - a ••*.•— 

19 pNn-^j; t^pin '^b ^ii^O""^?? ^?'10"'^? nfnn-'^s 

T : - JT •• ; - J • I At |- - k" : • - j t:/'- 

: ^n^t^j; n^^■^fp \n"'53 
22 q'lm f^jp.') Dm y) n^vpi ;^lf pSO '9!"'^? "^i^ 

: iniptf^^ K^ nb'^) Din 



o V. 17. 'p «:^'n 



VOCABULARIES. 



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 



USED IN THE VOCABULARIES. 



act., active, 
adv., adverb, 
apoc, apocopated, 
c, common, 
cf., compare, 
conj., conjunctive, 
consec, consecutive, 
const., construct, 
dem., demonstrative, 
f., feminine, 
gutt., guttural. 
Hiph., Hiph'il. 
Hithp., Hithpa'el. 
Impf., Imperfect. 



Imv., Imperative. 
Inf., Infinitive, 
interrog., interrogative, 
m., masculine, 
n., noun. 
Niph., Niph'al. 
Part., Participle. 
Perf., Perfect, 
pers., personal. 
prep., preposition. 
pr. n., proper noun, 
pron., pronoun, 
sg., singular, 
suf., suffix. 



In the Hebrew-English Vocabulary the numeral immediately following 
the Hebrew word indicates the number of times it occurs in the Old 
Testament. 

In the Eng-lish-Hebrew Vocabulary the numeral immediately foLowingr 
each word indicates the number of the corresponding Hebrew word in the 
Hebrew-English Vocabulary. 



HEBHEVr-EIVOLISII VOCABXJL^riY 



GENESIS l-VIII. 



1. 3K (const. 05<) [1155] 15. 
( abh), m..^ father. 

2. f3K L266] (eblien), f . , stone. 

3. IK [2] Cedh), m., mist, 16. 
vapor. 

4. D*1N [560] Cadham), m., 
man; cf. t^'^^. 17. 

5. nD1N(const.n!:ni<)[225] 

T T -: - : - 

CMhama), f., ground^ earth. 

6. '?nK [350] ( ohel), m., tent. 18. 

7. niK [102] ('6r), Z>e Zi^A^ 
sAme, ('£) Gutt. and V';;). 19. 
Hiph., give light Inf. with 
prep.'7,n^Kn'7,i.l5,17,&c. 

8. n'lN* [120] Cor),' m., %A^. 20. 

9. n'lN [76] Coth), f., sign, pi. 

rsrs^^ 21. 

10. tK { az), adv., then. 22. 

11. |ti< [42] ( azan),Qal not used. 
('^ G-utt.), Hiph., listen, 
give ear, Imv. 2d pi. ni^NrT, 

iv. 23. ' ■' 23. 

12. UN (const. ^HK) [688] Cah), 24. 
m., brother. 

13. ninK (const. niHN) [113] 25. 

Cahoth), f., sister. ' 26. 

14. irrj« [1000] Cehadh), m., 

T ■.• 

one, f. const. nHK, iv. 19. 

55 



nnK (const, nnx) [isoi 

('aher), m., another, pi. 

^m [770] ( ahar), prep. 
after, pi. only in const. 

^{St (const. ^J<) (ay), interrog. 
adv. where? n3*'K where 

TJ-.- - 

ar^ ^/i02f.^ iii. 9. 

r^y^ (const. m^K) [5] 

T •• _ .. 

Cebha), f ., enmity 

TN (aym), [nothing), there 

is not, const. p}<«t, with m. 

suf. ?)jj>N, V. 24." 

tr>i< [irOO] ('is), m., man, 

cf. D1J<. 

T T 

t^^Jt ('akh), surely, only. 
^5k [821] ( akhal), eat, de- 
vour, (j<"^), impf . ^5i<n 

^5Kni,iii.6,'?;jKJ,iii.2, 
Niph. Impf. '75^^ vi. 21. 
n'?:)K [18] ('6khla),f. ,/ooJ. 
vJSt (el), prep, unto, with 
suf., ^^5<, w?i/o me. [HN 
n'v'Nt Celle), pron. these, cf. 
D^HSk [2500] C^lohim), pi. 
m., God (sing, tl)^^ used 
in poetry). 



56 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



27. DN* [220] Cem), f., mother, 

with m. suf. toK. 
23. D.N?('im),conj..7. 

29. n/^K[240]('amma),f.,cM6iV. 

30. n^N [5026] Camar), sa^. 
(N"£)&'':5Gutt.). Inf. const. 

i^K, with ^7 iD5<'7 = 

iD^5^, i- 22, V. 29. impf. 

with Waw consec. ^^{^-^1, 
i.3, 6, &c., ^DJ^nr iii.2, 
13, &c. 

31. tryo^ (const. nnpK) [35] 

('imra), f., utterance, song, 
iv. 23. [(man). 

32. ^'ij^; C^nos), pr. n. Enosh, 

33. ^JJK ( anokhi), pers. pron. /. 

34. r|DN^ [214] ( asaph), gather, 
('^ Gutt.), r)5pK, vi. 21. 

35. r|K [282] (iph)/m., ?zose, 
anger, pi. with prep, and suf. 
V|)^J3, Dual D^§^. 

36. ^^^(t ("aph), conj. yea more, 
hut even, *3 tl^ 2S zi true 
that? iii. 1. 

n3")5< ('"rubba), f., lattice, 
loindow, pi. ni^'IJ*^' 
rS'^K (m. ni^l^'N) [320] 
(•arba'),f.,/o^rr'ord.^;^^5n. 

39. r[")>N? [96] ( orekh), m., Ze^z^^'A. 

40. pK [2000] ('ere9) f., earth. 
'^"1^5 [57] Carar), c?f?-s^, ('£) 
Gutt. and i?"^), Pass. part. 



37 



38 



41 



42. 
43. 

44. 
45. 



46. 

47. 



49. 



50. 



51. 

52. 

53. 



nnN, iii. 14, iv. 11. Pi'el, 
ni^^', with fern. suf. rTr\^, 
V. 29. 

tTTS'^ C^rarat), pr. n. 

T T-: 

Ararat. 

ri'm (for n^^'AH) («o^«*- 

rW^) [470] Ciisa), wommu 
withsuf. int^'K, vii. 2, pi. 
D^ti-'j, const.'^t^l vi. 18. 

• T ■■ : 

n^'^ C^ser), rel. pron. icho, 

lohich. 

HN Ceth), particle placed 

before definite accusative; 

before Maqqeph "ilK, with 

suf. 'inK, Di-IN, i. 2:7, 28. 

T 

riK Ceth), prep. with. 
nriN Catta), personal pron. 

T - 

thou. 

5 (b'), prep, in, on, among. 
15 [-'--^^ (badh), m., separa- 
tion, *l'^5 c'' ^^ ^^*^ separa- 
tion=alone, ii. 18. 
'^IS [42] (badhal), Qal not 
used. Hiph. separate, di- 
vide; Impf. with Waw con- 
secutive ^^y\ i. 4,7, &c., 
Part. '^HDO, dividing, i.6. 
n'?n:i[2]'(b'dholah), hdel- 



Jium, ii. 12. 



\ness. 



^n^ [3] (bohu), m., empti- 
nd'nD [300] (b^iema), f., 

T •• : 

heast, dumb brute. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— YIII. 



57 



54. 



55. 



56. 



57. 



58. 



59. 

60. 

61. 
62. 



63. 



64. 



N'n [2619] (bo'), go in, 
come. (V'j; and ^"^). Qal 
Perf . K3, vi. 16. Hiph. Perf . 

T 

K^^n, hring, iv. 4. Impf. 

apoc. with Waw consec. 

^y\ ii. 19, iv. 3. 

t^'l3[109] (bos), he ashamed, 

[\y), Hithpolel Impf. 

^^■^*■^n^ ii- 25. 

"ira [102] (bahar), choose, 

Cj/and'^Gutt.). 

P3 (from p5) [168] (ben), 

[interval) prep, between, for 

P5---r5' occurs 'p-.-pg. 

n^ (const. r\'i) [2100] 
(bayith), m., house, house- 
hold, with suf. irrn-^.vii. 1, 

pl- D^ri3, (batim)." 
nnOD U20] (b^khSra), f., 

T : _ . 

first-born, pl. n1"nD5' 
*n'73 (bilti), adv. of nega- 
tion, lest, not, that not, iii. 11. 
f3[4500](ben), m., 5o?i. 
n^5 [380] (bana), build, 
(H'''?), Impf. with Waw 
consec. I^"**), ii, 22. Part, 
nji, iv. 17." 

nihi^^(ba'^bhur),prep./or, 
in behalf of, comp. of 3 and 
ni]^^ from *y^]^,pass over. 
"nj/5 (t>''adh), prep, behind, 
after, with suf. *|1]/3, cifter 



65. 



66. 
67. 



69. 

70. 

71. 

72. 
73. 

74. 

75. 

76. 

77. 



him, vii. 16. 

i^pD [51] (baqa*), cleave^ 
divide. Niph. be broken up, 
vii.ll. ('^ Gutt.) [I'ngr, dawn. 
*lp3 [210] (boqer), m., ??zor;i- 
Nni [53] (bara^), cwf, /o?-7;i, 
create, {'^* Gutt. and ^^"':5), 
Impf. with Waw consec. 

'^nb [73] (barzel), m.,iro«. 
nn? [280] (b'rith), f., coy- 
enant, "2 D^'7^?1 establish 
a covenant. 

T]^^ [413] (barakh), bend 
the \nee. [y Gutt.) Pi'el 
n*15, 2)Zc'S5, Impf. withWaw 
consec. TjlD^, i. 22, v. 2. 
")b^5 [270]" (basar), m., /es7i. 
n5 [400] (bath), f., daughter. 
nS^ [35] (gabho(a)h), adj. 

Aiyl, pl. D^nbf 

*11^jl [150] (gibbor), m., hero^ 
man of valor. 

^'2^ [23] (gabhar), be strong, 
be mighty. (Cf. n^jl). 
'^n:! [330] (gadhai), m., 

T 

great, elder. 

J/1J! [24] (gawa"), d7/c, expire, 

('^"^Gutt.). Impf . ;^1:l^ Yi. 

17. 

pm [2] (gahon), m., belly. 



58 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



79. 

80. 

81. 

82. 
83. 



84. 
85. 
86. 
87. 



89. 
90. 
91. 
92. 
93. 



pn^J) (gihon), pr. n. Gihon. 
D^ (gam), conj. also, D^- • • 
Dj), hoth. . .and. 
\y [3] (gan), c. or f. garden., 
park. {pitcTi-icood. 

15^ [1] (goplier), m., pitch, 
^■)j [47] (garas), drive, cast 
out Ay Gutt). Pi'el, t^'l-l 
expel, iv. 14. Impf. with 
Waw consec. {^n^^l, iii. 24. 

v-it: - 

DL^J [35] (gesem), m., gush- 
ing rain, heavy shower. 
p31 [54] (dabhaq), cleave, 
adhere, ii. 24. 

mi(or:inm.)[33](dagha), 
f.r/s/i, const. ri^"l, i. 26,28. 
jn or jn [23] (dun or dm), 
rule, judge, [\y). Impf. 
JIT, vi. 3. 

"li*! [170] (dor), m., age, 
generation, pi. im and 6th. 
D"| [360] (dam), m.. Hood, 
pl•b^P'^, const. ^5*1,iv. 10. 
niD*^ [25] (d^muth),"f ., like- 
ness, image. 

^"ryi [2] (dardar), m., 
thorny p)lant, thistle, iii. 18. 
"Tyif [690] (derekh), c. icay, 
journey. 
^^^ [2] (dasa'), sprout. 

(N''':)),Hiph.impf.N^'in, 
i. 11. 



94. J^J^'I [14] (dese'), m., tender 
grass. 

95. -n (^n) (ha). Article, the, 
other forms are: Hi H, P?, 
cf. Arabic al. 

96. n (b*), Interrog. p-article, 
same as Latin ne, other 
forms: H, H. 

97. ':i5rT (hebhel), m., pr. n. 
Ahei. 

98. J^^n (bu'), pers. pron. 7ie. 

99. 'n'*'r[ (haya), he, happen, 

T T 

come ^0 _prtS5, (H"?), 

r\r\'r{. i. 2, vm, 1. 14, 15, 

T : |T . T : 

Inf. const. jlVn with 3 and 

suf. Dnvn:^, IV. 8, impf. 

nW, I. 29, r^'^J^n. iv. 12, 
apoc. ^^^ i. 3, 6, with Waw 
conjunctive \1^'), i. 6, with 
Waw consec. ^*l*5,i.3,5,&c. 

100. ri'pn [526] (h^iakh), go, 
Part. act. T]'7r7, ii- 14, Hith. 
walk, go about, Impf. with 
Waw consec. t]'>jnn*'1, v. 
24. Ihehoid'lo! 

101. fn, ni*l (ben, hinne), adv. 

102. H-Sn (henna), pers. pron. 
i.^they. 

103. ngn [95] (haphakh), turn, 
change into, ('^ Grutt.). 
Hithpa'el Part. r\'2^'nr\'Q 
turning itself, iii. 24. 



YOCABTJLARY OF GENESIS I— YIII. 



59 



104. nn [560] (har), m., mount- 
ain, pi. D^in* 

105. Jinn [170] (haragh), Idll, 
s^ay, {'5 and '^ Gutt.), iv. 
23. Impf.witlisuf.^;j-)n\ 
iv. 14, with Waw consec. 

^ninqn, iv. 8. 

106. TV^T} [43] (hara), conceive, 
C^Vnd y Gutt. and H"'?). 
Impf. n^inrii apoc. with 
Waw consec. ^nriV iv. 1, 
17, &c. 

107. linn [2] (heron), m., con- 
ception. 

108. ") (wO, conj. and, other 
forms ^, •), •), \ ^, depend- 

- T •■ V 

ing on tone and following 
vowel. 

109. n? [13] (ze), dem. pron. 

m':', this, f . n^r, cf . n^^i. 

110. 'yn'^ [368] (zahabh), m., 

T T 

111. n^r [38] (zayith), m., oZit^e- 

•J- 

^>'ee. [5er. 

112. "15? [169] (zakhar), remem- 

113. n^r [82] (zakhar), m.,maZe. 

114. nyr [1] (ze'a), f., siceat, 
const, ilj^r, iii. 19. 

115. ynr [55] (zara'), sow;, {y 
and" '':j Gutt.). Part, ^/i;, 
i. 11, Hiph. yield seed. 

Part. ]}_;>yr5, i. 11, 12. 



116. ;^n].t220] (z6ra'), m., seec?, 
in pause, T/1t, i- 29, seed- 
^mc, viii. 22. 

117. N^n [33] (habha'), Qal not 
used. ('5 Gutt. and N"'?). 
Hith. hide oneself, Impf. 
with Waw cons. N^^r^*'^' 
iii. 8. 

118. nni^n [29] (habbura), f., 

T - 

hruise, icound, with suf., 

^nn^n, iv. 23. 
119. rrfin m (h^eh6ra), f., 

girdle. [Hiddehel, Tigris. 

120. h\r\r\ (hiddeqel), pr. n. 

121. tr'-ln [300] (hodhes), m., 
new moon, month. 

122. T}')^! (hawwa), f., pr. n. Eve. 

123. *?in[64](hul)and^^n(hil), 
he pained, icait, Qal Impf. 
3 m. s. with Waw consec. 
'^m, viii. 10, ('5 Gutt. 
and'r;?). 

124. pr7[172](hu9),m.,ow^si6?e, 

street, pHp n^5P'/''^^^ 
within, from without, vi. 14. 

125. riK'On [3] (hatta th), f ., sin. 

126. *>n [500] (hay), m., life, pi. 

127. n^'n [264] (haya), live, ('|D 

Gutt. and n""?), Inf. nvrr, 

Impf. n^n^j apoc. ^^^ "«'ith 
Waw consec. ^H^l, v. 6, 9. 



60 



YOCABIJLARY OF GENESIS I— YIII. 



128. rr-^rr [500] (hayya), f., Uv- 

T - 

ing creature^ heasf, const. 

r\'n poet, "in^rr, i. 24. 

129. ^^n [23] (hayay), Jive, ('£) 
dutt. and ;?'';?), ^n,iii. 22, 

V. 5. [fatness. 

130. ^^n [90] (helebh), m., fat, 

131. f4n [31] (hallon), c, hole, 
windoio. 

132. ^^n [139] (lialal), ?oose, 

- T 

set free, ('^ Gutt. and 

^'y), Hipii. '^fin, z>6(7m, 

vi. 1, Hoph. '^n^Hi it icas 
hegiai, iv. 26. 

133. on [16] (liam), pr. n. Ham. 
131. Dfl [11] (horn), m., heat. 

135. nOn[20](]iamadli),6?e5iVe, 
('5 ^Gutt.), Niph. part. 
IDPfJ, iii. 6. [lence. 

136. DDH [60] (hamas), m., vio- 

137. t^^'bn [44] (liames), f . , five, 
ordinal ^t^»>pn,//^A. 

138. jn [69] (hen)^ m., /ayor, 
grace. [Enoch. 

139. r]"ljrT [8] (h^n5kli), pr. n. 

140. nOn [22] (liaser), be di- 
Tnim'shed, fail, ('^ Gutt., 
mid, e). 

141. 3*111 [40] (harebli), dry up, 
('5 Gutt., mid. e). 

142. y^n [400] (herebh), f., 
sword. 



143. nnnn [8] (liarabha), f., 

T T|T 

dryness, dry land. 

144. n*)n[92](]iara), himi,glow 

T T 

(with anger), ('^ and y 
Gutt. and n"*?). Impf. 
apoc. witli Waw consec. 

nnji, iv. 5. 

145. rj-ln [7] (horeph), m., 
winter. 

146. ^'in [1] (bores), m., tool, 
cutting instrument, iv. 22. 

147. 'Tpn [78] (hosekh), m., 
darkne.'!S. 

148. ninO [92] (tah6r), adj., 

T 

clean, f . nilnp? "^ii- 2. 

149. 3VlO [550] (t6bh), m., good. 

150. D*10 (terem), adv. not yet, 
before. 

151. f]1D [1] (taraph), adj. 
fresh, newly plucked. 

152. ^y (yabbal), pr. n. Jalal 

153. t^Jy^ [60] (yabhes), he dried 
up. Qal Inf. const, ilt^^3^ 
viii. 7, (V^). 

154. ri-^':j^ [14] (yabbasa), f., 

T T - 

dry land. 

155. y [1580] (yadh), f., hand. 

156. J^n^ [1045] (yadha'), know, 
(V^ and '^7 Gutt.), Inf. 
const. n^*l» 

157. nln^ (y'liowa), Jehovah. 

158. ':5iv (yubhal), pr. n. Juhal 



YOCABULARY OF GENESIS I— YIII. 



61 



160. 
161. 



162. 



159. Di^ [2250] (y6m), day, pi. 
D^tp^ const. »0\ 
n^1^'[33] (yona)', f., dove. 
DDU23](yatabh),Z>e^oor^, 
(♦''^), Hiph. Impf. ^♦p^^, 
iv.7. 

'ill ^^^^^ (yaladh), hear, 
bring forth, (V^), Inf. 

const, nn'?, with '7,nn'?'7 

iv. 2, Impf. n^^ iv."''^, 
17, &c., Niph. he horn, 
Impf. n'pV, iv. 18, Hiph. 
heget, n^VlH, v. 4, 7, &c., 
Impf. n'^V, with Waw 
consec. H^T'^I, v. 4, 7, &c. 

163. n^.*. [88] (ye'ledh), m., chUd. 

164. D^ [330] (yam), m., sea, pi. 

165. r|p^ [210] (yasaph), add, 

[rh). Hiph. Impf. r|^p1^ 

apoc. ^pV, with Waw 
consec. ^pT''5i iv. 2. 
niD* [11] (y^pheth), pr. n. 
Jajyheth. 

^^> [1075] (yaga'), ^^o ow^, 
(V'S and K"'?). Impf. with 
Waw consec. NV''^' ^^- ^^• 
Hiph. hring out, Impf. 
^V'V'^^f-^i^^^^^^^ con- 
see. KVl^l' i- 12. 
168. nV^ [62] (ya^ar), /orm, 
[y'h and ''r) Gutt.), Impf. 



166. 



167 



with Waw consec. "nV^"**^' 
ii.7. 

169. nV|[9] (yeger), m.,/on7i, 
imagination. 

170. U)\)\ [2] (y'qum), m., what 
exists, living being, (root 

Dip). 

171. Kn^ [315] (yare'), fear, 
(r'S,T Gutt., and J^'''^). 
Impf. J<*)^*, 1st sing, with 

T • 

Waw consec. 5^*)^{»^1, iii. 10. 

•|T 



172. n")^ 



176. 
177. 



178 



179. 



pause 1*)^) 



(yeredh), m., pr. n. Jared. 

173. 'rry [6] (yereq), m., green- 
ness. 

174. D^> [1050] (yasabh), sit, 
dwell, (V'5), Impf. n?r\ 
with Waw consec. ^'{l/^\ 
iv. 16, Part. Act. i^>, 
iv. 20. 

175. f^J [16] (yasen), ,sZeep, 
(y'£3), f^■*^ with Waw 
consec. rj^>-''*), ii. 21. 
3 (k"), prep. a5, ?zA;e. 
^'D5 [15] (kabhas), ^rcac? 

- T 

upon, subdue, Imv. with 
fern, suf . n:^'55, i. 28. 
n:)D (const. a^'lD) [36] 

T - 

(kokhabh), m., star, pi. 

ni^[120] (k6(a)h), m., 
strength, might. 



62 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



180. ^'3 [ki], con], that, for. 

181. ^3 (kol), m., totality, all, 
every, with Maqqeph "7^* 

182. K'?*) [18] (kala'), hold, re- 
strain, {^"^). 

183. n^3 [206] (kala), he ended, 
(n"?)? Pi'el, complete, 
finish, Impf . ^'75^ ^^- ^^' 
apoc. with Waw consec. 
^y\ ii. 2. Pii'al Impf. 
apoc. with Waw consec. 
I'^Sn., ii. 1. 

184. ?3 (ken), adv. so, thus, 
i3~7j^ therefore, on ac- 
count of this, ii. 24, JD Z? 
therefore. 

185. ni^5 [42] (kinnor), m., 
harp, lyre. 

186. f]^3 (const. r]^5) [110] 
(kanaph), f., i^m^. 

187. rrD3 [149] (kasa), coi;er, 

T T 

Pii. he covered, vii. 19, 

188. rj5 [280] (kaph), m., palm 
of hand, sole of foot; dual 

189. 153 [100] (kaphar), cover 
(with pitch), vi. 14. 

190. yn^ [90] (k^rubh), m., 
cherah, pi. D^DH^* 

191. ninD [28] (k^thoneth), f., 
coat, tunic. 



192. 'p (I') prep. ^0, /or. 

193. k'? (16'), adv. not, no. 

194. ^^^7 [620] (lebh), m, heart, 
with 3d m. suf. 1^7» 

195. ^"±7 [116] (labhas),pw^ o?i 
(clothes), Hiph. clothe (an- 
other). Impf. with Waw 
consec. UP'^\ iii- 21. 

196. D»'l^'2 [1] (lahat), m., flame, 
glittering hlade (of a 
sword), iii. 24. 

197. Drf7[300](lehem),c.,/oo^, 
hread. 

198. t^^'tp'? [5] (latas), hammer, 
forge. Part. act. t^u^, iv. 
22. 

199. '7^'? [224] (layil), usually 
n?*'? with He of ace, m., 

T : — 

night. 

200. rif^h (lamma), adv. why? 
(^^TO). 

201. rjp^'^ (lemekh), pr. n. La- 
mech. 

202. r\pl [966] (laqah), ^aA;e, 
('^7 (Jutt.), Inf. const, nnp, 
Impf. np\ with Waw con- 
sec. np^l, ii. 15, iv. 19. 
Pii'al, he taken, rUlp'Pi 
ii. 23. \very. 

203. 1KP [286] (m^'odh), adv. 

204. HHD (const, mq) [600] 
(me'a), hundred. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



63 



I 



205. niN9 ^^^°'^' ^^^^^ ^^^^ 
(ma'or), m., light, lumi- 
nary, pi. ^"^^^P• 

206. ^^i^O [30] (msi'^khal), m., 
food. 

207. ^)20 [13] (mabbul), m., 
deluge, fiood. 

208. no (nia), interrog. pron. 

T 

what? Other forms are 

•np, no, rrp 

209. '7^?'?'?^p (mah''Ial'el, pr. 
n. 3Iahalaleel. 

210. nj/10 [200] (mo'edh), m., 
set time, season, plural 

211. mo' [857] (mutli), die 

[yy\ Perf. np, vii. 22, 

Inf.abs. n'1D,ii.l7, Impf. 
DID^i jussive ^0^ with 

T T 

Waw consec. jip^'V v. 5, 
8, &c. [altar. 

212. n5rp[310](mizbe(a)h),in., 

213. nnO [34] (maha),z(;zJ9eoM^, 
destroy, ( '^Gutt. and n"*?), 
Impf. nnDJ«,vi.7,Qal 
Impf. with Waw consec. 
n5;^ vii. 23. 

214. ':5KnnD(m^huya'el),pr.n. 
Mehujael. 

215. ni^tr'nD [53] (mah'-'sabha), 

T T ~: |~ 

f., plan, purpose, pi. const. 

mc^TO, vi. 5. 



216. "ItOO [18] (matar), Qal not 

- T 

used, Hiph. ^^DDIl give 
rain, ii. 5. 

217. ^p (mi), interrog. pron. 
who ? 

218. DVJ (const. »p) [600] (ma- 
jam), pi. m. (of obs. form 
^p), water. 

219. f^p [31] (min), m., /aW, 
species, with prep, and m. 
sg. suf. irp'p or inrp'?, 
1.11, 12. 

220. np?P (const, np^p) [15] 
(mikhse), m., covering. 

'221. K^O [247] (male'), befall, 
(X''*?), Imv. 2d pi. ^IkV^'pp, 
i. 22, 28. 

222. HDN'pP (const. n5^5'?D) 
[172](m'la'kha), f.,W^'. 

223. n^tJ^'DD [17] (memsala), 

T T : v 

f., dominion, rule, const. 
n'^^PP, i. 16. 

224. |p (mm), prep, from, 
^PP=in-|P-fP, iii. 3. 

225. rriio [7] (man6(a)h), m., 

— T 

a resting, resting place. 

226. nmp (const. nH^p) 

[200] (minha), f., an offer- 
ing, present. 
227. ]yr^ [23] (ma'yan), m., 
fountain, spring, plural 
n'iyJ2 and nirrP* 



64 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



228. ^il'O [137] (ma'al), adv., 
above, used only in com- 
position; with n ■ loca- 
tive, tl/yf2 iipwards^ with 

from-to-upwards, vii. 20. 

229. riz*^j2 (const, m^^f^) 

[240] (ma ''se), m., work. 

230. ^)^r2 [486] (maga'), find, 
{l^"^\ ii. 20, Part. act. 
N^b, iv. 14. 

231. n).pD (const. n:i|PD) [8] 
(miqwe), m., collection, 
gathering, i. 10 

232. DIpD (const. D"lpp) [380] 
(maqom), c. place. 

233. n^pp (const. n;)p9) [76] 
(miqne), m., substance, 
wealth. 

234. nXnD (const. ^^Tp) 
[101] (mar'e), m., appear- 
ance, look. 

235. '^tr'D [79] (masal), rule, 

~ T 

with 5' ^^^^» Iii^- const, 
with prep, 'p, '^J^D'P* 

236. r\r\Q\::i2 [27O] (m'lspaha), 

T T : ■ 

i., family, pi. JlinSti^p. 

237. *?^^t:^>lnD (m'thusa'ei), pr. 

•• T 1 : 

n. Methushael. 

238. rb^^rs'O (m''thuselah),pr. 
n. Metliusaleh. 

239. 1^^ [379] (naghadh), Q^l 



notused(p3),Hiph.Tjrr 
tell, show, iii. 11. 

240. 1^4 [neghedh), prep, be- 
fore, in presence of, with 
suf . n:)! ii. 18. 

241. )J^^ [148] (nagha'), touch, 
smite, (p^ and '^ Gutt.), 
Impf . ?i;rj)n, iii. 3. 

242. n^ [24] (nadh) m., fugitive. 

243. *in^[123](nahar),m.,rirer. 

244. n'lMnodh), pr. n. Nod. 

245. IIIJ [64] (nu(a)h), rest, 
('Pi3, V'i^ and '"^ Gutt.), 
Hiph. n^^r?, cause to rest, 
Impf. with suf . and "Waw 
consec. ^HWI, ii- 15, Qal 
Impf. 3 f. sg. with Waw 
consec. H^Jll, viii. 2. 

246. ni (n6(a)hCpr. n. Noah. 

247. ^T}^ [106] (naham), Qal 
not\sed, (^^ and y 
Gutt.), Niph. repent, pity, 
Impf. Dll|^ vi. 6, Pi'el 
comfort, Impf. Dll^^i v. 29. 

248. tJ^'n^ [30] (nahas), m., ser- 

T T 

pent. 

249. ntrn^ [135] (n'hoseth), 

V J : 

m., bronze. 

250. i^D.} [58] (nata ), pZan^, 
[fi and '*? Gutt.), Impf. 
with Waw consec. J^CO'^1: 
ii.a 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



65 



251. nh^:^ [43] (nih6(a)h), m., 
rest, pleasantness. 

252. n^^ [499] (nakha), Qal not 
used, (p£D and n''':'),Hipli. 
n3n» smite ^ strike^ Inf. 

T • 

const. niDHi iv. 15. 

253. )f^ [43] (na'), ni., wanderer. 

254. rh^^_ (na*nia), pr. n., 
Naamah. 

255. On;^^ [46] (n'^urim), (def. 
writing for DHI^^), used 
only in pi., m., youth^ i. e., 
time of youth. 

256. n5^ [12] (naphah), hlow, 
breathe, [V'^ and '^ Gutt.), 
Impf. with Waw consec. 
nSn, ii. 7. 

257. y£3i [2] (naphil), m., used 
only in pi. D^'70^' 9^^'^^^- 

258. ^^^ [417] (naphai), fall, 

- T 

(pfi)» Hiph. Impf. apoc. 
with Waw consec. ^Q^\ 
ii.21. 

259. tr^: [780] (n^phes), f., 

V-l"." 

breath, soul. {female. 

260. HDp^ [22] (n^qebha), f., 

261. DP^ [34] (naqam), avenge^ 
{r'5)i Hoph.Dp^, in pause 
D[5;,iv. 15. 

262. lim [706] (nasa'), Zt/i up, 
(pVand J^"'? ), Inf. 
const. r\'iW, iv. 7. 



263. Ktr'j [17] (nasa'), Qal not 

T T 

used, Hiph. deceive, seduce, 
[]"^ and ^"^). 

264. nO^'^ (const. DD^'^) [24] 

T T : ~ : • 

(n'sama), f., breath, spirit. 

265. fn^ [2090] (nathan), ^lye, 
(r'£3)i Inf. const, rifl, iv. 
12, Impf. with Waw con- 
sec. |n^1, i. 17. 

266. D5p [156](sabhabh), turn, 
encompass (J/"^), Part, 
act. ^5b, ii- 11, 13. 

267. "IJID [90] (saghar), shut, 

- T 

Impf. with Waw consec. 
iilp^'r ii. 21. 

268. *n^b [293] (sur), ^itni aside, 
(V'^). {^shut up. 

269. n5p [3] (sakhar), (=^^0) 

270. *1£)D [172] (sepher), m., 
writing, booh. 

271. "inp [83] (sathar), hide, 
Niph.Impf.nnpK, iv.l4. 

272. I3;?[286](abhadh),seri:e, 
till, ('tj Gutt.), Inf. const. 
with prep. ^, "iDi^^i ii- 5. 

273. ^5;; [551]'(abhar), pass 
over ['^ Gutt.). 

274. 1^ ( adh), prep, till, until. 

275. HTi^ ( adha), pr. n. Ada. 

276. pirb] Cedhen), m., Eden. 

277. ni^lj; [4] Cughabh), m., 
pipe, reed, organ. 



66 



"Vocabulary of Genesis I— YIII. 



278. ^')y Codh), adv. still, yet, 
again. 

279. n^i;^ (const, rh)^) [386] 
('61a), f., hurnt-offering , 

pi. ni^ir, 

280. p;; (const, fli^) [226] 
( awon), m., guilt, sin. 

281. til)^ [430] Colam), m., 
age, eternity. 

282. r]i;^ [32] Cupli), fly, ('£) 
Gutt. and \y), Polel 
Impf. C^Diy^ i. 20. 

283. C]!;? [70] " ('oph), m., JiV^, 
/oiy?, collective. 

284. n'l;^ [95] Cor), m., shin. 

285. ^r;; [114] Cazabh), leave, 
forsake, ('^ Gutt.), Impf 

'^ITi ii- 24. 

286. nr^[21]('ezer),m.,^eZp. 

287. f^i; [872] Caym), f., eye, pi. 
with suf. DD^^^J/, iii. 5. 

288. y^ [1074]'"r'irj,'f.,c2V7/,pl. 

289. nrV'^ Ciradh), pr. n. Irad. 

290. dS*;^ [10] Cerom), adj. 
naked, pi. D^*l^J?i iii- *^- 

291. '7^ Cal), prep, upon, with 
fP, '^i?^^ f^^om upon. 

292. n'^;^ [862] Cala), go up, 
{'£ Gutt. and H"'?), Impf. 
^^I^^ ii. 6, Hiph. o#er 
tip. 



293. n^X (const. n^P^^ l^^^J 
('ale), m., leaf. 

294. D j/ CiEQ ) , prep, with , along 
with. 

295. '1^^[108]('aphar),m.,c?ii5^. 

296. yj;^ [326] {'eg), m., tree. 

297. nV;^ [17] Ca9abh), suffer 
pain, ('£3 Gutt.), Hithp. 
w. Waw consec. l^^J/il-^V 
grieve oneself, vi. 6. 

298. DV-}^ ['^^ Ce§ebh), m., pain, 
grievance. 

299. pD!^;^ (const. p^VJ?) [3] 
(i59abh6n),m., labor, pain. 

300. DVJl^.[120]C^9em),f.,Z)o?ie. 

301. Dp^ (const, npj;; [14] 
('aqebh), m., heel. 

302. nnj; [132] Cerebh), m., 
evening. [raven. 

303. ::-i;r [10] Corebh), m., 

304. Dn;^ and D'ljir [16] 
Carom), adj. naked, pi. 

D^D*)i^, but D^Dnj? 

C'riimmim), ii. 25. 

305. D1"lj; [11] Carum), m.. 
prudent, crafty. 

306. Dt?^;[; [33] Cesebh), m., 
green herb, plant. 

307. ntri^ [2521] Casa), do, 
?7iaA:e, ('fl Gutt. and tl"7\ 
Impf. apoc. with Waw 
consec. t^^^), i. 7. 



VOCABULAKY OF GENESIS I — YIII. 



67 



308. n^tp^j;; [26] C'^siri), ordinal 
num. tenth. 

309. nb^j; 1333] Casar), cardinal 
number ten^ used only in 
compounds with units, as 
in ^'^^ "lHl^$ eleven, fem. 
rrntrif('esre), V.8. 

310. n^:^/"'(m. rri'^if) nm 

Ceser), f., ten. 

311. nj; [300] Ceth), c, time. 

312. \^^\]l Catta), adv. now. 

313. n? [480] (pe), mouth, with 
fem. suf. n^5, iv. 11. 

T -I • 

314. "|5 (pen4-), conj. lest^ with 
Impf. 

315. D0|) [2000] (panim), m., 
faces, const. ^JfiJi i- 2. 

316. D;;3[110](pram),f.,^rmc^ 
or step, once. 

317. nVS [15] (pa9a), rend, open 

{r\'h) iv. 11. 

318. ;^y5 [7] (pega'), m., wound- 
ing, with suf. ^i;y5,iv.23. 

319. np|) [20] (paqah), open 
(thVeyes) fy Gutt.), Niph. 
np5J, iii. 5. Impf. with 
Waw consec. H^nDDni- 
111. 7. 

320. -|"!|) [26] (paradh), sepa- 
rate{y Gutt.), Niph. Impf. 

■^n|)^ ii. 10. 

321. nSi) [28] (para), hear fruit 



[y Gutt. and rr"*?), Imv. 
nS i. 22, 28. 

322. n5[115](p'ri), m.,/rmY. 

323. nnS [141] (pathah), open, 

- T 

Niph. he opened, in pause 

^nn^;i, vii. n, c^ Gutt.). 

324. nn|) [160] (pethah), m., 
opening, door. 

325. fi^V [268] (96'n), c, s^eep, 
floch, collective. 

326. ^y^ [13] (gabha'), m., 

T T 

army, host. 

327. ny [33] (§adh), m., side, 
with prep, and suf. JllV?' 
vi. 16. 

328. pnV [203] (9addiq), m., 
just, righteous, 

329. nriV [24] (§ohar), f., light, 
collective, lights, windows. 

330. n^V [509] (gawa), Qal not 
used, (H"':'), Pi'el Hl^, 

T ■ 

put, command, Impf. apoc. 
with Waw consec. IV^V 

331. n^V (§1^^^)' Pr- n- Zillah. 

332. 0*7^ [16] (§elem), m., im- 
age, likeness, i. 26, 27. 

333. y'l^im (geir), m., side, 

w6,"pi.ni;r^V» 

334. TOV [31] (gamkh), sprow^, 
('^" Gutt.), Hiph. make 
sprout, Impf. with Waw 
consec. HDVI, ii- 5. 



6^ 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



835. pi;y [54] (§a'aq), cry out 
Cy Gutt.), Part, actplur. 

336. ")l£)V [39] (§iPPor), c, little 
bird. 

337. Dip. [^1] (qedhem), m., 
fronts east, as adv. before. 

338. rrDlp[4](qidhma),f.,eas^ 
ward, const, iipip^ ii- 14. 

339. trip [171] (qadha§), he 
pure, clean, holy, Pi'el 
consecrate, Impf. with 
Waw consec. C^lp^X ii- 3. 

340. mp [48] (qawa), be strong 
(H' /)? Niph. assemble, 
gather together, Impf. ^*|p^, 
i. 9. 

341. ^"ip [500] (qol), m., voice, 
sound. 

342. Dip [450] (qum), rise up, 
{\y), Impf. witli Waw 
consec. Dplj iv. 8, Hiph. 

D^pavi.ia 

343. nOip [45] (qoma), f., s^a^ 
ure, height. 

344. I^lp [12] (q69), m., ^Aom. 

345. jbp [56] (qaton), adj. little. 

346. pp (qayin), pr. n. (7ain. 

347. ^Tp (qenan), pr. n. Cainan. 

348. |^'>p[20] (qayi9),m.,/rm^ 
harvest, summer. 

349. ^^T) [82] (qalal), ?)e light 



in weight, &e diminished, 
{y'y),Ffe\ make light of, 

curse. 

350. fp [13] (qen), m., cell. 

351. n^P [81] (qana), get, ac^ 
$?«Ve (H"?), iv. 1. 

352. I^p [65] (qeg), m., md 

353. nVp (const. H^fp) [90] 
(qage) (=J^p), m., ewd 

354. l^Vp [54] (qa9ir) m., Aar- 
vest. 

355. ip[l](qor),m.,co?6^. 

356. J^np [855] (qara'), call {'V 
Gutt. and X"7), Impf. with 
Waw consec. Nlpl? i- 5, 
Niph. Impf. ^^lp^ ii. 28. 

357. HN") [1295] (ra'a), see, look 
('£)" and-;; Gutt. and H"'?), 
Impf. apoc. with Waw con- 
sec. ^1,^\ i. 4, vi. 2. 

358. t^^l [600] (ro's), m., head, 
pl. D^t?^*N> 

359. pt^Kl [177] (ri's6n), adj. 
Jirst. 

360. iTtr'Nl [51] (re'sith), f., 
denom. from ti^^jil, begin- 
ning. 

361. y\ [466] (rabh), m., oiiucJi, 
many, fem. HSl* 

362. 2y^ [17] (rabhabh), ??iwZ^*- 
phjA'^ Gutt. and i^''^?), 
Inf. const, ^h, vi. 1. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



69 



363. n^*1 [243] (rabha) , increase 
('£3 dutt. and H"'?). Impf . 
apoc. yy>, i. 22, Imv. '\2\ 

i. 22, 28^ Hiph. rr^iH. 

Inf. abs. rr:inn, m. 16, 

T : - 

Impf. 1st pers. n3*^J;!t, iii. 
16. 

364. yTS^ [30] (rabhag), lie 
down, crouch, Part. act. 
ph, iv. 7. 

365. ^^n [260] (reghel), a.Joot, 
with suf . n^Jl*), viii. 9. 

366. ni*) [25] "(radlia), have 
dominion^ rule ('^ Gutt. 
and ri"^), Impf. rT\\ i- 
26, Imv. n*!, i. 28. 

367. nn [11] (ru(a)h) and fin 
(ri(a)h), Qal not used, Hiph. 
inhale, smell, 3 m. s. witli 
Waw consec. V^'yX viii. 21. 

368. ryn [375] r'ii5)h), f., 

breath, spirit. 

369. D^ [193] (rum), be high, 
becomehigh, rise, Qal Impf. 
3 f. s. witli Waw consec. 
ninX vii. 17. CDGlutt. 

and'v';;). 

370. :inh [21] (robabh), m., 

- -I 

breadth, with suf. n^fl'l, 
vi. 15. 

371. r^nn [3] (rahaph), Qal not 
usedi ('i3 and y Gutt.), 



Pfel tin^, brood, hover 
over, Part. fem. HlDfTiPi 
i.2. 

372. nn [56] (re(a)h), m., /m- 
grance. 

373. t^D*1 [14] (ramas), creep, 
('5 Gutt.), Part. act. with 
art. '^dltl. i. 26, fem. 

n^pnn, 1^21. 

374. t^b^ [17] (r^mes), m., 
creeping thing. 

375. ;^n (f. nj;n) [650] (ra'K 
adj. ?)ac^, em7. 

376. ni^*) (ra'a), f., badness, 
icickedness. 

377. n;;'! [183] (ra'a),/eec7, tend, 
('£3'and ';? Gutt. and n"^), 
Part. act. const. ni^*°l? iv. 2. 

378. p"n (raq), adv. onli/. 

379. ;;*pn [17] (raqi(a)'), m., ex- 
pause, const. J/^p'^, i- 20. 

380. '^^^tti^ [131] (sa ar), remain, 
Niph. be left, vii. 23, [y 
Gutt.). 

381. ^"^t^ (m. n;;?^^') [96] 
(sebha'), f., sevai, y*2t^ 
seventh, ii, 2, Q^Hi^J^^' 
sevenfold, iv. 15. 

382. niDtr (70] (sabhath), rest, 

- T 

cease, Impf. with Waw 
consec. r\'^^^\ ii- 2. 

383. DJi:^' [1] (saggam), only in 



70 



YOCABULARY OF GENESIS I — YIII. 



vi. 3, with ^, [in their) 
wandering. 

384. DH^ [11] (soham), m., 
onyx, sardonyx. 

385. y\'{^ [1100] (subh), turn, 

(r';r),impf.2(isg.!}*iu:^-r), 

ni. 19. 

386. C^IC^" [3] (suph), hruise, 
crush, [\y), Impf. r|*l^\ 
iii. 15. 

387. r\tl^ [151] (saliath), Qal 
not used, ('^ Gutt.), Pfel 
destroy, corrupt; Niph. 
Impf. with Waw consec. 

rsmr\\ vi. n. 

388. rVt^ [85] (sith),p?(^, place, 
{:>'y), Perf. m, iv. 25, 
Impf.lstsg. n*;^>^,iii.l5. 

389. r[5^[5](sakhakh),'!sM6siVZe, 
Impf. 3 m. pi. with Waw 
cons. ?13C^^1, viii.l,(;r";r). 

390. p;^*[127j'(sakhan), «?>if7e, 
dwell, Hiph. Impf. with 
Waw consec. fS^'^l. 

391. rb^ [837] (salah"), send, 
puiforth [!^ Gutt.), Impf. 
VfiB\ Pi'el Impf. with 
Waw consecutive and suf. 

^T\rjr>t% i"- 23. 

392. t^'^'^' (m. TW'lt) (salos), 
f., Jiree; orcfinal ^up^'^'pt^', 
^AzV^, pi. D^Li^'^^ti^', third- 



story cells, D^ti^7?^\ thirty. 

393. Dti^ (sam), adv. ^A^re. 

394. D^' [850] (sem), m., name. 

395. D^ (sem), pr. n. Shem. 

396. D^DC'' [400] (samayim), m., 

■ J- T 

only in pi. heavens. 

397. rr^btr' (m. n^bt?^") (§'m6- 
ne), f . eight, D^^O^j eighty. 

398. J;D^' [1104] (sam"a ), Aear, 
Zzs^e/i to ('7 Gutt.), Impf. 
3 pi. with Waw consec. 

^;^D:r'^i,iii.8,imv.|;;5C^, 

iv. 23. 

399. n^t^' [460] (samar), keep, 

~ T 

watch. Inf. const, with 
prep, and suf. HIDti^V' ^^• 
15, Part. act. ^tS^^^iY. 9. 

400. ri^^' [22] (sana), f., year, 

401. 'JC* [150] (seni), adj. sec- 
one?, pi. D^Jl^i second-story 
cells, vi. 16. 

402. D^5tr' (const. »;3C^") [680] 
(s'nayim), m., cardinal two, 
f . D^r)Cf ', const, ^nt^', i V. 19. 

403. nj;^ [15] (sa a), look, re- 
gard [y Gutt. and H"^), 
Impf. apoc. with Waw 
consec. }J\^^\ iv. 4. 

404. ripl^' [74] (Saqa), Qal not 
used, Hiph. HDt^n^ S'^v^ 
fo diink, ii. 6. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— YIII. 



71 



405. j^'nt^ [14] (sarag), swarm, 
he 7nany {y Gutt), i. 20. 

406. pS^' [15] (sereg), m., 
swarm, collective reptiles. 

407. t^*tr (m. tlt^'^f) [26] (ses), 

T • . _ 

f., six, ordinal *^t^, sixth, 
i. 31. 

408. n;?'* (seth), pr. n. Seth. 

409. mb^ [330] (sadhe), m., 
field, open country. 

410. Xy)y [4] (si(a)li), m., shrub, 
bush. 

411. D^C^ ^"^ D'lt^ 1-6^3^ (sim), 
pi<<, set, place, {^'y), Irapf. 
D^C^^ apoc. Dt^^ with 

• T . ■• T 

Waw consec. Dtf^'^V ii. 8. 

412. ^^';^ [76] {sRkhi\Uook at, 
behold, Hiph. make wise, 
Inf. const. '?^5b^n, iii. 6. 

413. rt)m (const. hlKp) [26] 
(ta''*wa), f., desire. 

414. rf^?^i^[37](t^'ena),f.,/^, 
fig-tree. [chest. 

415. n^n [28] (tebha), f., arZ:, 

416. )rih [20] (tohu), m., waste- 
7ieAS, desolation. 

417. Dinil [35] (t^li6m), c, 
abyss, deep. 

418. f\*^_ '^Ji;! (tubhal qayin), 



pr. n. Tubal-cain, iv. 22. 

419. riin [430] (tawekh), m., 
midst, const. Tllrii i- 6. 

420. ni^ln [39] (toPdhoth), f. 
pi., generations, history. 

421. rinn (taliath), prep, under. 

422. ''Dt^TS [20] (tahti), m., low- 
est part, pi. D'^nnri, vi. i6. 

423. D^On (const! U't^rs) [90] 

■ T : 

(tamim), m., perfect, com- 
plete. 

424. p^n[l] (tannin), m.,w;a^er- 
serpent, monster, pi. DJl^^Di 
i. 21. 

425. "l^n [4] (taphar), sew to- 

- T 

gether, Impf. pi. with Waw 
consec. ^"15n''t iii- 7. 

426. t^tjn [54] (taphas), ca^cA, 

~ T 

(harp strings), ^Za?/, Part, 
act. C^5h, iv. 21. 

427. rro^nii (const, nonnn) 

[7] (tardema), f., deep sleep., 
ii. 21. 

428. nj^ltr'n [3] (t'suqa), f., 
desire, longing. 

429. y^'n (const. ;?^'n) (m. 
r\]?j::;t\) [58] (tesa'),' ?ime, 
D^i^^ri, ninety. 



EIVGHJCSH-HEBREW VOCABULARY 



GENESIS l.-VIII.* 



Abel, 97. 
abide, 90. 
above, 228. 
abyss, 417. 
acquire, 351. 
Ada, 275. 
add, 165. 
adhere, 85. 
after, 16, 64. 
again, 278. 
age, 88, 281. 
all, 181. 
alone, 49. 
along with, 294. 
also, 80. 
altar, 212. 
among, 48. 
and, 108. 
anger, 35. 
another, 15. 
appearance, 234. 
Ararat, 42. 
ark, 415. 
army, 326. 
as, 176. 

ashamed, be, 55. 
aside, turn, 268. 
assemble, 340. 
avenge, 261. 

Bad, 375. 
bdellium, 51. 
be, 99. 
bear, 162. 

* See last paragraph 



bear fruit, 321. 
beast, 53, 128. 
before, 150, 240, 337. 
beget, 162. 
begin, 132. 
beginning, 360. 
begun, be, 132. 
behind, 64. 
behold, v., 412. 
behold! 101. 
belly, 78. 

bend the knee, 70. 
between, 57. 
bird, 283,336. 
blade, glittering, 196. 
bless, 70. 
blood, 89. 
blow, 256. 
bone, 300. 
book, 270. 
bom, be, 162. 
both.. and, 80. 
bread, 197. 
breadth, 370. 
breath, 259, 264, 368. 
breathe, 256. 
bring, 54. 
bring forth, 162. 
bring out, 167. 
broken up, be, 65. 
bronze, 249. 
brood, 371. 
brother, 12. 
bruise, v., 386. 
on page 54 of Manv/il. 



bruise, 118. 
brute, dumb, 53. 
build, 62. 
bush, 410. 
burn, 144. 
burnt-offering, 279. 
but even, 36. 

Cain, 346. 
Cainau, 347. 
call, 356. 
cast out, 83. 
catch, 426. 
cast, 382. 
cell, 350. 
change into, 103. 
cherub, 190. 
chest, 415. 
child, 163. 
choose, 56. 
city, 288. 
clean, 148. 
clean, be, 339. 
cleave, adhere, 85. 
cleave, divide, 65. 
clothe, 195. 
coat, 191. 
cold, 355. 
collection, 231. 
come, 54. 
come to pass, 99. 
comfort, 247. 
command, 330. 
complete, v., 183. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I.— YIII. 



complete, 423. 
conceive, 106. 
conception, 107. 
consecrate, 339. 
corrupt, 387. 
country, open, 409. 
covenant, 69. 
cover, 187. [189. 

cover (with pitch), 
covering, 220. 
crafty, 304. 
create, 67. 

creature, living, 128. 
creep, 373. 
creeping thing, 374. 
crouch, 364. 
crush, 386. 
cry out, 335. 
cubit, 29. 
curse, 41, 349. 
cut 67. [146. 

cutting instrument, 

Darkness, 147 
daughter, 72. 
dawn, 66. 
day, 159. 
deceive, 263. 
deep, 417. 
deep sleep, 427. 
deluge, 207. 
desire, v., 135. 
desire, 135, 413, 428. 
desolation, 416. 
destroy, 213, 387. 
devour, 22. 
die, 77,211. [349. 
diminished, be, 140. 
divide, 50, 65. 
dividing, 50. 



do, 307. 

dominion, 223. 

dominion, have, 366. 

door, 324. 

dove, 160. 

dried up, be, 153. 

drink, give, 404. 

drive, 83. 

dry land, 143, 154. 

dry up, 141. 

dryness, 143. 

dust, 295. 

dwell, 174, 390. 

Ear, give, 11. 
earth, 5, 40. 
east, 337. 
eastward, 338. 
eat, 22. 
Eden, 276. 
eight-y, 397. 
elder, 76. 
emptiness, 52. 
encompass, 266. 
end, 352, 353. 
ended, be, 183. 
enmity, 18. 
Enoch, 139. 
Enosh, 32. 
eternity, 281. 
Eve, 122. 
even, but, 34. 
evening, 302. 
every, 181. 
evil, 375. 

existing, being, 170. 
expanse, 379. 
expel, 83. 
expire, 77. 
eye, 287. 



Faces, 315. 
fail, 140. 
fall, 258. 
family, 236. 
fat,-ness, 130. 
father, 1. 
favor, 138. 
fear, 171. 
feed, 377. 
female, 260. 
Held, 409. 
fifth, 137. 
fig,-tree, 414. 
find, 230. 
finish, 183. 
first, 359. 
first-born, 59. 
fish, 86. 
five, 137. 
flame, 196. 
flesh, 71. 
flock, 325. 
flood, 207. 
fly, v., 282. 
food, 23, 197, 206. 
foot, 365. 
for, 63, 180, 192. 
forge, v., 198. 
form, v., 67, 168. 
form, 169. 
forsake, 285. 
fountain, 227. 
four, 38. 
fowl, 283. 
fragrance, 372. 
free, set, 132. 
fresh, 151. 
from, 224. 
from upon, 291. 



VOCABULAUY OF GENESIS I. — VIII. 



75 



fruit, 322. 
fruit, bear, 321. 
fugitive, 242. 
full, be, 221. 

Garden, 81. 

gather, 34. 

gather together, 340. 

gathering, 231. 

generation, 88, 420. 

get, 351. 

giants, 257. 

Gihon, 79. 

girdle, 119. 

give, 265. 

give rain, 216. 

give rest, 245. 

glittering blade, 196. 

glow, 144. 

go, 100. 

go about, 100. 

go in, 54. 

go out, 167. 

go up, 292. 

God, 26. 

gold, 110. 

good, be, 161. 

good, 149. 

grace, 138. 

grass, tender, 94. 

great, 76. 

green herb, 306. 

greenness, 173. 

grievance, 298. 

grieve oneself, 297. 

ground, 5. 

guilt, 280. 

Ham, 133. 
hammer, v., 198. 



hand, 155. 
happen, 99. 
harp, 185. 
harvest, 354. 
he, 98. 
head, 358. 
hear, 398. 
heart, 194. 
heat, 134. 
heavens, 396. 
heel, 301. 
height, 342. 
help, 286. 
herb, green, 306. 
hero, 74. 
Hiddekel, 120. 
hide, 117,271. 
hide oneself, 103. 
high, 73. 
high, be, 369. 
history, 420. 
hold, 182. 
hole, 131. 
holy, be, 339. 
host, 326. 
house, 58. 
household, 58. 
hover over, 371. 
hundred, 204. 

1,33. 

if, 28. 

image, 90, 332. 

imagination, 169. 

in, 48. 

in behalf of, 63. 

in, go, 54. 

in presence of, 240. 

increase, 363. 

inhale, 367. 



Irad, 289. 
iron, 68. 

Jabal, 152. 
Japheth, 156. 
Jared, 172. 
Jehovah, 157. 
journey, 92. ■ 
Jubal, 158. 
judge, 87. 
just, 328. 

Keep, 399. 

kill, 105. 

kind, 219. 

knee, bend the, 70. 

know, 156. 

Labor, 299. 
Lamech, 201. 
land, dry, 143, 154. 
lattice, 37. 
leaf, 293. 
leave, 285. 
left, be, 380. 
length, 39. 
lest, 60, 314. 
lie down, 364. 
life, 126. 
lift up, 262. 
light, 8, 205, 329. 
light (not dark), be, 7 
light, be, 349. 
light, give, 7. 
lights, 329. 
like, 176. 
likeness, 90, 332. 
listen, 11. 
listen to, 398. 
little, 343. 



76 



YOCABULARY OF GENESIS I.— VIII. 



live, 127, 129. [170. 
living creature, 128, 
loIlOl. 
longing, 428. 
look, v., 357, 403. 
look, 234. 
look at, 412. 
loose, 132. 
lowest part, 422. 
luminary, 205. 
lyre, 185. 

Mahalaleel, 209. 
make, 307. 
make sprout, 234. 
male, 113. 
man, 4, 20. 
man of valor, 74. 
many, 361. 
many, be, 406. 
Mehujael, 214. 
Methusliael, 237. 
Methuselah, 238. 
midst, 419. 
might, 179. 
mighty, be, 75. 
mist, 3. 
monster, 424. 
month, 121. 
moon, new, 121. 
more, yea, 36. 
morning, 66. 
mother, 27. 
mountain, 104. 
mouth, 313. 
much, 361. 
multiply, 362. 

Naamah, 254. 
naked, 290, 304. 



name, 394. 
newly plucked, 151. 
night, 199. 
nine, -ty, 429. 
no, 193. 
l!^oah, 246. 
Nod, 244. 
nose, 35. 
not, 60, 193. 
not, that, 60. 
not, there is, 19. 
not yet, 150. 
nothing, 19. 
now, 312. 

Offering, 226. 

offer up, 292. 

olive-tree. 111. 

on, 48. 

on account of, 184. 

once, 316. 

one, 14. 

one tread or step, 316. 

only, 21,378. 

onyx, 384. 

open, 317, 319, 323. 

open country, 409. 

opening, 324. 

organ, 277. 

out, bring, 167. 

out, cast, 83. 

out, cry, 335. 

out, go, 167. 

outside, 124. 

over, pass, 273. 

Pain, 298, 299. 
pain, suffer, 123, 297. 
palm, 188. 
park, 81. 



part, low^est, 422. 
pass, come to, 99. 
pass over, 273. 
perfect, 423. 
pipe, 277. 
pitch, -wood, 82. 
pity, 247. 
place, v., 388, 411. 
place, 232. 
plan, 215. 
plant, v., 250. 
plant, 306. 
play, 426. 
pleasantness, 251. 
present, 226. 
prudent, 304. 
pure, be, 339. 
purpose, 215. 
put, 388, 411. 
put forth, 391. 
put on, 195. 

Eain, 84. 
rain, give, 216. 
raven, 303. 
reed, 277. 
regard, 403. 
remain, 380. 
remember, 112. 
rend, 317. 
repent, 247. 
reptiles, 406. 
rest, v., 245, 382. 
rest, 251. 
rest, give, 245. 
resting, a, 225. 
resting place, 225. 
restrain, 182. 
rib, 833. 
righteous, 328. 



Vocabulary of Gkistesis I.— VIII. 



77 



rise up, 342, 369. 


six, -th, 407. 


taken, be, 202. 


river, 243. 


skin, 284. 


tell, 239. 


rule, v., 87, 235, 366. 


slay, 105. 


ten, 309, 310. 


rule, 223. 


sleep, 175. 


tend, 377. 


rule over, 235. 


sleep, deep, 427. 


tender grass, 94. 




smell, 367. 


tent, 6. 


Sardonyx, 384. 


smite, 241,252. 


tenth, 308. 


say, 30. 


so, 184. 


that, conj., 180. 


sea, 164. 


sole, 188. 


that not, 60. 


season, 210. 


son, 61. 


the, 95. 


second, -story, 400. 


song, 31. 


then, 10. 


seduce, 263. 


soul, 259. 


there, 393. 


see, 357. 


sound, 341. 


therefore, 184. 


seed, 116. 


sow, 115. 


these, 25. 


seed, yield, 115. 


species, 219. 


they, 102. 


seed-time, 116. 


spirit, 264, 368. 


third, 392. 


send, 391. 


spring, 227. 


thirty, 392. 


separate, 50, 320. 


sprout, 93, 334. 


this, 109. 


separation, 49. 


sprout, make, 334. 


thistle, 91. 


serpent, 248. 


star, 178. 


thorn, 344. 


serpent, water-, 424. 


stature, 343. 


thorny plant, 91. 


serve, 272. 


step, one, 316. 


thou, 47. 


set, 411. 


still, 278. 


three, 392. 


set free, 132. 


stone, 2. 


thus, 184. 


set time, 210. 


street, 124. 


Tigris, 120. 


Seth, 408. 


strength, 179. 


till, v., 272. 


seven, -th, -fold, 381, 


strike, 252. 


till, 274. 


sew together, 425. 


strong, be, 75. 


time, 311. 


sheep, 325. 


subdue, 177. 


time set, 210. 


Shem, 395. 


subside, 389. 


to, 192. 


shine, 7. 


substance, 233. 


tool, 146. 


show, 239. 


suffer pain, 297. 


totality, 181. 


shower, 84. 


summer, 348. 


touch, 241. 


shrub, 410. 


surely, 21. 


tread, one, 316. 


shut, 67, 269. 


swarm, v., 405. 


tread upon, 177. 


side, 327, 333. 


swarm, 406. 


tree, 296. 


sign, 9. 


sweat, 114. 


true that ? is it, 36. 


sin, 125, 280. 


sword, 142. 


Tubal-Cain, 418. 


sister, 13. 




tunic, 191. 


sit, 174. 


Take, 202. 


turn, 102, 266, 385. 



YOCABULARY OF GENESIS I.— VIII. 



turn aside, 268. 


walk, 100. 




with, 46, 294. 


turning itself, 103. 


wanderer, 253. 


[383 


within, from, 124. 


two, 402. 


wanderings, in 1 


their, 


, without, from, 124. 




wasteness, 416. 




woman, 43. 


Under, 421. 


watch, 399. 




work, 221, 229. 


until, 274. 


water, 218. 




wound, 118. 


unto, 24. 


water-serpent, 424. 


wounding, 318. 


up, go, 292. 


way, 92. 




writing, 270. 


upon, 291. 


wealth, 233. 






upon, tread, 177. 


what? 208. 




Yea more, 36. 


upwards, 228. 


where ? 17. 




year, 400. 


utterance, 31. 


which, 44. 




yet, 278. 




who, 44. 




youth, time of, 255. 


Valor, man of, 74. 


who ? 217. 






vapor, 3. 


why ? 200. 




Zillah, 331. 


very, 203. 


window, 37, 131 


,329. 




violence, 136. 


wing, 186. 




?,96. 


voice, 341. 


winter, 145. 








wipe out, 213. 




)(, 45. 


Wait, 123. 


wise, make, 412. 







(? 



WORD LISTS. 



^VOJEtO LISTS— HEBREW. 









LIST I. 












verbs 


occnrrlns: 


500- 


-5000 times. 




1. 


- T 


8. 


- T 


15. 


■15:^ 


22. 


T T 


2. 


— T 


9. 


Nv: 


16. 


nbx 


23. 


D^tr 


3. 


Nia 


10. 


D^> 


17. 


•\o); 


24. 


:3itr' 


4. 


"i?1 


11. 


^p"? 


18. 


nb'^ 


25. 


n'pc^' 


5. 


T T 


12. 


niD 


19. 


T T 


26. 


j;Qtf^- 


6. 


T?o 


13. 


T T 


20. 


Dip 






7. 


j^7: 


14. 


I':'^ 


21. 


^T. 







LIST n. 

verbs oocurrlns: 200—500 times. 

27. a^^e 37. r|p^ 47. rpD 57. np|) 

28. t^m 38. Kn;^ 48. J<yD 58. TlT) 

29. n^5 39. iy^ 49. n/j 59. on' 

30. trp^ 40. tr'n^ 50. n^i eo. np^ 

31. ri-i^ 41. ;?^> 51. rrii 61. noi^" 



T T 



32. n?r 42. p3 52. ^5^ 62. ^5^' 

33. pm 43. n^3 53. b^i^ 63. nn^' 

34. Nipn 44. nn? 54. niD 

35. njrr 45. ans 55. nsj!; 

36. '::ji» 46. j^^o 56. nnj; 

T •• T T*T 

LIST III. 
verbs occurrins: 100-200 times. 

64. n5K QQ- tri:j 68. p5 70. *?k^^ 

65. ]m 67. fiD!} 69. rrDiD 71. bnl 

l"T -T TT -T 

81 



82 






Word Lists. 








72. 


ny 


83. 


- T 


94. 


- T 


105. 


:y)ty 


73. 


T T 


84. 


in' 

- T 


95. 


- T 


106. 


bm 


74. 


- T 


85. 


•• T 


96. 


3?Je 


107. 


3^3^' 


75. 


''^C 


86. 


nD3 


97. 


nj3 


108. 


n?^' 


76. 


Jin 


87. 


-103 


98. 


"^5P 


109. 


nntr 

T T 


77. 


nar 


88. 


tJ*'?"? 


99. 


tJ'np 


110. 


nnc' 


78. 


— T 


89. 


— T 


100. 


2"!P 


111. 


P^' 


79. 


run 

T T 


90. 


■•?> 


101. 


^V 


112. 


"^bt^ 


80. 


D^n 


91. 


m 


102. 


rn 


113. 


•• T 


81. 


j^pp 


92. 


mi 


103. 


nj;-) 


114. 


- T 


82. 


TT 


93. 


m 


104. 


NJB' 












LIST IV. 












Verbs 


oCcnrrinK 50- 


100 times. 




115. 


nnN* 


130. 


b-in 


145. 


rrr 

T T 


160. 


bni 


116. 


— T 


131. 


b-in 


146. 


D33 

- T 


161. 


m 


117. 


IDK 


132. 


T T 


147. 


D^3 


162. 


-I3J 

- T 


118. 


■>"!^ 


133. 


P"?!? 


148. 


'7tJ''3 

- T 


163. 


32fJ 

- T 


119. 


■ira 

— T 


134. 


W 


149. 


n^ 


164. 


mi 

- T 


120. 


y^D 


135. 


m 


150. 


no"? 

- T 


165. 


- T 


121. 


^;?^ 


136. 


T T 


151. 


- T 


166. 


im 

- T 


122. 


i^P? 


137. 


- T 


152. 


- T 


167. 


-IJP 


123. 


^1? 


138. 


nnn 


153. 


"13? 


168. 


nnp 


124. 


mi 


139. 


•• T 


154. 


obo 


169. 


-ni; 


125. 


p?1 


140. 


Q^y 


155. 


- T 


170. 


it^ 


126. 


non 


141. 


ny 

- T 


156. 


- T 


171. 


n.'j,' 


127. 


nir 


142. 


r^. 


157. 


- T 


172. 


Vi^, 


128. 


njir 


143. 


PK' 


158. 


- T 


173. 


nns 


129. 


i^5i 


144. 


-T 


159. 


mj) 


174. 


pi) 









Word Lists. 






83 


175. 


K^3 

T T 


184. 


™p 


193. 


T T 


201. 


nv 


176. 


~ T 


185. 


^\^ 


194. 


T T 


202. 


- T 


177. 


■7^3 


186. 


Dm 

- T 


195. 


y:?^ 


203. 


- T 


178. 


1?3 


187. 


Y^l 


196. 


b^'t^ 


204. 


•■ T 


179. 


jj^ns 


188. 


pn^ 


197. 


- T 


205. 


^m 


180. 


pi?y 


189. 


y^. 


198. 


-l-l^' 


206. 


Don 

- T 


181. 


T T 


190. 


^51 


199. 


DH^" 


207. 


B'an 


182. 


"^•!V 


191. 


m 


200. 


T^" 


208. 


J^P^ 


183. 


^^P 


192. 


m 











LIST V. 
Konns occnrrlns: 500—5000 times. 

1. DN 11. n'2 21. ±> 31. ^p 

2. Dn^t 12. f5 22. rti}f2 32. t^-tj^ 

3. ^^IJ^ 13. ni^ 23. D^D 33. tTKl 

T -: T T -1- 

4. nj< 14. n^^i 24. rpD 34. npatr 



5. nfiK 15. nn 25. c^"54 35. Dtr' 

6. nnj< 16. ♦n 26. -mj; 36. d^^c^ 

7. tr>N 17. liD 27. r;^ 37. ny^ 

• •J- T T 

8. D^n':^i< 18. 1' 28. n^j; 

T ^- 

9. tr'1^^ 19. DV 29. 0^ 

10. pN 20. Jll3 30. D^^D 



84 



Word Lists. 









LIST YI. 












Kouns 


occurrlns: 30C 


►-500 times. 




38. 


rm 


48. 


T T 


58. 


DlpO 


68. 


n? 


39. 


V -J 


49. 


t^'irr 


59. 


T : 


69. 


nn 


40. 


n"??? 


50. 


•• T 


60. 


• T 


70. 


tl'l^ 


41. 


'^m-'i^ 


51. 




61. 


2'?D 


71. 


V T 


42. 


ma 

T 


52. 


T 


62. 


nyiir 


72. 


IB' 


43. 


T •• : 


53. 


^'?? 


63. 


DViy 


73. 


T 


44. 


n? 


54. 


^?.5 


64. 


Vi^ 


74. 


• J- T 


45. 


T 


55. 


Dn|?. 


65. 


ntrjj 


75. 


"^VJii 


46. 


'U 


56. 


n^lP 


66. 


D'ltf'J^. 


76. 


m 1 


47. 


T 


57. nt^nbo 

T T : • 


67. 


nr 










LIST VII. 












Kouns 


occnrrlng: 20C 


(-800 times. 




77. 


m 


87. 


T T 


97. 


nkp 


107. 


n^v 


78. 


T T -: 


88. 


■7Uil 


98. 


i^^io 


108. 


lN5f 


79. 


■7'K 


89. 


i'^ 


99. 


n^qs? 


109. 


2m 


80. 


^^^ 


90. 


riNDn 


100. 


ni??D 


110. 


^^:. 


81. 


nD5< 


91. 


• J- 


101. 


^«'?o 


111. 


;^T 


82. 


^^ 


92. 


-IDH 


102. 


nrao 

T : • 


112. 


J^^'1 


83. 


P^^ 


93. 


T1D3 

T 


103. 


n^j^D 


113. 


T 


84. 


"I-;!?. 


94. 


n? 


104. nnDt^'p 


114. 


ir'tJ'- 


85. 


^1?^ 


95. 


T ■• 


105. 


T -: |- 


115. 


mm 

T 


86. 


nn? 


96. 


T : J" 


106. 


^^)- 













Word Lists 






85 








LIST VIIL 










Kouns occnrrins IOC 


^-200 times. 




116. 


m 


134. 


n 


152. 


]W^ 


169. 


^V 


117. 


D^;;3nNt 


135. 


tp: 


153. 


2ii 


170. 


f1tr"N-) 


118. 


niD:j 


136. 


^'. 


154. 


■^^ 


171. 


nn 


119. 


^m 


137. 


T T 


155. 


ntsTO 

-I : 


172. 


^nh 


120. 


ni3;i 


138. 


^5? 


156. 


T 


173. 


DD-l 


121. 


y\l 


139. 


ro 


157. 


DID 


174. 


m 


122. 


mt 


140. 


^J? 


158. 


n^D 


175. 


T T 


123. 


m 


141. 


ND3 


159. 


^T^y-. 


176. 


V J* 


124. 


nti)n 


142. 


D15 


160. 


h-\x 


177. 


mt?' 


125. 


pn 


143. 


JIC'^ 


161. 


lajr 


178. 


^tr^'?:^^' 


126. 


T T 


144. 


T : • 


162. 


Dvi. 


179. 


I?r 


127. 


nDDfi 


145. 


n)g 


163. 


m. 


180. 


nyo^' 


128. 


T •• 


146. 


T T : 


164. 


-13 

T 


181. 


^'PF 


129. 


D^t^pn 


147. 


T T : ~ 


165. 


n?) 


182. 


'^^ 


130. 


*vn 


148. 


nsp!: 


166. 


nns 


183. 


y^ 


131. 


pn 


149. 


^y.t?^ 


167. 


pi 


184. 


nni^in 


132. 


^m 


150. 


nivp 


168. 


'"•PIV 


185. 


• T 


133. 




151. 


n?<1P 
















LIST IX, 










Konns occurring- 50- 


-100 times. 




186. 


Ii'3« 


191, 


nrnK 

T • -: 


196. 


T T ; ~ 


201. 




187. 


n.^ 


192. 


n^^f^ 


197. 


n:io?^ 


202. 


'■^^ 


188. 


ns< 


193. 


nnnK 


198. 


'^P^? 


203. 


n.pK 


189. 


T 


194. 


n'lSk 


199. 


-I'liDK 


204. 


V^ 


190. 


niK 


195. 


^1'?^? 


200. 




205. 


n^N* 



86 






Word Lists 








206. 


m 


234. 


n'lon 


262. 


T - 


290. 


nK5 


207. 


T T 


235. 


T T 


2G3. 


^'lR5 


291. 


n^^ 


208. 


"^y.^ 


236 


P 


264. 


nipp 


292. 


T T 


209. 


■^ns 


237. 


rn 


265. 


T 


293. 


Dip. 


210. 


T T : 


238. 


nsnn 

T : •.■ 


266. 


mo 

T - 


294. 


m 


211. 


m 


239. 


n^n 


267. 


n^tr'o 


295. 


rnbp 


212. 


rr\p-\ 


240. 


niHD 


268. pr\r2ti;fD 


296. 


^'P 


213. 


■.-!.• 


241. 


NPlO 


269. 


'^p^^'P 


297. 


^B 


214. 


T 


242. 


niN* 


270. 


■.-1 .■ 


298. 


r? 


215. 


N^J 


243. 


T 


271. 


m 


299. 


nytp^ 


216. 


^?4 


244. 


VJV 


272. 


^x^ 


300. 


-I'Vp 


217. 


m. 


245. 


^J^.- 


273. 


n'7D 

T-IV 


301. 


I?"!R 


218. 


^^ 


246. 


n^n* 


274. 


^"20 


302. 


3iiR 


219. 


121 


247. 


n^ia'i 


275. 




303. 


DP.. 


220. 


a^Ti 


248. 


■^'P? 


276. 


^33^. 


304. 


^m.- 


221. 


rhy. 


249. 


31-13 


277. 


nj; 


305. 


n'tJ-Ni 


222. 


mn 


250. 


H'"*? 


278. 


nn;;. 


306. 


pnn 


223. 


"^yn 


251. 


T ; • 


279. 


^1;^ 


307. 


y") 


224. 


|ibn 


252. 


m 


280. 


. W 


308. 


H'l 


225. 


nor 

T T 


253. 


n-io 


281. 


ri^ 


309. 


jlvn 


226. 


ynr 


254. 


nrno 

T • : 


282. 


rv^;^ 


310. 


':'NOb' 


227. 


^?n 


255. 


•IpID 


283. 


*?rjj; 


311. 


T 


228. 


T 


256. 


niirp 


284. 


P^i 


312. 


yy-c; 


223. 


tr-jn 


257. 


mrp 


285. 


^^JJ: 


313. 


b'im 


230. 


nDfi 


258. 


T T 


286. 


I^^ 


314. 


nn^p^" 


231. 


n^n 


259. natrnrj 


287. 


*^w 


315. 


^;?OD» 


232. 


Dl^D 


260. 


no^p 


288. 


nn^nj; 


316. 


D7?t:^' 


233. 


p"?!! 


261. 


dji;d 


289. 


nm 


317. 


T 



Word Lists, 



87 



318. nisr' 322. nt2f2l^ 326. D^ti^tT 330. n^t^D 

T T : • ■ T • : 

319. yif; 323. ftr' 327. D^PH 331. nt2)^r) 

320. \nb'^ 324. nn^:f^ 328. nnx^n 332. rrj^^'n 

321. ab^ 325. '^PC^" 329. n^lX^DH 

vjv l.jv vjv : • 



TTOaO JL.IST^— XKi^NSJL.ATION, 



LIST I. 
Verbs occurrins: 500-5000 times. 



1. Eat 


10. Sit, dwell 


19. Command 


2. Say 


11. Take 


20. Rise, stand 


3. Go in 


12. Die 


21. Call, meet 


4. Speak 


13. Lift up 


22. See 


5. Be 


14. Give 


23. Put 


6. Go 


15. Pass over 


24. Turn 


7. Know 


16. Go up 


25. Send 


8. Bring forth 


17. Stand 


26. Hear 


9. Go out 


18. Do, make 
LIST n. 




Vertos 


occurrins: 200- 


-500 times. 


27. Love 


40. Possess 


52. Fall 


28. Gather 


41. Deliver 


53. Snatch, deliver 


29. Build 


42. Prepare 


54. Turn aside 


30. Seek 


43. Complete 


55. Serve 


31. Bless 


44. Cut 


56. Answer 


32. Remember 


45. Write 


57. Visit 


33. Be strong 


46. Be full 


58. Multiply 


34. Sin 


47. Be king 


59. Be high 


35. Live 


48. Find 


60. Lie down 


36. Be able 


49. Make known 


61. Keep 


37. Add 


50. Stretch out 


62. Judge 


38. Be afraid 


51. Smite 


63. Drink 


39. Go down 







LIST III. 
Verbs occurrinfif 100-200 times. 



64. Perish 

65. Be firm 

66. Be ashamed 

67. Trust 

68. Perceive 

69. Weep 



70. Redeem 

71. Be great 

72. Sojourn 

73. Reveal 

74. Tread, seek 

75. Praise 

88 



76. Kill 

77. Sacrifice 

78. Pollute, begin 

79. Encamp 

80. Impute, think 

81. Be unclean 







Word Lists. 


89 


82. Thank 


93. 


Depart 


104. Hate 


83. Be good 


94. 


Surround 


105. Burn 


84. Be left 


95. 


Number 


106. Ask 


85. Be heavy 


96. 


Abandon 


107. Swear 


8G. Conceal 


97. 


Turn about 


108. Break in pieces 


87. Cover 


98. 


Bury 


109. Do obeisance 


88. Put on 


99. 


Be holy 


110. Corrupt 


89. Fight 


100. 


Draw near 


111. Dwell 


90. Capture 


101. 


Pursue 


112. Cast 


91. Touch 


102. 


Run 


113. Be whole 


92. Approacb 


103. 


Feed 
LIST IT. 


114. Minister 


Verbs 


occurrins: 60-100 


times. 


115. Be willing 


141. 


Reprove 


167. Shut 


116. Seize 


142. 


Give counsel 


168. Conceal 


117. Bind 


143. 


Pour out 


169. Awake 


118. Curse 


144. 


Form 


170. Assist 


119. Choose 


145. 


Cast, instruct 


171. Be afflicted 


120. Swallow 


146. 


Wash 


172. Arrange 


121. Consume 


147. 


Be provoked 


173. redeem 


122. Cleave, split 


148. 


Stumble 


174. Scatter 


123. Create 


149. 


Lodge 


175. Separate, be won- 


124. Flee 


150. 


Learn 


176. Pray [derful 


125. Cleave, cling 


151. 


Measure 


177. Do, make 


126. Turn, overthrow 


152. 


Hasten 


178. Break, fail 


127. Sojourn [tion 


153. 


Sell 


179. Spread out 


128. Commit fornica- 


154. 


Escape 


180. Cry out 


129. Sow 


155. 


Anoint 


181. Watch, cover 


130. Cease [forth, wait 156. 


Rule 


182. Distress 


131. Be pained, bring 


157. 


Look, regard 


183. Be lijiht 


132. Be sick 


158. 


Drive away 


184. Get, obtain 


133. Distribute 


159. 


Rest 


185. Rend 


134. Be gracious 


160. 


Inherit 


186. Have mercy 


135. Delight 


161. 


Plant 


187. Wash 


136. Be angry [silent 162. 


Know,beignoran 


it 188 Be far off 


137. Plow, engrave, be 


> 163. 


Set 


189. Strive 


138. Be dismayed 


164. 


Be pre-eminent 


190. Ride 


139. Be clean 


165. 


Keep, watch 


191. Sing, cry aloud 


140. Be dry 


166. 


Reacb 


192. Be evil 



£0 



Word Lists. 



193. Heal 199. Kill 

194. Be pleased 200. Sing 

195. Suffice 201. Put 

196. Act wisely, pros- 202. Rise early 



205. Drink 

206. Finish 

207. Catch, seize 

208. Strike, blow (a 



197. Cease, rest [per 203. Destroy [tonished 

198. Destroy 204. Be desolate, as- 



[trumpet) 



LIST T. 
]Kouii8 occnrring: 500—5000 times. 



1. Father 

2. Man, mankind 

3. Lord 

4. Brother 

5. One 

6. After 

7. Man 

8. God 

9. Man, mankind 

10. Earth 

11. House 

12. Son 

13. Word, thing 



14. Way 

15. Mountain 

16. Living, life 

17. Good 

18. Hand 

19. Day 

20. Priest 

21. Heart 

22. Hundred 

23. Water 

24. King 

25. Soul 



26. Servant 

27. Eye. fountain 

28. City 

29. People 

30. Face 

31. Voice 

32. Holiness 

33. Head 

34. Seven 

35. Name 

36. Two 

37. Year 



LIST TL 
]Kouiis occurring: 300—500 times. 



38. Master 

39. Tent 

40. Ox, thousand 

41. Four 

42. Woman 

43. Cattle 



44. Daughter 

45. Great 

46. Nation 

47. Blood 

48. Gold 

49. New, month 



50. Five 

51. Sword 

52. Sea 

53. Article, vessel 

54. Silver 

55. Bread 



3 

"S 



Word Lists. 



91 



56. Altar 

57. War 

58. Place 

59. Judgment 

60. Prophet 

61. Around 

62. Burnt-offering 



63. Age, eternitj' 

64. Tree 

65. (Ten)-teen 
eQ. Twenty 

67. Time 

68. Mouth 

69. Many 

LIST VII. 



70. Spirit 
7L Field 

72. Prince 

73. Three 

74. Heavens 

75. aate 

76. Midst 



Kouns occurring 200—300 times. 



77. Stone 

78. Ground 

79. Ram 

80. Mighty one, God 
8L Cubit 

82. Nose, anger 

83. Ark 

84. Garment 

85. Morning 

86. Covenant 

87. Flesh 

88. Boundary 

89. Seed 



90. Sin 

9L Strength 

92. Kindness 

93. Honor 

94. Palm of hand 

95. Heart 

96. Night 

97. Exceedingly 

98. Season 

99. Camp 

100. Rod, tribe 

101. Messenger 

102. Offering 



103. Work 

104. Family 

105. Inheritance 

106. Boy, servant 

107. Iniquity 

108. Flock 

109. Midst 

110. Foot 

111. Friend, neigh- 

112. Wicked [bor 

113. Peace 

114. Six 

115. Law 



LIST VIII. 
:Nouus occurring 100—200 times. 



116. Ear 

117. Forty 

118. First-born 

119. Herd, cattle 

120. Hero 

121. Generation 

122. Sacrifice 

123. Old man, elder 

124. Wall 

125. Abroad 

126. Wise 

127. Wisdom 
123. Heat, fary 
129. Fifty 



130. Half 

131. Statute 

132. Statute 

133. Together, alike 

134. Wine 

135. Right hand 

136. There is 

137. Straight, upright 

138. Lamb 

139. Strength 

140. Wing 

141. Throne 

142. Vineyard 

143. Tongue 



144. Pasture 

145. Death 

146. Work 

147. Kingdom 

148. Number 

149. Above 

150. Commandment 

151. Appearance [n-icle 

152. Dwelling, taber- 

153. South country 

154. Yalley, brook 

155. Bronze, copper 

156. Prince 

157. Horsa 



92 


Word Lists. 




158. Book 


168. Righteousness 


177. Best, sabbath 


159. Service 


169. Adversary 


178. Third 


160. Congregation 


170. First 


179. Oil, fat 


161. Dust 


171. Abundance 


180. Eight 


162. Bone 


172. Breadth 


181. Sun 


163. Evening 


173. Chariot 


182. Second 


164. Bullock 


174. Famine 


183. Falsehood 


165. Fruit 


175. Lip, shore 


184. Abomination 


166. Door 


176. Bod, tribe 


185. Continuity 


167. Eighteousness 


LIST IX. 




Notans occtarriMg 50—100 


t times. 


186. Needy 


213. Mighty one, man 240. Clean 


187. Socket 


214. Lot 


241. Unclean 


188. Iniquity 


215. Valley 


242. Biver, Nile 


189. Treasury 


216. Camel 


243. Daily 


190. Sign 


217. Vine 


244. Child, youth 


191. Possession 


218. Stranger 


245. Forest 


192. Last 


219. Pestilence 


246. Curtain 


193. Latter end 


220. Honey 


247. Deliverance 


191. God 


221. Door 


248. Fool 


195. Leader, ox 


222. Knowledge 


249. Cherub 


196. Widow 


223. Temple 


250. Shoulder 


197. Faithfulness 


224. Multitude 


251. Tower 


198. Saying 


225. Male 


252. Shield 


199. Epbod 


226. Arm, strength 


253. Measure 


200. Cedar 


227. Line, destruction 254- Province 


201. Way, path 


228. Festival 


255. Chastisement, 


202. Lion 


229. Fresh, new 


256. Psalm [warniDg 


203. Lion 


230. Wheat 


257. East 


204. Length 


231. Fat 


258. To-morrow 


205. Fire-offering 


232. Dream 


259. Thought 


206. Belly 


233. Portion 


260. Kingdom 


207. High-place 


234. He-ass 


261. A little 


208. Master, Baal 


235. Violence 


262. Unleavened food 


209. Iron 


236. Favor, grace 


263. Sanctuary 


210. Blessing 


237. Arrow, handle 


264. Property 


211. Pride 


238. Beproach 


265. High place 


212. Might 


239. Darkness 


266. Burden, tribute 



Word Lists. 



93 



267. Anointed one 

268. Observance 

269. Weight 

270. Yow 

271. Libation 

272. Maiden 

273. Pause 

274. Rock 

275. Fine flour 

276. Over, beyond 

277. Witness 

278. Testimony 

279. Skin, leather 

280. Goat 
28L Strength 

282. High 

283. Labor, misery 

284. Valley 

285. Affliction 

286. Cloud 

287. Counsel 

288. Plain 



289. Nakedness 

290. Side 

291. Rock 

292. Adversity 

293. Before, east 

294. Small 

295. Incense 

296. Wall 

297. Stalk 

298. End 

299. End 

300. Harvest 

301. Offering 

302. Near 

303. Horn 

304. Bow 

305. Beginning 

306. Distant 

307. Strife 

308. Savor 

309. Desire 

310. Left hand 



311. Rejoicing 

312. Hairy, goat 

313. Underworld 

314. Remnant 

315. Seventh 

316. Seventy 

317. Trumpet 

318. Ox 

319. Song 

320. Table 

321. Peace-offering 

322. Desolation,waste 

323. Tooth 

324. Maid-servant 

325. Shekel 

326. Sixty 

327. Perfect 

328. aiory 

329. Glory 

330. Prayer 

331. Heave-offering 

332. Nine 



AN INTRODUCTORY 

New Testament Greek Method 

TOGETHER WITH 

A Manual, containing Text and Vocabulary of 
Gospel of John and Lists of Words, 

AND 

The Elements of New Testament Greek Grammar. 

BY 
WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D., 

Professor in Yale University^ 

AND 

REVERE F. WEIDNER, D.D., 

Professor in Augustana Theological Seminary^ Rock Island^ III. 



Octavo, price, - - ^2050 net. 

:^% Correspondence concerning terms for introduction aiid examination 
copies is solicited from instructors desiring a Text-book in New Testa- 
ment Greek. 

CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, Publishers, 

153, 155 and 157 Fifth Avenue, New York. 



MANY who have not studied Classical Greek desire to 
know New Testament Greek. For these as well as 
for those who, having studied Classical Greek, desire to 
review more particularly the principles of New Testament 
Greek, this book is intended. By its use the student, while 
acquiring and mastering the principles of the Greek 
Language by a rapid and natural method, will be pursuing 
a complete and thorough study of New Testament litera- 
ture ; and thus not only to clergymen of all denominations 
■ — to whom it will serve as an important ba.sis for their 
work — but to Bible students generally the book will be 
found invaluable. 

For several years the inductive method of teaching 
languages, as exemplified in Professor Harper's Text-Books, 
has been employed by many of the leading Professors of 
Hebrew in this country. A book to em.body the application 
of the method in New Testament Greek has long been 
called for, and it is believed that the present volume will 
meet the demand. 



HEBREW AND SEMETIC TEXT-BOOKS. 



ELEMENTS OF HEBREW. By WILLIAM R. HARPER. 
Ph.D. Twelfth edition. Revised and Indexed. 8vo, $2.00 net. 

An Elementary Grammar of the Hebrew Language, by an Inductive Method. 
Comprising systematic statements of the principles of Hebrew Orthography and Ety- 
mology, according to the latest and most scientific authorities, deduced from examples 
quoted in the work ; with a practically exhaustive discussion and classification of the 
Hebrew Vowel-sounds. 

INTRODUCTORY HEBREW METHOD AND MANUAL. 
By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. Seventh edition. i2mo, 
$2.00 net. 

A Text-Book for Beginners in Hebrew, by an Inductive Method. Containing the 
Text of Genesis I. -VIII ; with notes, referring to the author's " Elements of Hebrew," 
Exercises for Translation, Grammar Lessons covering the Principles of Orthography 
and Etymology, and Lists of the most frequently occurring Hebrew words. 

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW SYNTAX. By WILLIAM 
R. HARPER, Ph.D. 8vo, $2.00 net. 

A presentation of the principles of Hebrew Syntax, by an inductive method. 

The method of presentation includes (i) a citation and translation of examples 
teaching a given principle; (2) a statement of the principle ; (3) the addition of details 
and exceptions in smaller type ; (4) a list of references (in the order of '^he Hebrew Bible) 
for further study. 

HEBREW VOCABULARIES. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, 
Ph.D. i2mo, ?i.oo net. 

AN ARAMAIC METHOD. By CHARLES RUFUS BROWN. 

PART L Text, Notes and Vccabulary. i2mo, $1.75 net. 

PART n. Grammar. i2mo, fi.oo net. 

Including brief statements of the principles of Aramaic Orthography, Etymology 
and Syntax. The method pursued is comparative and inductive. For the convenience 
of those using Harper's Elements of Hebrew, the arrangement has been adopted as far 
as possible from that work. 

AN ASSYRIAN MANUAL. By DAVID G. LYON, Ph.D. 8vo, 

$4.00 net. 

The Manual contains a list of syllabic signs in most common use, a selection of some 
of the most important historical texts transliterated in English letters, some pages of 
Cuneiform Texts, Paradigms, Comments, and Glossary. 

AN ARABIC MANUAL. By JOHN G. LANSING, D.D. 8vo, 
$2 CO net. 

Containing the Letters ; Vowels ; Signs • Accent ; Pause ; Syllables ; The Articles 
Pronouns ; different classes of Prepositions, Conjunctions, and Adverbs, with a table of 
the most common of these ; Numerals ; the Verb, with its Measures, Permutations, As. 
similations, Forms, Voices, States, Moods, Persons, etc., Triliteral and Quadriliteral, 
Strong and Weak, Inflections by Persons, Voices and Moods, Derived Forms, The 
Weak Verbs and Other Verbs, with explanations, and paradigms; The Noun, Kinds, 
Derivation, Classification, Verbal Adjectives, C^ses, Declensions, etc., with examples 
under all sections. 



"I have used Professor Harper's * Elements' and 'Method' mth the Junior 
Classes of this Seminary during the past year. The practical test has only con- 
firmed the favorable opinion with which the books were introduced. I have no 
doubt that, for their purpose, they are tlie best works now before the public." — 
Prof. W. G. Ballantine, Oberlin Theological Seminary, Oberlin, O. 

" I take pleasure in commendmg the Hebrew text-books of Professor W. R,. 
Harper. They are in my judgment practical, convenient and adequate to in- 
troduce one to a good working acquaintance with the Hebrew language. We 
are using them in this Seminary in the Junior Class, and propose to continue 
to do so.'- — ProL Basil Manly, Soutkera Baptist Theological Seminary, 
Louisville Ky. 

"* * 1 have found them both to stand the test of the class-room. The 
'Elements' treats all principles thoroughly and exhaustively. The 'Method' 
is unique and in all respects sui generis. It seems to me to leave nothing un 
done in helping a student to a knowledge of the Hebrew. It is a vast improve- 
ment on the old methods. The typography of both books cannot be excelled." — 
Prof Chas. H. Corey, Richmond Theological Seininary, Richmond, Va. 

" I have used Dr. Harper's Hebrew ' Elements' and 'Method' for one year. 
The results in the class-room have been not only exceedingly gratifying, but 
more satisfactory both as to amount and thoroughness than in preceding years. 
I not only expect to continue the use of the 'Elements' and 'Method,' but hope 
for them that which they richly deserve — a constantly increasing demand and 
usefulness.'' — Prof J. G. Lansixg, Theological Seminary, New Brunswick, N.J. 

" * '•' They are clearly written, so that no one can misunderstand what the 
author means to say. They are beautifully i:>rinted, so as to be in themselves 
attractive as mere works of art. The ' Method ' is full, easy and progressive ; 
and, above all, is liked and enjoyed by the students ; while the matter of the 
•Elements' is well chosen both as to quantity and quality, and is paragraphed 
and arranged in such matchless order as to make it most ready of acquisition 
and convenient for reference. " — Prof. R. D. Wilson, Western Theological Semi- 
nary, Alleghen}^, Pa. 

< ' * >:= Actual trial of tliese e.-cponents of the inductive method has convinced 
me that they are the best text-books of elementary Hebrew that have yet ap- 
peared. The author has not only adopted the surest method of masterhig the 
phenomena of the language, but he has also done for beginners what Bickell 
and others had done for more advanced students : he has led them back ot the 
mere surface facts to the controlling prmciples, and encouraged that kind of 
analytical study which makes Hebrew a permanent acquisition. These two 
books are simply indispensable in my class room." — Prof. W. W. Moore, Union 
Theological Seminary, Hampden Sidney, Va. 

" It affords me pleasure to say, after a j'ear's trial of Dr. Harper's Hebrew 
text-books in the class-room, that they have given entire satisfaction. Of the 
fifteen years during which I have taught Hebrew, this has been in all respects 
the most pleasant and satisfactory, and I cannot but attribute the fact to the 
use of Harper's method of teaching the language. As a consequence of its 
introduction; the students have exhibited unwonted enthusiasm, and found 
great delight in the pursuit of what is commonly regarded as a very dreary 
study.'' — Prof. F. A. Gast, Theol. Sem^y of the Reformed Church, Lancaster, Pa. 

" I have used Prof essor Haider's books with my classes for the past three 
years, and am convinced that, for thoroughness and perspicuity of statement, 
for simpUcity of analysis, and for economy of time, both in and out of the 
class-room, they afford just the aid whicli a teacher desires from the u.53 of 
text-books. By systematic arrangement and appropriate reiteratioil obey facil- 
itate an accurate and rapid acquaintance with the Hebrew kuiguage, while, in 
the hands of an independent teacher, they may be so used as constantly to 
stimulate the pupil's curiosity and power of discovery, and thus greatly to 
promote his interest, intheintroductory stages of his study." — Prof, Chas. Kufus 
Brown, Newton Theol, Institution, Newton Centre, Mass. 



AUTHORITATIVE ENDORSEMENTS. 



The testimony of teachers and pupils vrho have made practical use of these text-books 
is uniformly and enthusiastically in praibe of both the books themselves and of the 

system embodied in them. '^W^ In the acquisition of tJie Hebrew language, viore rapid 
and satisfactory progress ca7t be made by means of these books than by the use of any 
others in existence. ^^^^^ The publishers invite attention to the following testimony : 

" I like them very much. No better books, introductory to Hebrew, exist." — Prof. T. 
K. Cheyne, Oxford University, Oxford, England, 

" Success is the best argument. What the Hebrew Summer Schools under Dr. Harper 
have succeeded in doing, in giving the average minister and student a real grasp of 
Hebrew, that exactly the ' Method ' and ' Elements ' effect in the class-room. 1 hey 
are invaluable. It is Davidson and Bickell and Gesenius combined. The debt instruc- 
tors owe the Principal of the Institute of Hebrew has not yet been fully recognized." — 
Prof. W. W. LovEjoY, Ref 'd Episcopal Divinity School, Philadelphia, Pa. 

" * * Remarkably full and precise, and appears well designed to train the learner 
ma sound philological method, and to lead him on gradually until he requires a tirm 
grasp of the principles of the language." — Prof. S. R. Driver, in Contemj>orary Review. 



List of Institutions using Harper's Hebrew Text-^ooks. 



tJniv. of Michigan Ann Arbor, Mich. 

Alfred University Alfred Centre. 2sl. Y. 

Amherst College Amherst, Mass. 

Randolph Macon Coll.. Ashland, Va. 

U. P. Theol. Sem Allegheny, Pa. 

Western Theol. Sem... Allegheny. Pa. 

Adrian College Adrian, Mich. 

Albion College Albion, Mich. 

Grant University Athens, Tenn. 

Gammon School of 

Theology Atlanta, Ga. 

Bangor Theol. Sem Baugor, Me. 

Bethany College Betnany,W. Va. 

Tufts College Boston, Mass. 

McCormick Theol.Sem.Chicago, Hi. 
Chicago Theol. Sem ...Chicago, 111. 

Hamilton College Clinton, N.T. 

Lane Theol. Seminary.. Cincinnati, O. 
Pauline Holiness Coll.. College Mound, Mo. 

Carthage College Carthage, HI. 

Harvard University.. .Cambridge, Mass. 
Pros.Epls.Divin.SctJOol.Cambridge, Mass. 

Biddle University Charlotte, N. C. 

Drake University Ues Moines, Iowa. 

United Brethren Coll.. Dayton, O. 
Garrett Biblical Inst. . .Evanston, 111. 
Seabury Divin. School. Faribault, Minn. 

Theological Sem Gettysburg. Pa. 

De Pauw University. . .Greencastl«, Ind. 
Southern University... Greensboro, Ala. 

Union Theol. Sem Hamden Sidney, Va. 

Hamilton Theol. Sem.. Hamilton, N. Y. 

Hillsdale College Hillsdale, Mich. 

Lake Forest Univ Lake Forest, HI. 

So. Bapt. Theol. Sem. ..Louisville. Ky. 

Cumberland Univ Lebanon, Tenn. 

William Jewell Coll.... Liberty, Mo. 
Theol. Sem, Kef. Ch.,.. Lancaster, Fa. 



Bishop's College Lennoxvllle. Quebec. 

Allegheny Cidlege Meadville, Pa 

Monmouth College Monmouth, 111. 

McGill College Montreal, Can. 

University of Wis Madison. Wis. 

Bapt. Theol. Sem :\I organ Park, 111. 

Central Turkey Coll Marash, Asia, 

Yale University New Haven, Conn. 

Newton Theol. Inst N ewtonCentre,Mass 

Newberry College Newberry, S. C. 

Theol. Sem. Ref. Ch....NewBrunswick,N".J. 
Muskingum College... New Concord, Ohio. 

Columbia College New York City 

Vanderbilt University. Nashville, Tenn. 
Nashotah Theol. Sem..Kashotah, Wis. 

Emory College Oxford, Ga. 

Theological Seminary.. Oberiin, Ohio. 

Oberlin College Oberiin, Ohio. 

Pacific Theol. Sem.... Oakland, Cal. 

Olivet College Olivet, Mich. 

Prot. Epis. Div. School. Philadelphia, Pa. 
Rev. Epls. Div. School. Philadelphia, Pa. 

University of Penna Philadelphia, Pa. 

Baptist College Pontypool, Eng. 

Rochester Theol. Sem.. Rochester, N. Y. 
Richmond Theol. Sem.. Richmond, Va. 
Augustana Theol. Sem. Rock Island, HI. 

Earlham College Richmond, Ind. 

Central University Richmond, Ky. 

Willamette University, Salem, Ore. 

Concordia Seminary Springfield, 111. 

Baptist College Toronto, Ontario, 

Crozer Theol. Sem Upland, Pa. 

Shurtlefl College Upper Alton, 111. 

Colby University Warerville, Me. 

Wellesley College Wellesley, Mass. 

Wllberforce Univ WiJbei-force, Ohio. 

Williams College Willlamstown, Mass. 



*^* T/iese books are for sale by all booksellers, or se/it, post- 
paid, on receipt of price, by 

CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, Publishers, 

153-157 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK. 



